WO2014199663A1 - Power transmission device for work machine and work machine - Google Patents

Power transmission device for work machine and work machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014199663A1
WO2014199663A1 PCT/JP2014/054151 JP2014054151W WO2014199663A1 WO 2014199663 A1 WO2014199663 A1 WO 2014199663A1 JP 2014054151 W JP2014054151 W JP 2014054151W WO 2014199663 A1 WO2014199663 A1 WO 2014199663A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
shaft
transmission
case
support
gear
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/054151
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
奥山天
加藤裕治
池田太
森学
木曾田雄星
中田昌義
籔中歩荷
大谷大樹
Original Assignee
株式会社クボタ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2013125814A external-priority patent/JP2015000641A/en
Priority claimed from JP2013147819A external-priority patent/JP2015019595A/en
Priority claimed from JP2013189764A external-priority patent/JP2015055321A/en
Priority claimed from JP2013189766A external-priority patent/JP2015054638A/en
Priority claimed from JP2013189768A external-priority patent/JP6095536B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社クボタ filed Critical 株式会社クボタ
Priority to CN201490000805.XU priority Critical patent/CN205918846U/en
Publication of WO2014199663A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014199663A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62D—MOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00—Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08—Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/14—Arrangement, location, or adaptation of rollers
    • B62D55/15—Mounting devices, e.g. bushings, axles, bearings, sealings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D69/00—Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
    • A01D69/03—Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D69/00—Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
    • A01D69/06—Gearings
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
    • B60J7/00—Non-fixed roofs; Roofs with movable panels, e.g. rotary sunroofs
    • B60J7/08—Non-fixed roofs; Roofs with movable panels, e.g. rotary sunroofs of non-sliding type, i.e. movable or removable roofs or panels, e.g. let-down tops or roofs capable of being easily detached or of assuming a collapsed or inoperative position
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T1/00—Arrangements of braking elements, i.e. of those parts where braking effect occurs specially for vehicles
    • B60T1/02—Arrangements of braking elements, i.e. of those parts where braking effect occurs specially for vehicles acting by retarding wheels
    • B60T1/06—Arrangements of braking elements, i.e. of those parts where braking effect occurs specially for vehicles acting by retarding wheels acting otherwise than on tread, e.g. employing rim, drum, disc, or transmission or on double wheels
    • B60T1/062—Arrangements of braking elements, i.e. of those parts where braking effect occurs specially for vehicles acting by retarding wheels acting otherwise than on tread, e.g. employing rim, drum, disc, or transmission or on double wheels acting on transmission parts
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T11/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator without power assistance or drive or where such assistance or drive is irrelevant
    • B60T11/10—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator without power assistance or drive or where such assistance or drive is irrelevant transmitting by fluid means, e.g. hydraulic
    • B60T11/16—Master control, e.g. master cylinders
    • B60T11/20—Tandem, side-by-side, or other multiple master cylinder units
    • B60T11/21—Tandem, side-by-side, or other multiple master cylinder units with two pedals operating on respective circuits, pressures therein being equalised when both pedals are operated together, e.g. for steering
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62D—MOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D11/00—Steering non-deflectable wheels; Steering endless tracks or the like
    • B62D11/02—Steering non-deflectable wheels; Steering endless tracks or the like by differentially driving ground-engaging elements on opposite vehicle sides
    • B62D11/06—Steering non-deflectable wheels; Steering endless tracks or the like by differentially driving ground-engaging elements on opposite vehicle sides by means of a single main power source
    • B62D11/08—Steering non-deflectable wheels; Steering endless tracks or the like by differentially driving ground-engaging elements on opposite vehicle sides by means of a single main power source using brakes or clutches as main steering-effecting means
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62D—MOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00—Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08—Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/12—Arrangement, location, or adaptation of driving sprockets
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16H—GEARING
    • F16H3/00—Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion with variable gear ratio or for reversing rotary motion
    • F16H3/02—Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion with variable gear ratio or for reversing rotary motion without gears having orbital motion
    • F16H3/08—Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion with variable gear ratio or for reversing rotary motion without gears having orbital motion exclusively or essentially with continuously meshing gears, that can be disengaged from their shafts
    • F16H3/087—Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion with variable gear ratio or for reversing rotary motion without gears having orbital motion exclusively or essentially with continuously meshing gears, that can be disengaged from their shafts characterised by the disposition of the gears
    • F16H3/089—Toothed gearings for conveying rotary motion with variable gear ratio or for reversing rotary motion without gears having orbital motion exclusively or essentially with continuously meshing gears, that can be disengaged from their shafts characterised by the disposition of the gears all of the meshing gears being supported by a pair of parallel shafts, one being the input shaft and the other the output shaft, there being no countershaft involved
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D67/00—Undercarriages or frames specially adapted for harvesters or mowers; Mechanisms for adjusting the frame; Platforms
    • A01D67/02—Protection against weather
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16H—GEARING
    • F16H2200/00—Transmissions for multiple ratios
    • F16H2200/003—Transmissions for multiple ratios characterised by the number of forward speeds
    • F16H2200/0039—Transmissions for multiple ratios characterised by the number of forward speeds the gear ratios comprising three forward speeds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvesting machine.
  • the working machines include normal type (all type input) combine (normal type type combine, or whole hole, culm, charging type, combine), self-detaching combine (culm head type, charging type, combine), carrot harvester and corn harvester. Other examples include, but are not limited to, transport vehicles and tractors.
  • the present invention also relates to a working machine such as a harvesting machine, a crawler traveling device for a working machine, and a canopy.
  • a transmission device for a harvesting machine includes a selection gear type transmission configured to be capable of shifting in three stages in a transmission case, and the transmission includes a low-speed driving gear and a low-speed driven gear for low-speed transmission, There is a medium-speed drive gear and medium-speed driven gear for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed drive gear and high-speed driven gear for high-speed transmission, and a shift mechanism that enables a three-stage gear selection operation.
  • a transmission device for a work machine includes a left and right traveling drive shaft extending from the transmission case to the corresponding left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches for individually interrupting transmission to the left and right traveling drive shafts. And a left and right transmission mechanism that transmits power via the corresponding side clutch to the travel drive shaft, and a left and right side clutch shaft that supports the pair of side clutches and the left and right travel drive shafts.
  • a left and right relay shaft is provided between the first transmission portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft at the left and right center side of the transmission case, and the left and right ends of the transmission case. And a second transmission section extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft.
  • a transmission case (transmission case) having a left and right split structure incorporating left and right side clutches, and a pair of left and right transmissions transmitted from the left and right side clutches to the left and right axles.
  • a pair of left and right transmission cases with a built-in transmission gear are separately configured, and the left and right transmission cases are connected to the lower portion of the transmission case (see, for example, Patent Document 2).
  • the harvesting machine is configured to be displaceable into a transmission case disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body, a working position covering the front of the transmission case, and a non-working position opening the front of the transmission case. And a harvesting device.
  • Some farm vehicles such as combines and construction vehicles such as backhoes are provided with a crawler traveling device.
  • Patent Documents 4 and 5 show a structure in the vicinity of a drive sprocket (corresponding to a rotating wheel for traveling) in a crawler traveling device provided in a combine.
  • a drive shaft (corresponding to a support shaft) to which a drive sprocket is fixed, and a support case that covers the outside of the drive shaft are provided, and an outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft and an inner peripheral portion of the support case are provided.
  • a bearing is provided therebetween, and a seal member is provided on the drive sprocket side of the bearing between the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case.
  • a drive sprocket (a member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket) is provided with a ring-shaped convex portion projecting toward the end of the support case, and a ring-shaped protrusion is provided at the end of the support case.
  • the protrusion of the support case is projected so as to face the drive sprocket (a member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket), and the end of the support case is located inside the protrusion of the drive sprocket (the member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket).
  • the convex part of the part has entered.
  • Some work machines are provided with a work machine canopy that covers an upper part of the operation unit.
  • a conventional working machine canopy is configured to include a roof portion integrally formed of a hard synthetic resin material on an upper portion of a support column supported by the machine body of the working machine (see, for example, Patent Document 6). .)
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-207448 JP 2011-207448 A
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-078699 JP 2009-078699 A
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2008-301715 JP 2008-301715 A
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-179642 JP 2011-179642 A
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-034020 JP 2009-034020 A
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-120512 JP 2011-120512 A
  • the transmission case it is necessary to equip the transmission case with a speed reduction structure by decelerating transmission from the output shaft of the external device to the drive shaft (input shaft) of the transmission. As the inner transmission structure becomes complicated, the transmission device becomes larger.
  • the drive shaft of the transmission including the shift gear at a position above the driven shaft (output shaft) of the transmission, in order to maintain the speed change operation of the transmission in a smooth state, a lubrication It is necessary to store the oil in a bulky manner in the transmission case so that the surface reaches the drive shaft of the transmission. As a result, due to an increase in the amount of oil stored in the transmission case, the transmission device becomes heavier or the work time required for oil replacement becomes longer, resulting in inconvenience.
  • the object of the present invention is to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size of the transmission device while rationally configuring the transmission structure in the transmission case and preventing shifting of the transmission built in the transmission case. It is intended to reduce the weight and shorten the work time required for oil exchange.
  • Issues corresponding to the background art [2] are as follows. In the above configuration, a pair of left and right transmission gears are incorporated in the left and right transmission cases instead of the transmission case, so that when performing maintenance on the pair of transmission gears, a pair of side clutches, etc. Since it is not necessary to disassemble the transmission case with a built-in gear, it becomes easier to perform maintenance on the pair of transmission gears than when the pair of transmission gears are built in the transmission case.
  • An object of the present invention is to improve the maintainability while suppressing the complexity of the configuration due to the increase in the number of parts and the increase in cost.
  • An object of the present invention is to facilitate maintenance of an oil filter installed in a transmission case.
  • An object of the present invention is to improve the durability of a seal member by configuring the crawler travel device so that mud and water are less likely to reach the seal member.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a working machine canopy and a working machine that are advantageous in terms of cost.
  • a transmission with a selection gear type that can be shifted in three stages is built in the transmission case.
  • the transmission includes a low-speed driving gear and a low-speed driven gear for low-speed transmission, a medium-speed driving gear and a medium-speed driven gear for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed driving gear and a high-speed driven gear for high-speed transmission, and a three-stage gear.
  • the input shaft of the transmission case is provided in an output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
  • Each of the low-speed drive gear, the medium-speed drive gear, and the high-speed drive gear is equipped on the input shaft in a state of rotating integrally with the input shaft,
  • Each of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear are equipped on the driven shaft adjacent to the input shaft in a posture parallel to the input shaft in a state where the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism is possible,
  • the driven shaft is arranged at a position below the input shaft.
  • the input shaft of the transmission case that rotates integrally with the output shaft around the shaft center of the output shaft provided in the external device connected to the transmission case can be used as the drive shaft of the transmission. Accordingly, for example, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits power from the input shaft to the drive shaft can be made unnecessary as compared with a case where a dedicated drive shaft having a configuration different from that of the input shaft is provided in parallel with the input shaft. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacturing by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device. In addition, the transmission structure can prevent a shift omission caused by an increase in torque applied to the transmission, which may be caused when the transmission is decelerated from the input shaft to the drive shaft.
  • each driven gear equipped with a shift mechanism capable of gear selection operation is arranged at a position below the input shaft, for example, the driven shaft is arranged at a position above the input shaft.
  • the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in a transmission case can be made low, and the oil storage amount in a transmission case can be decreased. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device.
  • a driven gear having a high use frequency is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft.
  • the torque applied to the driven shaft in the transmission state using the driven gear that is frequently used can be received in a balanced manner by the pair of shaft support portions of the transmission case that supports both ends of the driven shaft. That is, the time during which the torque applied to the pair of shaft support portions becomes equal or substantially equal can be increased.
  • a driven gear that is used less frequently is provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
  • the torque applied to one shaft support portion of the transmission case supporting one end side of the driven shaft provided with the driven gear with low usage frequency is driven.
  • One shaft support compared to the case where a driven gear that is frequently used is arranged on the shaft end side of the driven shaft, although it is larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support of the transmission case that supports the other end of the shaft. The time during which the torque applied to is greater than the torque applied to the other shaft support can be shortened.
  • the transmission is configured in a constant mesh type, Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear having a high usage frequency is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the other end portion
  • the driven shaft is equipped with a spline boss portion for gear selection located on the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
  • the gear portion of the driven gear which is frequently used, can be easily deployed on the center side of the driven shaft while the shaft end side of the driven shaft is used for the gear selection operation area.
  • a frequently used gear can be arranged on the center side of the driven shaft without unnecessarily increasing the distance between the frequently used gear on the driven shaft and the shaft support portion that supports the shaft end of the driven shaft. it can.
  • the gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear is used on the shaft end side of the driven shaft, and the other end.
  • the spline boss part for gear selection provided in the part is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the shaft end side of the driven shaft is higher than the driven gear having a high frequency of use between the driven gears. Equipped with a spline shaft that rotates integrally with the driven shaft.
  • the transmission structure can be simplified by reducing the number of spline shafts and shifters, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the transmission is configured in a constant mesh type, Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end portion of a driven gear that is disposed at a position farthest from the input side end portion of the input shaft is the driven shaft.
  • the driven shaft is equipped with a spline boss portion for gear selection provided at the other end portion and located at the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
  • the shaft end side of the driven shaft that is separated from the input side end portion of the input shaft becomes the gear selection operation region, and accordingly, the extension length from the input side end portion of the input shaft is shortened accordingly.
  • the width dimension in the extending direction of the input shaft in the transmission can be shortened.
  • the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the driven shaft includes a first spline shaft portion that links two driven gears among the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, and the remaining one driven gear. And a second spline shaft portion, with the spline shaft portion rotating integrally with the driven shaft,
  • the second spline shaft portion is constituted by a spline boss that is detachable from the driven shaft and has a plurality of linkage splines formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface thereof.
  • each spline formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss has a length extending over both ends of the spline boss, the spline boss is fitted to the driven shaft by the spline.
  • the spline fitting can be easily performed without considering the direction of the spline boss.
  • An output rotator of the transmission that rotates integrally with the driven shaft is disposed in a central portion of the driven shaft,
  • a transmission rotating body that is linked to the output rotating body is arranged in the center of the side clutch shaft that is built in the transmission case in the left-right direction,
  • a pair of side clutches for individually interrupting transmission from the transmission rotating body to the left and right traveling devices are provided on the side clutch shaft with the transmission rotating body interposed therebetween.
  • two transmission systems that individually transmit from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches, and these
  • the case portion of the transmission case that covers the transmission system can be configured symmetrically with a good balance.
  • two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches can be configured with common parts.
  • the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
  • the transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
  • the continuously variable transmission or motor When the operation tool is operated to the neutral position or the stop position, it is possible to directly recognize whether or not the input shaft has stopped rotating.
  • the neutral adjustment of the continuously variable transmission or the stop adjustment of the motor can be easily performed when the continuously variable transmission or the motor is adopted as the external device.
  • An oil path is provided for supplying oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to each driven gear.
  • the left and right travel drive shafts extending from the transmission case to the left and right corresponding travel devices, a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect the transmission to the left and right travel drive shafts, and the power via the corresponding side clutches
  • a left and right transmission mechanism for transmitting to the travel drive shaft A left-right relay shaft is provided between a left-right side clutch shaft that supports the pair of side clutches and a left-right travel drive shaft
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms respectively include a first transmission portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft on the left and right center side of the transmission case, and a first transmission portion extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft on the left and right ends of the transmission case.
  • the transmission case includes a first space portion including the pair of side clutches and the left and right first transmission portions, and left and right second space portions individually including the left and right second transmission portions,
  • the first space is formed by a main case component of the transmission case;
  • the left and right second space portions include a recessed portion that is recessedly formed in the left and right side walls of the main case component, and a left and right auxiliary case component that is detachably connected to the left and right side walls in a state of covering the recessed portion. Forming.
  • the 1st space part which incorporates a pair of side clutches etc. is formed by main case parts, and the 2nd right and left 2nd transmission parts from the left and right auxiliary case parts which cover each recessed part in the main case parts
  • the number of parts can be reduced compared with the case where the left and right divided structure transmission case and the left and right divided structure transmission case are individually configured. .
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms are configured such that the first transmission portion is positioned above the second transmission portion, respectively.
  • the transmission case is provided with a concave portion that makes the left and right central side portions close to the left and right first transmission portions in a left and right central portion located between the left and right second transmission portions in the bottom portion, and the bottom portion It is formed in an inverted U shape.
  • Each of the left and right side walls includes a first shaft support portion that supports a portion of the relay shaft that is located on the left and right center side of the transmission case
  • Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a second shaft support portion that supports portions of the relay shaft that are located on both left and right ends of the transmission case.
  • the relay shaft in a state where the left and right auxiliary case parts are attached to the main case part, the relay shaft can be stably supported by the first shaft support part and the second shaft support part. Thereby, transmission via a relay shaft can be performed favorably.
  • the relay shaft can be stably supported at an appropriate position by the first shaft support portion. Accordingly, it is possible to easily perform the assembling work of connecting each auxiliary case part to the left and right side walls of the main case part while supporting the relay shaft by the second shaft support portion on the auxiliary case part side.
  • the relay shaft includes a left relay shaft provided in the left transmission mechanism, and a right relay shaft provided in the right transmission mechanism, The right and left relay shafts are rotatably mounted on the transmission case.
  • the relay shaft and the rotating body of the transmission mechanism provided on the relay shaft can be integrally rotated.
  • seizure between the relay shaft and the rotating body which may be caused when the rotating body of the transmission mechanism is loosely fitted to the relay shaft fixedly mounted on the transmission case, can be avoided.
  • Each of the left and right second transmission portions is integrally formed with a drive rotating body provided on the relay shaft on the relay shaft.
  • the configuration can be simplified and the assembly can be facilitated by reducing the number of parts.
  • Each of the left and right side walls includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotor provided in the second transmission portion,
  • Each of the left and right travel drive shafts and the left and right driven rotators includes spline fitting portions that enable interlocking connection between one end of the travel drive shaft and the driven rotator.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts are removed in a state where the left and right driven rotors are left at appropriate positions with respect to the respective recessed portions of the main case part. be able to.
  • each second transmission portion is stably supported by each support portion on the main case component side at an appropriate position with respect to each recessed portion of the main case component. can do. Accordingly, it is possible to easily perform the assembling work of connecting each auxiliary case part to the left and right side walls of the main case part while performing spline fitting of the travel drive shaft to each driven rotating body.
  • Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotator provided in the second transmission portion, and an opening through which the travel drive shaft that is interlocked and connected to the driven rotator passes. And a connected portion to which one end of a left-right drive shaft case surrounding the travel drive shaft is detachably connected.
  • the connection of the drive shaft case to the connected portion of the auxiliary case component is released, and the corresponding drive shaft case is supported.
  • the travel drive shaft is easily removed from the transmission case together with the drive shaft case while leaving the driven rotating body in an appropriate position in the second space by separating the case part from the connected portion of the auxiliary case part laterally outward. be able to.
  • the travel drive shaft is inserted by inserting the spline fitting part side of the travel drive shaft into the second space from the opening of the auxiliary case part.
  • the spline fitting portion of the drive shaft can be spline-fitted to the driven rotating body located at an appropriate position in the second space, and the drive shaft case can be stably positioned at an appropriate position with respect to the auxiliary case component. it can. Accordingly, the drive shaft case can be easily connected to the auxiliary case component, and the travel drive shaft and the driven rotating body can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases are removed from the transmission case, so that the transmission device extends in the lateral direction of each traveling drive shaft and each drive shaft case. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no loss, which can be advantageous in terms of transportation.
  • the tread width of the left and right travel devices can be easily changed according to the model etc. while using the same transmission device. be able to.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions.
  • left and right auxiliary case parts can be used as common parts, and the types of parts can be reduced.
  • the parts management can be facilitated and the right and left auxiliary case parts can be prevented from being mixed.
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms are symmetrically configured.
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms can be configured with common parts, and the types of parts required for the left and right transmission mechanisms can be reduced. Further, the assembly process when the left and right transmission mechanisms are configured can be made the same.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be made common to the left and right parts, and the types of parts can be reduced.
  • the parts management can be facilitated and the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be prevented from being combined with each other.
  • Each of the left and right transmission mechanisms is configured as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates and transmits power that has passed through the side clutch to the travel drive shaft.
  • Each of the left and right second transmission portions is configured as a gear transmission type in which a drive gear provided on the relay shaft and a driven gear provided on the travel drive shaft are engaged with each other.
  • left and right second transmission parts can be configured compactly with a small number of parts compared to the case of configuring the chain interlocking type or the belt interlocking type.
  • the configuration can be simplified and the assembly can be facilitated by reducing the number of parts, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
  • the transmission case includes an auxiliary space portion that allows a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for a working device and an opening that enables extraction of auxiliary power from the auxiliary transmission mechanism at an upper portion thereof.
  • a lid member that closes the opening for removal is detachably mounted.
  • the transmission case includes the opening for taking out auxiliary power on the side wall opposite to the side wall including the input opening.
  • a transmission case disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body, and a harvesting device configured to be displaceable to a working position covering the front of the transmission case and a non-working position opening the front of the transmission case,
  • the transmission case is detachably equipped with an oil filter on the front wall for filtering oil stored in the case.
  • the oil filter can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case from the front of the transmission case which can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
  • the oil filter is disposed on the upper side of the front wall.
  • the transmission case is formed in a shape in which the upper side of the front wall is biased rearward from the lower side.
  • a valve unit for controlling oil from the oil filter is detachably mounted on the front wall.
  • This means makes it easy to attach and detach the valve unit to the transmission case from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
  • valve operating shaft of the valve unit protrudes forward from the front wall of the valve case.
  • valve operating shaft is arranged on the upper side of the valve unit.
  • the working posture when connecting the linkage mechanism to the valve operating shaft can be reduced to an easy and comfortable posture.
  • the oil filter and the valve unit are arranged side by side.
  • the traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
  • the said valve unit is arrange
  • the transmission case incorporates hydraulic left and right side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling devices provided in the traveling vehicle body,
  • the valve unit is configured for steering that controls supply and discharge of oil to and from the left and right side clutches.
  • the oil passage extending between each side clutch and the valve unit can be shortened, and piping extending between each side clutch and the valve unit is facilitated.
  • the transmission case includes the left and right side clutches at a position rearward of the valve unit, and the right and left case portions covering the left and right side clutches include piping connection portions for the left and right side clutches.
  • the valve unit includes a connecting portion for piping on any of the upper, lower, left and right side walls, A hydraulic pipe extending between the connection part on the transmission case side and the connection part on the valve unit side is piped in a state where it does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit.
  • the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch is connected to the connection part on the transmission case side and the connection part on the valve unit side. It can be easily attached and detached.
  • the side clutch hydraulic pipe can be made less susceptible to resistance from the work mud.
  • connection part on the transmission case side is arranged at a position below the oil filter in the transmission case,
  • the hydraulic pipe connected to the connection part on the transmission case side located on the oil filter side is piped through below the oil filter.
  • the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch on the oil filter side can be piped in a state that does not hinder the oil filter.
  • the transmission case incorporates a selective gear type transmission, A transmission operation shaft of the transmission is protruded forward from the front wall of the transmission case.
  • the speed change operation shaft is arranged at a position above the oil filter in the transmission case.
  • the traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body, A linkage arm that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft extends from the protruding portion of the speed change operation shaft toward the boarding operation portion.
  • the traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
  • the transmission case is equipped with a parking brake at a position on the boarding operation side inside the transmission case,
  • a braking operation shaft of the parking brake is projected from the side wall on the boarding operation part side in the transmission case to the boarding operation part side.
  • the parking brake is configured by the side brake disposed on the boarding operation unit side.
  • the side brake also serves as the parking brake, it is possible to simplify the configuration by reducing the number of parts and improve the assembling property.
  • the traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
  • the transmission case is equipped with a continuously variable transmission on the side wall on the boarding operation unit side.
  • the link length between the continuously variable transmission and the operation tool for continuously variable transmission provided in the boarding operation unit can be shortened.
  • the speed change operation shaft of the continuously variable transmission is projected forward from the front wall of the speed change case in the continuously variable transmission.
  • the transmission case has an oil suction port formed on an inner surface of a lower side of the front wall, and an internal oil passage extending from the oil suction port to an oil inlet of the oil filter is formed on the front wall.
  • an oil outlet that allows oil stored in the transmission case to be taken out is formed in the transmission case, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet of the oil filter is connected to the outside of the transmission case.
  • the length of the internal oil passage can be shortened and the internal oil passage can be easily formed. Can do.
  • the transmission case is configured to be divided into a left case member and a right case member,
  • the oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed on a mating surface between the left case member and the right case member.
  • the oil suction port and the internal oil passage forming groove are formed in the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member, thereby forming the oil suction port and the internal oil passage in the transmission case. Compared with the case where the holes are formed, the oil suction port and the internal oil passage can be easily formed in the transmission case.
  • the oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed in one of the left case member and the right case member.
  • the transmission case is formed by closing the oil suction port and the groove for forming the internal oil passage formed in the mating surface of either the left case member or the right case member with the other mating surface.
  • An oil suction port and an internal oil passage can be formed.
  • the oil suction port and the internal oil passage in the transmission case can be easily formed, and the gasket sealing performance against the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member without complicating the shape of the gasket. Can be easily secured.
  • the transmission case includes, on the lower side in the case, left and right transmission mechanisms that individually transmit to the left and right traveling devices included in the traveling vehicle body,
  • the oil suction port is formed between the left and right transmission mechanisms.
  • An oil guide that receives oil and guides it to a predetermined location is formed at a location below the oil filter on the front wall of the transmission case.
  • the features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
  • a rotating wheel for traveling a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
  • a bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing.
  • a sealing member One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case,
  • the other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft, The direction and position of the convex part and the concave part are set so that the convex part enters the concave part.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 a portion having a shape that is intruded by an inlay structure with a convex portion and a convex portion (hereinafter, The labyrinth portion is composed of a convex portion and a concave portion, and is more complicated than the labyrinth portion of Patent Documents 1 and 2 according to the feature of the present invention.
  • the features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
  • a rotating wheel for traveling a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
  • a bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing.
  • a sealing member, A ring-shaped wall member is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and closer to the rotating wheel than the seal member.
  • the features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
  • a rotating wheel for traveling a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
  • a bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing.
  • a seal member One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case,
  • the other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft, Set the direction and position of the convex part and the concave part so that the convex part enters the concave part
  • a ring-shaped wall member is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, and between the convex portion and the concave portion and the seal member.
  • the labyrinth portion is configured by an inlay structure including a convex portion and a convex portion.
  • the labyrinth portion is constituted by the convex portion and the concave portion, and a labyrinth portion that is more complicated than the labyrinth portion of Patent Documents 1 and 2 is obtained.
  • the labyrinth portion including the convex portion and the concave portion is provided outside the seal member, it is expected that mud and water pass through the labyrinth portion and enter the inside of the end portion of the support case.
  • the mud or water passes through the labyrinth part and enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the mud or water is obstructed by the wall member and does not easily reach the seal member. The durability of can be improved.
  • the convex portion is formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft.
  • the convex portion is provided at an end portion of the support case so as to face the rotating portion, and the concave portion is provided at the rotary portion so as to face an end portion of the support case.
  • the area of the rotating portion that faces the end of the support case may be larger than the area of the portion that faces the rotating portion at the end of the supporting case. It is thought that there are many.
  • the concave part can be reasonably provided in the rotating part and produced. This is advantageous in terms of cost.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the wall member has a predetermined width along the axial direction of the support shaft and is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
  • the wall member is formed of a flexible member.
  • the outer peripheral part of the wall member is set to be slightly larger than the inner peripheral part of the end part of the support case, and the inner peripheral part of the end part of the support case is elastically deformed while the wall member is elastically deformed.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is pressed against the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, and the sealability of the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is further increased. It becomes expensive (more difficult to pass mud and water).
  • a groove portion into which the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters the groove portion of the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, thereby sealing the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member. It becomes more highly prone (more difficult to pass mud and water). As a result, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case, the mud or water passes between the inner periphery of the end of the support case and the outer periphery of the wall member and reaches the seal member. This further reduces the durability of the seal member.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters the groove portion of the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, whereby the position of the wall member at the end portion of the support case is determined, and inside the end portion of the support case Since it becomes difficult for the wall member to move, it is difficult for the wall member to move from a predetermined position (the groove portion on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case) and to exhibit the desired performance.
  • the wall member is a non-flexible seal portion positioned between a flexible seal portion that contacts an end portion of the support case, and an inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and an outer peripheral portion of the support shaft. And a ring portion.
  • the wall member is mainly composed of an inflexible ring portion, so that the wall member is entirely hard. Thereby, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case and contacts the wall member, the wall member is hardly deformed, and the performance of the wall member can be maintained for a relatively long time.
  • the seal member includes an inner annular member, an outer annular member, and a seal lip member between the inner annular member and the outer annular member,
  • the gap between the convex portion and the concave portion between the inner annular member and the outer annular member is located on the inner peripheral side of the end portion of the support case in the radial direction of the seal member.
  • the seal member is generally configured with an inner annular member, an outer annular member, and a seal lip member between the inner annular member and the outer annular member, so that there is a gap between the inner annular member and the outer annular member. If mud or water enters the inside of the sealing member, the wear of the sealing member is accelerated.
  • the gap on the wall member side between the inner annular member and the outer annular member is located on the inner peripheral side of the end portion of the support case in the radial direction of the seal member.
  • an inner recessed part opened toward the seal member is provided in a part between the projecting part and the recessed part and the outer peripheral part of the support shaft.
  • the inner recess is configured in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft.
  • the inner recess is continuously formed around the support shaft, and the volume of the inner recess is increased, so that mud and water enter the end of the support case.
  • a large amount of mud or water is temporarily held in the inner recess.
  • the position of the rotating portion is determined by contacting the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel between the inner peripheral portion of the seal member and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, and the sealing member is moved by the rotating portion. It has a collar member that prevents being pressed, At the contact portion between the rotating portion and the collar member, an O-ring is provided at an end portion on the collar member side in an inner peripheral portion of the rotating portion or an end portion on the rotating portion side in an inner peripheral portion of the collar member.
  • the storage groove portion includes a ring-shaped first surface portion parallel to a radial direction centered on the axis of the support shaft, and a ring-shaped second surface portion along the axis direction of the support shaft. ing.
  • the rotation rotates integrally with the rotating wheel between the inner peripheral portion of the seal member and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft in order to prevent the seal member from being pressed and damaged by the rotating portion.
  • a collar member that determines the position of the rotating part by contacting the part and prevents the seal member from being pressed by the rotating part.
  • the mud and water that have entered the inside of the end of the support case pass through the contact portion between the rotating portion and the collar member and do not reach the outer periphery of the support shaft.
  • An O-ring may be provided at the contact portion.
  • a storage groove portion is configured by including a ring-shaped first surface portion parallel to the radial direction around the axis of the support shaft and a ring-shaped second surface portion along the axis direction of the support shaft.
  • the working machine canopy according to the present invention includes a frame body supported by the machine body of the work machine, a flexible sheet body that is stretched on the frame body to form a roof portion, and has flexibility. It is in the point comprised with.
  • the roof portion is composed of a flexible flexible sheet body stretched on the frame body, for example, when the roof portion is damaged due to contact with other objects, etc.
  • the roof part is broken and divided into a plurality of pieces, and only a part of the roof part is broken and a tear is formed. Therefore, it is possible to continue using the damaged portion as it is by applying a repairing process such as pasting or sewing together.
  • the flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion when attached to the frame body, and a vertical side surface portion that is continuous with an outer peripheral portion of the upper surface portion. It is preferable that it is configured.
  • the sunlight when the operating unit of the work machine is irradiated with sunlight from directly above, or when rainwater is falling from the upper side, the sunlight is blocked by the upper surface portion of the flexible sheet body, Rain water can be prevented from falling to the driving part. And even if the sunlight is radiated from the upper part of the operating part of the work implement or rainwater is blown in, the sunlight etc. may be blocked by the vertical side surface in this case. it can.
  • the roof can well block the sunlight and rainwater for the driver.
  • the flexible sheet body includes the side surface portion around the entire circumference of the upper surface portion.
  • the side surface portion is provided over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion, that is, the entire surrounding area, it is possible to satisfactorily block sunlight, rainwater, and the like that are entering obliquely from above regardless of the orientation.
  • a bag-like portion into which the frame body is inserted and attached is formed on the flexible sheet body.
  • the flexible sheet body can be attached to the frame body by inserting the frame body into the bag-like portion formed in the flexible sheet body.
  • the flexible sheet body When attaching the flexible sheet body to the frame body, the flexible sheet body is provided with a plurality of connecting tools over the entire outer periphery of the flexible sheet body, and the flexible sheet body is attached to the frame body only by the plurality of connecting tools. Although it is conceivable, in such a configuration, the attaching work by a plurality of coupling tools becomes troublesome.
  • a detachment preventing means for preventing the frame body from detaching from the bag-like portion is provided.
  • the frame body is prevented from coming off from the bag-like portion, it is possible to maintain a long insertion state between the flexible sheet body and the frame body. That is, as described above, the mounting operation of the flexible sheet body as compared with the configuration in which the flexible sheet body is attached to the frame body using only a plurality of connectors provided over the entire outer periphery of the flexible sheet body. However, it is possible to maintain a good wearing state for a long time.
  • the flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion, and the bag-shaped portion is provided on the upper surface portion.
  • the upper surface portion that forms the ceiling surface has a large area that forms most of the roof portion, and by providing the bag-shaped portion on the upper surface portion, the bag-shaped portion is large-sized.
  • the frame body can be easily inserted.
  • a slit for penetrating the end portion of the frame body is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the flexible sheet body.
  • the slit is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the flexible sheet body, and the end portion of the frame body can be penetrated in a state of passing through the slit.
  • a slit is formed in the flexible sheet to form an end of the frame. By projecting the portion outward, it is possible to prevent an excessive force from being applied to the flexible sheet body.
  • the flexible sheet body can be stretched on the frame body without any disadvantages such as undue force on the flexible sheet body and damage.
  • the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes the slit in a state where an end portion of the frame body passes therethrough.
  • the slit can be closed by the closing member, the both ends of the slit in the flexible sheet body are prevented from swinging due to the vibration of the airframe or the wind in the slit forming portion, It is possible to avoid obstructing the operation, and further, it is possible to prevent a gap from being formed at the slit forming portion, and it is possible to block sunlight, rainwater and the like for the driver.
  • the bag-like portion is formed with a notch that exposes a part of the inserted frame body to the outside.
  • the frame body inserted into the bag-shaped portion through the notch can be pulled into the bag-shaped portion while being held by hand.
  • the frame body can be securely attached to the bag-like portion.
  • the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes an opening in the bag-like portion.
  • the opening of the bag-like portion can be closed by the closing member, it is possible to prevent the edge of the opening of the bag-like portion from shaking and interfering with the work. Further, by closing the opening with the closing member after the frame body is inserted into the bag-like portion, it is possible to prevent the frame body from being detached from the bag-like portion by the closing member.
  • a connecting member for connecting the flexible sheet body and the frame body is provided in the flexible sheet body or the frame body.
  • the flexible sheet body by connecting the flexible sheet body and the frame body by the connecting member, the flexible sheet body can be reliably fixed to the frame body.
  • the frame body includes a column supported by the machine body of the work machine, and a roof support portion that is cantilevered from the column, It is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes the bag-like portion at a position corresponding to a front end portion in the extending direction of the roof support portion.
  • the roof support portion is extended in a cantilever manner from the column supported by the body of the work machine.
  • the flexible sheet body includes a bag-like portion at a position corresponding to the front end portion in the extending direction of the roof support portion. And the extending direction front-end
  • the roof support portion when the roof support portion is inserted and attached to the bag-like portion of the flexible sheet body, it can be dealt with by inserting the end portion in the extending direction of the cantilevered roof support portion. Therefore, the support column does not get in the way during the insertion work, and the work for inserting and attaching the roof support part to the bag-like part is easy.
  • the flexible sheet body or the connecting member that connects the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion is positioned closer to the base end side of the roof support portion than the bag-shaped portion. It is preferable that the roof support portion is provided.
  • the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion are connected to each other by inserting the roof support portion into the bag-like body at the front end side portion of the roof support portion, and the base end portion of the roof support portion. At the side portion, the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion are connected by the connecting member.
  • the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion can be accurately connected over a wide range, and the upper portion of the operating portion can be covered with a small possibility that the flexible sheet body is detached from the roof support portion.
  • the bag-like portion is opened toward the base end side of the roof support portion.
  • the distal end portion in the extending direction of the cantilevered roof support portion is moved relatively along the extending direction. It can be inserted and attached to the bag-like portion that opens toward the base end side. As a result, the work for inserting and attaching the roof support portion to the bag-like portion is facilitated.
  • the roof support portion is formed in a shape in which the central portion side bulges more than the outer peripheral portion side.
  • the central portion of the roof portion bulges upward.
  • the central portion of the roof portion bulges upward, even if rainwater falls on the upper side of the roof portion, the rainwater is distributed to the left and right sides and flows down, and the rainwater stays on the upper portion of the roof portion. You can avoid that.
  • the roof support portion includes a pair of support rods arranged in parallel and an upwardly bulging body constructed over the pair of support rods.
  • the upward bulging body is provided in a state of being laid over a pair of support rods, the upward bulging body is stably supported on both sides thereof, and the central portion of the flexible sheet body is upward.
  • the state which bulges toward can be maintained over a long period of time.
  • the flexible sheet is made of fabric.
  • the flexible sheet body made of fabric may be damaged by contact with an external object, it can be easily repaired by stitching the damaged portions and can continue to be used as it is. It is.
  • a characteristic configuration of the work machine according to the present invention is that the work machine has a canopy according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  • the working machine according to this configuration can cover the upper part of the operating unit of this working machine with a canopy for the working machine, and prevents the driver who is on the operating part from being exposed to sunlight or rain water. it can.
  • FIG. 16 It is a figure which shows 1st Embodiment (hereinafter, it is the same also to FIG. 16), and is a right view of a normal type combine.
  • It is a hydraulic circuit diagram which shows a part of hydraulic structure.
  • It is a front view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission.
  • It is a left view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission.
  • It is a right view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission.
  • FIG. 27 It is a vertical front view of the principal part which shows the structure of the oil suction inlet and internal oil path in a transmission case. It is a figure which shows 2nd Embodiment (hereinafter, it is the same also to FIG. 27), and is a side view of a crawler traveling apparatus. It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of a driving wheel. It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of a sealing member. It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 1st another form of implementation of invention. It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 2nd another form of implementation of invention. It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 3rd another form of implementation of invention.
  • FIGS. 1 to 16 The first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 16 will be described below. First, a basic configuration of a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • the transmission device 13 for the harvester according to the present invention has a transmission gear 43 with a selection gear type transmission 47 configured to be capable of shifting in three stages.
  • the transmission 47 includes a low-speed drive gear 60 and a low-speed driven gear 61 for low-speed transmission, a medium-speed drive gear 62 and a medium-speed driven gear 63 for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission,
  • a shift mechanism 66 that enables a three-stage gear selection operation is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes an input shaft 44 that rotates integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis of the output shaft 34 provided in the external device A connected to the transmission case 43.
  • a driven shaft 45 adjacent to the input shaft 44 in a posture parallel to the input shaft 44 is provided at a position below the input shaft 44.
  • the input shaft 44 is equipped with a low-speed drive gear 60, a medium-speed drive gear 62, and a high-speed drive gear 64 of the transmission 47 so as to rotate integrally with the input shaft 44.
  • the driven shaft 45 is equipped with a low-speed driven gear 61, a medium-speed driven gear 63, and a high-speed driven gear 65 of the transmission 47 in a state where a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is possible.
  • the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45. Yes. Further, a low-speed driven gear 61 that is used less frequently is provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission 47 is configured as a constant mesh type.
  • the gear portions 63A and 65A provided at one end of the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65, which are frequently used, are located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, and at the other end thereof.
  • the driven shaft 45 is equipped with spline boss portions 63B and 65B for gear selection provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45.
  • a gear portion 61A provided at one end of a low-speed driven gear 61 that is used infrequently is located on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45, and a spline boss portion 61B for gear selection provided at the other end is provided.
  • the first shaft that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45 between the driven gears 61 and 65 is positioned closer to the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45 than the high-speed driven gear 65 that is frequently used in a state of being positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. Equipped with an arrangement with a spline shaft 45A interposed. A gear portion 63A provided at one end of the medium speed driven gear 63 arranged at the position farthest from the input side end of the input shaft 44 is positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45, and the other end.
  • the driven shaft 45 is equipped with a spline boss portion 63B for gear selection provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45.
  • the driven shaft 45 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A that links the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65, and a second spline shaft portion 45B that links the medium-speed driven gear 63.
  • the spline shaft portions 45A and 45B are provided so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45.
  • the second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that can be attached to and detached from the driven shaft 45 and that has a plurality of linkage splines 74a formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface thereof.
  • the transmission 47 is provided with an output rotating body 81 (hereinafter also referred to as “output gear 81”) that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45 in the center of the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission case 43 incorporates a side clutch shaft 46 facing left and right.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is provided with a transmission rotating body 82 (hereinafter also referred to as “transmission gear 82”) linked to the output rotating body 81 at the center thereof.
  • transmission gear 82 a transmission rotating body 82
  • a pair of side clutches 83 for individually interrupting transmission from the transmission rotating body 82 to the left and right traveling devices 7 (refer to FIG. 1 and also referred to as “crawler 7” below) are sandwiched between the transmission rotating bodies 82. It is equipped on the side clutch shaft 46 in the state.
  • the transmission case 43 includes an opening 43 ⁇ / b> A that exposes an end of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side.
  • the transmission device 13 supplies oil to be returned to the inside of the transmission case 43 from the hydraulic equipment 107 (hereinafter, also referred to as “valve unit 107” as an example) provided in the transmission case 43.
  • valve unit 107 hereinafter, also referred to as “valve unit 107” as an example
  • 63 is provided with an oil passage 137.
  • the transmission device 13 for a working machine has left and right traveling drives extending from the transmission case 43 to the corresponding left and right traveling devices 7 (see FIG. 1).
  • a left and right relay shaft 119 is provided between the left and right side clutch shafts 46 that support the pair of side clutches 83 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
  • Each transmission mechanism 49 includes a first transmission portion 122 extending from the side clutch shaft 46 to the relay shaft 119 on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and a second transmission extending from the relay shaft 119 to the travel drive shaft 50 on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43. Part 123.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a first space portion 56 that houses a pair of side clutch 83 and left and right first transmission portions 122, and a left and right second space portion 58 that individually houses left and right second transmission portions 123. I have.
  • the first space 56 is formed by the main case component 52 of the transmission case 43.
  • the left and right second space portions 58 include a recessed portion 52A that is recessed and formed in the left and right sidewalls of the main case component 52, and left and right auxiliary case components 53 that are detachably connected to the left and right sidewalls so as to cover the recessed portion 52A. Formed from.
  • Each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the first transmission portion 122 is positioned above the second transmission portion 123.
  • the transmission case 43 is provided with a concave portion 43 ⁇ / b> C that makes the left and right center side portions close to the left and right first transmission portions 122 in the left and right center side portions located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 in the bottom portion. It is formed in an inverted U shape.
  • the main case component 52 includes first shaft support portions 120 that support portions of the relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43 on the left and right side walls.
  • Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 that supports portions of the relay shaft 119 that are located on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
  • the transmission device 13 is equipped with a left relay shaft 119 provided in the left transmission mechanism 49 and a right relay shaft 119 provided in the right transmission mechanism 49 as the relay shaft 119.
  • Each relay shaft 119 is rotatably mounted on the transmission case 43.
  • Each of the left and right second transmission parts 123 is integrally formed with a relay shaft 119 with a drive gear (an example of a drive rotator) 125 provided in the relay shaft 119.
  • the main case component 52 includes support portions 127 that rotatably support the boss portions 126A of the driven rotating body 126 provided in the second transmission portion 123 on the left and right side walls.
  • the left and right travel drive shafts 50 and the left and right driven rotators 126 include spline fitting portions 50A and 126C that enable interlocking connection between one end of the travel drive shaft 50 and the driven rotator 126, respectively.
  • Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 includes a support portion 128 that rotatably supports a boss portion 126B of a driven rotator 126 provided in the second transmission portion 123, and a travel drive shaft 50 that is linked to the driven rotator 126.
  • An opening 53 ⁇ / b> A that passes therethrough and a connected portion 53 ⁇ / b> B to which one end of a left-right drive shaft case 51 that surrounds the travel drive shaft 50 is detachably connected are provided.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions.
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically.
  • Each of the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 is configured as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates and transmits the power that has passed through the side clutch 83 to the travel drive shaft 50.
  • Each of the left and right second transmission parts 123 is configured as a gear transmission type in which the drive gear 125 provided on the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 provided on the travel drive shaft 50 are engaged with each other.
  • the transmission case 43 is provided with an auxiliary space portion 57 that allows the auxiliary transmission mechanism for the working device to be incorporated therein, and an opening 43H that allows the auxiliary power to be extracted from the auxiliary transmission mechanism.
  • a lid member 139 that closes the opening 43H for power extraction is detachably mounted.
  • the opening 43H for taking out auxiliary power is provided in the side wall opposite to the side wall provided with the input opening 43G.
  • the harvesting machine includes a transmission case 43 disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body 1, a work position covering the front of the transmission case 43, and the front of the transmission case 43.
  • a cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device configured to be displaceable to a non-working position to be opened is provided.
  • a boarding operation unit 8 is provided on one of the left and right sides of the traveling vehicle body 1 on the vehicle body.
  • the transmission case 43 is formed in a shape in which the upper side of the front wall is biased rearward from the lower side.
  • An oil filter 130 for filtering the oil stored in the case and a valve unit 107 for controlling the oil from the oil filter 130 are detachably mounted on the upper side of the front wall so that they are arranged side by side. is doing.
  • the valve unit 107 is arranged at a position on the boarding operation part side on the front wall of the transmission case 43.
  • the valve operating shaft 131 is configured to protrude forward from the upper side of the front wall of the valve case 132.
  • the transmission case 43 incorporates hydraulic left and right side clutches 83 that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling devices 7 provided in the traveling vehicle body 1.
  • the valve unit 107 is configured for steering that controls the supply and discharge of oil to the left and right side clutches 83.
  • the transmission case 43 includes left and right side clutches 83 at a position rearward of the valve unit 107, and the left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the left and right side clutches 83 with respect to the left and right side clutches 83.
  • a connecting portion 102B for piping is provided.
  • the valve unit 107 includes connecting portions 107A and 107B for piping on predetermined side walls among the upper, lower, left and right side walls.
  • the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 extending from the transmission case side connection portion 102 ⁇ / b> B and the valve unit side connection portions 107 ⁇ / b> A and 107 ⁇ / b> B are piped without protruding forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107.
  • the transmission case-side connecting portion 102 ⁇ / b> B is disposed at a position below the oil filter 130 in the transmission case 43.
  • a hydraulic pipe 134 connected to the transmission case side connecting portion 102 ⁇ / b> B located on the oil filter side is piped below the oil filter 130.
  • the transmission case 43 incorporates a transmission 47 of a selection gear type.
  • the transmission 47 has a shift operation shaft 73 protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43.
  • the speed change operation shaft 73 is disposed at a position above the oil filter 130 in the transmission case 43.
  • a linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is extended from the protruding portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 toward the boarding operation portion.
  • the transmission case 43 includes left and right side brakes 84 for braking the left and right traveling devices 7 individually.
  • the parking brake 112 is comprised by the side brake 84 arrange
  • the parking brake 112 protrudes the braking operation shaft 116 from the side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation part side to the boarding operation part side.
  • the transmission case 43 is equipped with the continuously variable transmission 12 on the side wall on the boarding operation part side.
  • the continuously variable transmission 12 has the shift operation shaft 40 protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 30 in the continuously variable transmission 12.
  • the transmission case 43 includes left and right transmission mechanisms 49 that individually transmit to the left and right traveling devices 7 included in the traveling vehicle body 1 on the lower side in the case. And on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall, an oil suction port 43D is formed so as to be positioned between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and An internal oil passage 43E extending from the oil suction port 43D to the oil inlet 130A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall. Further, the oil suction port 43D and the internal oil passage 43E are formed on the mating surfaces 54A and 55A of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 so as to be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55. ing.
  • the transmission case 43 receives oil that may leak from the oil filter 130 or the like when the oil filter 130 is attached to or detached from the transmission case 43 at a position below the oil filter 130 on the front wall and guides it to a predetermined location.
  • An oil guide 43F is formed.
  • the ordinary combine illustrated in the present embodiment harvests unharvested cereals to be harvested that are located in front of the vehicle body at the left side of the front end portion of the traveling vehicle body 1 to the rear.
  • a cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device to be conveyed is connected so as to be movable up and down in a state of extending toward the front of the traveling vehicle body 1.
  • a threshing device 3 is mounted on the left half of the traveling vehicle body 1 to perform a handling process on the harvested cereal mash conveyed by the harvesting conveyance apparatus 2 and to perform a sorting process on a processed product obtained by the handling process.
  • the grain lifted from the bottom of the threshing device 3 via the lifting conveyor (not shown) is temporarily stored in the hopper 4A in the rear region of the right half of the traveling vehicle body 1, and the grain of the grain is stored.
  • a bagging device 4 that enables packing into the bag 5 is mounted.
  • a bagging specification a normal type combine will be replaced with the bagging apparatus 4, for example, the grain tank which stores the grain lifted with the lifting conveyor, and grain You may comprise in the grain tank specification equipped with grain discharging apparatuses, such as a screw conveyance type or a bucket conveyance type, which enables discharge
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 includes a vehicle body frame 6 configured by connecting a plurality of steel materials such as a square pipe material.
  • the left and right crawlers 7 are arranged as the traveling device 7 and are configured to be full crawler specifications.
  • a boarding operation unit 8 is formed in the front half region of the right half of the vehicle body frame 6, and a water-cooled diesel engine (hereinafter referred to as an engine) 10 is provided below a driver seat 9 provided on the rear side of the boarding operation unit 8. Etc. are deployed.
  • a belt-type transmission mechanism 11 that enables transmission from the output shaft (not shown) of the engine 10 to the left and right crawlers 7 at the front left and right central positions of the body frame 6, and an external device A
  • a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (hereinafter referred to as HST) 12 and a transmission 13 are provided.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 is equipped with, for example, a wheel specification equipped with left and right front wheels and left and right rear wheels as the left and right traveling devices 7, or the left and right traveling devices 7.
  • the water-cooled diesel engine 10 for example, an air-cooled diesel engine or a water-cooled or air-cooled gasoline engine may be provided.
  • a hybrid specification including the engine 10 and an electric traveling motor, or an electric specification including an electric traveling motor instead of the engine 10 may be configured.
  • the boarding operation unit 8 may be formed at the front side portion of the left half of the vehicle body frame 6 or the like. Furthermore, you may equip the cabin which covers the boarding operation part 8.
  • the vehicle body frame 6 includes a pedestal portion 6A in the boarding operation portion formation region.
  • the entire boarding operation portion 8 is made HST12. And it arrange
  • the boarding operation unit 8 includes a front panel 14 erected at the front end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, a side panel 15 erected in a state connected to the left end portion of the front panel 14 at the left end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, and the like.
  • a boarding space that allows passengers to enter and exit from the right side of the vehicle is formed.
  • a control lever 16 that is configured to be a cross swing type and a neutral return type is provided.
  • a main transmission lever 17 and a sub transmission lever 18 which are configured to be position-holding and swing back and forth are provided.
  • a brake pedal 19 configured as a self-returning type capable of maintaining the position at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed position is provided at the foot portion.
  • the reaping and conveying apparatus 2 reapers the harvested culm and collects it at a predetermined position, and directs the harvested cereal collected at the predetermined position toward the culm input (not shown) of the threshing device 3. It is equipped with a feeder 21 consisting of a slat conveyor for conveying.
  • the harvesting and collecting unit 20 distributes left and right dividers 22 at both the left and right ends of the front end of the front and rear parts to separate the uncut harvested potatoes into harvested and unharvested grains. is doing.
  • a rotating reel 23 is disposed at an upper portion of the front part, and the tip of the harvested grain culm divided by the left and right dividers 22 is scraped back.
  • the bottom is equipped with a clipper-shaped cutting mechanism 24 that cuts the stock source side of the harvested cereal, and the harvested cereal after cutting by the cutting mechanism 24 is placed in the left-right direction at the rear portion of the cutting mechanism 24.
  • An auger drum 25 that is gathered at a predetermined position and sent from the predetermined position toward the rear feeder 21 is provided.
  • the feeder 21 is configured to extend from a cereal feed outlet (not shown) formed immediately behind a predetermined position in the harvesting and collecting unit 20 to a cereal inlet (not shown) of the threshing apparatus 3.
  • the rear end portion is equipped with a left-right feeder drive shaft 26 that also serves as an input shaft of the cutting and conveying device 2, and the feeder drive shaft 26 is connected to the front wall of the threshing device 3 so as to be relatively rotatable.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to move up and down with the feeder drive shaft 26 as a fulcrum by the operation of a hydraulic control unit 27 for lifting and lowering.
  • the oil stored in the oil tank 28 is supplied to the hydraulic control unit 27 by the operation of the first hydraulic pump 29.
  • the hydraulic control unit 27 includes a hydraulic lift cylinder (not shown) installed over the vehicle body frame 6 and the feeder 21, a lift valve unit (not shown) for changing the operating pressure on the lift cylinder, and the like. It has.
  • the raising / lowering valve unit is linked to the control lever 16 via a raising / lowering mechanical linkage mechanism (not shown). Based on the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the flow of oil between the oil tank 28, the first hydraulic pump 29, and the lifting cylinder is controlled to change the operating pressure on the lifting cylinder. It is configured as follows.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 is moved up and down to a lower work area for harvesting unharvested cereal to be harvested and an upper non-work position for not harvesting. Can be made.
  • the cutting height can be adjusted by changing the height position of the cutting mechanism 24 with respect to the harvest target cereal, thereby setting the work position of the cutting and conveying device 2 to an arbitrary height position. Can be changed.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to be displaced up and down over an arbitrary work position in the lower work area and an upper non-work position by a swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction.
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 when the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is located at an arbitrary work position, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is in a state of covering at least the front of the upper portion of the transmission device 13 (state indicated by a solid line in FIG. 1) When located at the position, the transmission device 13 is configured to open the front in the entire vertical direction (state indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1).
  • the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 may be configured to move up and down based on an operation of an operation lever dedicated to lifting operation or a switch dedicated to lifting operation that is configured to swing back and forth and be in a neutral return type. Good. Moreover, you may comprise so that a sliding displacement or rocking
  • the HST 12 is configured by incorporating a hydraulic pump 31 and a hydraulic motor 32 in a transmission case 30.
  • the pump shaft of the hydraulic pump 31 is configured as the input shaft 33 of the HST 12
  • the motor shaft of the hydraulic motor 32 is configured as the output shaft 34 of the HST 12.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 is mounted in a vertically long and horizontal posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 being left and right.
  • the transmission case 30 includes a case body 35 having a recess 35A that houses the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32, a port block 36 that closes the recess 35A, and the like.
  • the hydraulic motor 32 is an axial plunger type fixed capacity motor.
  • the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 pass through the port block 36 and protrude out of the case.
  • the output pulley 37 of the belt-type transmission mechanism 11 is integrally rotated with the input shaft 33 of the HST 12 around the axis of the input shaft 33 via the relay shaft 38 and the like. Linked to the state.
  • the port block 36 includes an input portion through which the input shaft 33 penetrates at an upper portion thereof, and an output portion through which the output shaft 34 penetrates at a lower portion thereof. And the one end part of the cylindrical input case 39 which encloses the input shaft 33, the relay shaft 38, etc. is bolt-connected to the input part. Further, the output portion is connected to the upper portion of the right side surface of the transmission device 13 in a state where the output portion is connected to the input portion of the transmission device 13.
  • the HST 12 includes a speed change operation shaft 40 for operating a pump swash plate (not shown) of the hydraulic pump 31 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30.
  • the speed change operation shaft 40 has its front end so that the operation angle of the pump swash plate is changed to an angle corresponding to the operation position of the main speed change lever 17 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the main speed change lever 17 in the front-rear direction.
  • the linkage arm 41 provided in the section is linked to the main transmission lever 17 via a main transmission mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
  • the HST 12 is mounted on the traveling vehicle body 1 in a state where it is configured to function as a main transmission.
  • the HST 12 is configured to replenish oil stored in the oil tank 28 by operation of a charge pump (not shown) provided therein.
  • the HST 12 is, for example, a vertically long front-and-back posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 in a state where the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 are front-back or the input thereof.
  • the traveling vehicle body 1 may be mounted in a laterally long posture before and after the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32 are arranged in the front-rear direction with the shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing left-right.
  • an axial plunger type variable displacement motor may be provided as the hydraulic motor 32.
  • the transmission 13 includes a castable transmission case 43, a left-right input shaft 44, a driven shaft 45, a side clutch shaft 46, and a constant mesh type selection gear type.
  • a machine 47, a pair of side clutch brake units 48, a left and right transmission mechanism 49, and the like are built in.
  • the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the lower portion of the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawlers 7 on the left and right sides, and the left and right drive shafts that rotatably support the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in an individually enclosed state. Case 51 is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a main case part 52 and left and right auxiliary case parts 53.
  • the main case component 52 has a left and right divided structure that can be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55.
  • the left and right case members 54 and 55 are connected to each other by bolts so that the first space 56 and the auxiliary space 57 are provided as internal spaces.
  • a recessed portion 52A that is recessed toward the inside of the main case component 52 is provided.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are bolted to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 so as to cover the recessed portions 52A, so that the left and right side case and the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are left and right.
  • a second space 58 is provided.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a first space 56, an auxiliary space 57, and left and right second spaces 58 as internal spaces.
  • the transmission case 43 has an input part connected to the output part provided in the port block 36 of the HST 12 at the upper part of the right side wall on the boarding operation part side. I have. And with the output part of the port block 36 connected to the input part, the HST 12 is equipped on the upper part of the right side wall by bolt connection.
  • the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is spline-fitted via the cylindrical shaft 59 to the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 provided with the right end portion serving as the input side end portion thereof as the external device A connected to the transmission case 43.
  • the output shaft 34 is configured to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis.
  • the transmission case 43 includes a first opening 43 ⁇ / b> A that exposes a left end portion that is an end portion of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side end portion on the upper side of the left side wall.
  • the external device A connected to the transmission case 43 includes, for example, a belt-type continuously variable transmission, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
  • a belt-type continuously variable transmission for example, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
  • HMT hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission
  • the transmission 47 is provided at the upper portion of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43 for low-speed transmission that is least frequently used when traveling over a bridge.
  • a high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission, which are used most frequently, and a shift mechanism 66 that enables gear selection operation thereof are provided, and the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 is performed. It is configured so that a three-stage shift is possible.
  • the low-speed drive gear 60 is integrally formed with a cylindrical shaft 59 that is spline-fitted to the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13.
  • the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is equipped so as to rotate integrally with the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 around its axis.
  • the low speed drive gear 60 is located on the right end side of the input shaft 44
  • the medium speed drive gear 62 is located on the left end side of the input shaft 44
  • the high speed drive gear 64 is located on the center side of the input shaft 44. It is set. That is, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is configured to also serve as the drive shaft of the transmission 47 that supports the drive gears 60, 62, and 64 so as to rotate together.
  • Each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is externally fitted to a driven shaft 45 disposed adjacently below the input shaft 44 so as to be relatively rotatable. Further, gear portions 61A, 63A, 65A that are always meshed with the corresponding drive gears 60, 62, 64 are provided at one end side thereof, and a spline boss is provided as a gear selection linkage portion Ba at the other end side thereof.
  • the parts 61 ⁇ / b> B, 63 ⁇ / b> B, and 65 ⁇ / b> B are provided, and the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 is disposed on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 61A positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 61B positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. is doing. Further, the medium-speed driven gear 63 is moved to the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 63A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45. Have deployed.
  • the high-speed driven gear 65 is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 65A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 65B positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45. is doing.
  • the shift mechanism 66 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A and a second spline shaft portion 45B provided on the driven shaft 45 in a state of rotating integrally with the driven shaft 45, a first shifter 67 that is spline-fitted to the first spline shaft portion 45A, Shift fork 69, shift fork 69 provided with second shifter 68 that is spline fitted to second spline shaft portion 45B, first fork portion 69A for operating the first shifter, and second fork portion 69B for operating the second shifter
  • the left and right shift support shafts 70 that support the slidable movement, the shift fork 69 and the position maintaining detent mechanism 71 interposed between the shift support shafts 70 and the shift forks 69 are slid in the left and right directions.
  • An operation arm 72, a front-rear shift operation shaft 73 that supports the operation arm 72, and the like are provided.
  • the first spline shaft portion 45 ⁇ / b> A is integrally formed on the right side portion of the driven shaft 45 located between the low speed driven gear 61 and the high speed driven gear 65.
  • the spline boss portion 61B of the low-speed driven gear 61 and the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 are adjacent to the left and right sides, so that the two driven gears 61 and 65 for low-speed and high-speed use are linked. It is configured in the state.
  • the second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that is detachably splined to the left end portion of the driven shaft 45. And the spline boss
  • the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 change the shift state of the transmission 47 as the shift fork 69 slides along the shift support shaft 70 on the shift support shaft 70.
  • the spline boss portion 61B of the low speed driven gear 61 is splined to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven to the driven shaft by the second shifter 68.
  • the detent mechanism 71 includes a ball 75 and a compression spring 76 provided in the recess 69 ⁇ / b> C of the shift fork 69, and three engagement grooves formed annularly on the outer peripheral surface of the transmission support shaft 70. 70A, 70B, 70C, etc., to shift the shift fork 69 at a low speed position corresponding to the low speed transmission state of the transmission 47, a medium speed position corresponding to the medium speed transmission state of the transmission 47, and a high speed transmission of the transmission 47. It is configured to engage and hold at a high speed position corresponding to the state.
  • the operation arm 72 of the transmission 47 swings in the left-right direction around the axis of the speed change operation shaft 73, and its free end is shifted to the shift fork.
  • the shift fork 69 is engaged in a state in which the relative displacement of 69 is allowed.
  • the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through the front wall of the transmission case 43, has an operation arm 72 at the inner end located inside the transmission case 43, and has an outer end protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43.
  • the operation arm 72 and the linkage arm 77 are interlocked and connected to each other.
  • the linkage arm 77 has its free end so that the operation position of the shift fork 69 is changed to a position corresponding to the operation position of the sub transmission lever 18 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the sub transmission lever 18 in the front-rear direction. This portion is linked to the auxiliary transmission lever 18 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the transmission 47 is built in the transmission case 43 in a state configured to function as an auxiliary transmission.
  • the transmission 47 is equipped across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45 of the transmission device 13 in a state where the transmission 47 is transmitted from the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 to the driven shaft 45. Then, by selecting the driven gears 61, 63, 65 linked to the driven shaft 45 by the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 that is linked to the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 18, the transmission state is changed from the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. Is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, and is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63. It is configured to selectively switch between a state and a high-speed transmission state that is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
  • the driven shaft 45 that supports the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to be relatively rotatable and supports the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 so as to be relatively slidable is located at a position below the input shaft 44.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are configured to be linked with the first spline shaft portion 45A provided on the driven shaft 45, for example, the low-speed driven gear 61 is linked.
  • the driven shaft 45 has a spline shaft portion dedicated to low speed and a spline shaft portion dedicated to high speed driven gear 65
  • the spline shaft portion and shifter in the transmission 47 Can be reduced, and the length of the driven shaft 45 can be shortened.
  • the configuration of the transmission 47 can be simplified, the transmission 47 can be reduced in size and weight, and the assembling property to the transmission case 43 can be improved.
  • the medium-speed driven gear 63 disposed at the position farthest from the right end portion that is the input side end portion of the input shaft 44 is used. Since the driven shaft 45 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven by the gear portion 63A. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 is mounted in the opposite direction in which the spline boss portion 63B is located on the left end side of the shaft 45 and located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is The medium speed drive gear 62 that meshes with each other can be arranged on the right side.
  • the length of the input shaft 44 extending to the left can be made shorter than the driven shaft 45.
  • the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency among the drive gears 60, 62, 64 is arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44, and the use frequency is lower than that of the high-speed drive gear 64. Since the low-speed drive gear 60 and the medium-speed drive gear 62 are arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44, the torque applied to the input shaft 44 in the high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 with the highest use frequency is used.
  • the shaft support 79 such as left and right bearings provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 can be received in a balanced manner.
  • the low-speed driven gear 61 having the lowest usage frequency among the driven gears 61, 63, 65 is arranged on the right end side of the driven shaft 45, and the usage frequency is higher than that of the low-speed driven gear 61. Since the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium-speed transmission state and the high-speed transmission using the medium-speed driven gear 63 or the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are used. In this state, the torque applied to the driven shaft 45 can be received in a balanced manner by the shaft support portions 80 such as the left and right bearings provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45.
  • the shaft support portions 80 such as the left and right bearings provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45.
  • the spline boss 74 constituting the second spline shaft portion 45B includes, for example, each spline 74a linked to the medium-speed driven gear 63 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss 74 over both ends of the spline boss 74.
  • the spline boss 74 is formed to have a length, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 by spline, the spline can be easily fitted without considering the direction of the spline boss 74.
  • a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, and the chamfering process described above is performed only on one end portion of the spline 74a located at the end portion of the spline boss 74. (See FIGS. 7 and 10).
  • the transmission 47 is configured so that each driven gear 61, 63 is mounted on a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being slidable relative to the driven shaft 45. , 65 and a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are slid integrally by operation of the shift mechanism 66.
  • the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 causes the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 to mesh with each other,
  • a slice that selectively switches between a medium-speed transmission state in which the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are engaged and interlocked with each other, and a high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are engaged and interlocked. It may be configured to I ring mesh type.
  • the transmission 47 is equipped with, for example, the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 in a state where the driven gears 45 can slide relative to the driven shaft 45 instead of the constant mesh type.
  • each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is provided with a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is linked to the shift mechanism 66.
  • the linked gear B is configured so that the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are linked to the shift mechanism 66 so that they are integrally slid by the operation of the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is performed.
  • the speed change state includes a low-speed transmission state in which the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are meshed and interlocked, a medium-speed transmission state in which the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are meshed and interlocked, In the high-speed transmission state interlocked meshing with driven gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 may be configured to sliding mesh type switching to alternative.
  • the transmission 47 is replaced with, for example, the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B of the driven gears 61, 63, and 65 and the first spline shaft portion 45A or the second spline adjacent thereto, instead of the constant mesh type.
  • You may comprise in the synchromesh system provided with the synchronous part which synchronizes those peripheral speeds between the axial parts 45B.
  • the transmission 47 may be configured as a two-speed transmission that can be switched between a low-speed transmission state for work travel and a high-speed transmission state for mobile travel instead of the three-speed transmission. Further, it may be configured as a multi-speed transmission type that can switch at four or more stages by providing a low-speed transmission state that is lower than the low-speed transmission state.
  • the transmission 47 replaces the configuration in which each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 as a linkage gear B that can be selected by the shift mechanism 66, and each drive gear 60, 62, 64 is provided. May be provided on the input shaft 44 as a linkage gear B that allows a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66.
  • the input shaft 44 may be arranged adjacently below the driven shaft 45.
  • the first spline shaft portion 45A in the transmission 47 may be constituted by a spline boss that is detachably splined to the driven shaft 45. Further, the second spline shaft portion 45B in the transmission 47 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45.
  • the arrangement of the drive gears 60, 62, 64 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 can be variously changed according to the frequency of use of the gears 60 to 65.
  • the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 may be disposed on the center side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45.
  • the high speed drive gear 64 and the high speed driven gear 65 may be arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45.
  • the driven shaft 45 has a small-diameter output functioning as an output rotating body 81 of the transmission 47 at a central portion between the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
  • the gear 81 is spline-fitted so that the driven shaft 45 and the output gear 81 rotate together.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed in the upper and lower intermediate portions of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43.
  • a large-diameter transmission gear 82 as a transmission rotating body 82 meshing with and interlocking with the output gear 81 is integrally rotated at the left and right intermediate positions in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 and the transmission gear 82 are not relatively slidable.
  • the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is configured as a gear transmission type by the output gear 81 and the transmission gear 82, and the power after the shift by the transmission 47 is transferred from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to transmit deceleration.
  • the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is replaced with a gear transmission type, for example, a small-diameter sprocket provided on the driven shaft 45 as the output rotating body 81, and the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a large-diameter sprocket provided as a transmission rotating body 82 and a transmission chain wound around these sprockets may be configured as a chain transmission type.
  • a belt transmission type is constituted by a small-diameter pulley provided as an output rotator 81 on the driven shaft 45, a large-diameter pulley provided as a transmission rotator 82 on the side clutch shaft 46, and a transmission belt wound around these pulleys.
  • the output rotating body 81 may be formed integrally with the driven shaft 45, for example, or may be connected to the driven shaft 45 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45.
  • the transmission rotating body 82 may be formed integrally with the side clutch shaft 46, for example, or may be connected to the side clutch shaft 46 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 may be externally fitted so as to be relatively rotatable.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 corresponds to a meshing side clutch 83 that intermittently transmits power from the transmission gear 82 to the corresponding crawler 7. And a multi-plate type side brake 84 for braking the crawler 7. Then, on the side clutch shaft 46, the left side clutch brake unit 48 is arranged on the left side in a distributed manner so as to be symmetric with respect to the transmission gear 82.
  • the left crawler 7 acts on the left crawler 7 via the transmission mechanism 49 and the left traveling drive shaft 50
  • the right side clutch brake unit 48 is connected to the right crawler via the right transmission mechanism 49 and the right traveling drive shaft 50. 7 is configured to act.
  • Each side clutch 83 has a cylindrical shaft 85 that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A, and the moving-side rotating body 86 is biased toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh.
  • a compression spring 88 a stopper 89 made of a C-shaped retaining ring that receives the moving side rotating body 86 at the entry position, a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88, and the like. Then, when the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entry position by the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 are engaged with each other. By switching to the state and sliding to the cutting position against the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 release the meshing. It is configured to switch to the shut-off state.
  • Each cylindrical shaft 85 includes a first spline shaft portion 85A having a large diameter on the inner end side close to the transmission gear 82. Further, a small-diameter second spline shaft portion 85B is provided on the outer end side away from the transmission gear 82. The step portion 85C located at the inner end of the first spline shaft portion 85A is configured to function as the spring receiver 90. Further, an annular engagement groove 85D into which the stopper 89 is detachably fitted is formed at the outer end portion of the second spline shaft portion 85B.
  • Each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured such that its inner peripheral portion functions as a spline boss portion 86B that is spline-fitted to the second spline shaft portion 85B of the cylindrical shaft 85 so as to be relatively slidable.
  • a plurality of internal teeth are formed at a constant pitch in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral portion on the outer end side of the rim portion 86C (an example of a pressing portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “pressing portion 86C”) that forms the outer peripheral portion thereof.
  • Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured by a spur gear provided with a plurality of external teeth so that the outer peripheral portion functions as a meshed portion 87A. Then, the side clutch shaft 46 has a shaft more than the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85 so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Spline fitting is performed at both end portions on the end side so as to be adjacent to the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured to function as a driving-side rotating body that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 82 via the side clutch shaft 46 in the left and right side clutches 83.
  • each side clutch 83 the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are disposed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • the moving-side rotator 86 and the compression spring 88 are arranged side by side in between, and the moving-side rotator 86 can slide relative to the cylindrical shaft 85 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the cylinder shaft 85 and the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the sliding unit 91 is configured to slidably and detachably in the axial direction.
  • Each sliding unit 91 includes a drive shaft 92 (an example of an interlocking rotating body, hereinafter also referred to as an “interlocking rotating body 92”) that is interlocked and connected to the corresponding crawler 7 as one of the components, and a cylindrical shaft 85. It is provided in a state of rotating integrally. Thereby, the moving side rotating body 86 provided in each sliding unit 91 is configured to function as a driven side rotating body that rotates integrally with the drive gear 92 via the cylindrical shaft 85 in each side clutch 83. .
  • a thrust collar 93 is interposed between the transmission gear 82 and the left and right sliding units 91 on the side clutch shaft 46 to receive the force acting in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 therebetween.
  • the side brakes 84 are alternately arranged in the axial direction of the brake hub 94 that rotates integrally with the sliding unit 91, the plurality of separator plates 95 that are externally fitted to the brake hub 94, and the plurality of separator plates 95 and the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a plurality of brake disks 96 and a single pressure plate 97, a brake housing 98 that supports the plurality of brake disks 96 and the single pressure plate 97, and the like are configured.
  • Each brake hub 94 is fitted on the corresponding sliding unit 91 as one of its components.
  • the plurality of separator plates 95 are supported so as to rotate integrally with the sliding unit 91 in a state in which the separator plates 95 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each brake housing 98 has a substantially cylindrical shape that surrounds the separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, and the like, and is integrally formed at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43.
  • a plurality of brake discs 96 and a single pressure plate 97 are supported in a non-rotatable manner while being slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a receiving portion 98A for receiving the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 that slide in the transmission case 43 along the axial center of the side clutch shaft 46 is provided at the inner end portions thereof.
  • Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85.
  • Each spline boss 99 serves as a dual-purpose part whose inner end located on the left and right center side in the transmission case functions as the drive gear 92 and whose outer end located on the left and right ends in the transmission case functions as the brake hub 94. It is composed.
  • the drive gear side has an inner peripheral surface provided with a spline hole 99A that fits outside the first spline shaft portion 85A provided on the inner end side of the corresponding cylinder shaft 85, and on the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side.
  • a diameter-expanded portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for a compression spring is provided between the cylindrical shaft 85 and the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • Each cylindrical shaft 85 has a first spline shaft portion 85A formed from the stepped portion 85C of the cylindrical shaft 85 to a length extending from the shaft end on the large diameter side. Then, an engagement portion 85E is formed on the outer peripheral side of the first spline shaft portion 85A at the shaft end portion on the large diameter side, and the C-shaped retaining ring 101 is attached to and detached from the engagement portion 85E. Equipped with external fitting as possible.
  • Each spline boss 99 has its spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and the enlarged diameter portion 99B from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side (the side far from the retaining ring 101). The boss end).
  • Each moving-side rotating body 86 is formed with a ring-shaped recess 86D that allows the end of the spline boss 99 on the brake hub side to be engaged between the spline boss portion 86B and the rim portion 86C.
  • the inner end side of the spline boss portion 86B is engaged with the enlarged diameter portion 99B of the corresponding spline boss 99, and the rim
  • the inner end side of the portion 86C is externally fitted to the spline boss 99
  • the inner end of the rim portion 86C is a plurality of separator plates 95 and brake discs 96 that are externally fitted to the brake hub side of the spline boss 99. It is comprised so that it may press toward the receiving part 98A of the brake housing 98.
  • each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured to function as a pressing portion 86 ⁇ / b> C that acts on the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 of the corresponding side brake 84.
  • each side brake 84 slides from the cut position described above to the braking position located in the direction opposite to the entry position, against the action of the compression spring 88 by the corresponding moving side rotating body 86.
  • the transmission case 43 is slid on the left and right side walls at positions facing the side clutch brake units 48 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • a second opening 43B that allows passage of the unit 91, separator plate 95, brake disk 96, pressure plate 97, and the like is provided, and the cover member 102 that closes the second opening 43B is detachable by bolt connection. I have.
  • Each cover member 102 includes an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably attached by bolt connection.
  • Each auxiliary opening 102 ⁇ / b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 (hereinafter also referred to as “oil chamber 104”) between the auxiliary opening 102A.
  • the small-diameter portion 103B is provided with a shaft support portion 105 such as a bearing that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • Each sliding unit 91 is mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the rim portion 86C of the moving side rotating body 86 faces the annular space 104 provided in the cover member 102.
  • Each cover member 102 is fitted and fitted with an annular piston 106 that slides the moving side rotating body 86 in the annular space 104 so as to be slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the annular space 104 is configured to function as an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
  • Each piston 106 slides in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 by the operation of the steering valve unit 107, and by this sliding, the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is slid in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to be operated dynamically. Specifically, as the pressure of the oil chamber 104 is increased by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the center side of the side clutch shaft 46. The side rotating body 86 is slid from the entry position to the cut position against the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cut position to the braking position.
  • the oil chamber 104 As the oil chamber 104 is depressurized by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the shaft end side of the side clutch shaft 46, and this sliding causes the corresponding movement side rotation.
  • the body 86 is slid from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cutting position to the entry position.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is linked to the steering lever 16 via the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108 so that the operating state is switched based on the swinging operation of the steering lever 16 in the left-right direction. Specifically, in a state where the control lever 16 is positioned at the neutral position, a reduced pressure state in which the operation pressure on each piston 106 is reduced is maintained. When the control lever 16 is swung to the left from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the left pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the left piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung rightward from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the right pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the right piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung to the neutral position, the left pressure increasing state or the right pressure increasing state is switched to the pressure reducing state.
  • the valve unit 107 for steering can be maintained in a reduced pressure state, whereby each moving-side rotating body 86 can be maintained in the entering position.
  • the traveling state can be maintained in a straight traveling state in which the left and right crawlers 7 are driven at a constant speed.
  • the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the left increased pressure state.
  • the left-side moving rotating body 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the left crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight traveling state to the vehicle body.
  • the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the right increased pressure state. While maintaining the entering position, the right moving rotator 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the right crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight running state. It is possible to switch to a right turn state in which the vehicle body turns rightward. Then, by swinging the control lever 16 to the neutral position in the left turn state or the right turn state, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the left boosted state or the right boosted state to the reduced pressure state.
  • either the left or right moving side rotating body 86 located at the cutting position or the braking position can be slid to the entering position, and as a result, the traveling state is switched from the left turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state. be able to.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 employs a shared structure in which each moving side rotating body 86 is also used as an operating tool for both the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84, thereby simplifying the configuration by reducing the number of parts.
  • the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 can be appropriately interlocked with each other so that the traveling state of the left and right crawlers 7 can be changed from a straight traveling state to a left turning state or a right turning state. It is possible to smoothly shift from the turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 the moving side rotating body 86 and the fixed side rotation with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 and each brake housing 98 provided in the transmission case 43.
  • the body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, and the like can be attached and detached from the openings 43A of the transmission case 43.
  • the operation piston 106 for each side clutch brake unit 48, the shaft support portion 105 for the side clutch shaft, and the like can be attached to and detached from the transmission case 43 together with the cover member 102 that closes each opening 43A.
  • the transmission case 43 is connected to each cover member. By removing 102, it can carry out easily, without requiring the effort which disassembles the transmission case 43.
  • FIG. 10 regarding the maintenance work for the fixed-side rotator 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the moving-side rotator 86, the separator plate 95, and the brake disk 96 are removed by removing the auxiliary cover member 103 from the cover member 102. , And the like can be maintained in the transmission case by the cover member 102, and maintenance work can be performed on the fixed-side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105.
  • the cylinder shaft 85 of the side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, the spring receiver 90, the drive gear 92, the brake hub 94 of the side brake 84, and the like are connected to the side clutch shaft 46. Since the sliding unit 91 is detachably integrated as a unit, the side clutch shaft is compared with the case where the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46. The detachability with respect to 46 can be improved.
  • the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46 in a united state, so that the movement against the action of the compression spring 88 is achieved.
  • the side rotator 86, the stopper 89, and the like may be attached to and detached from the cylindrical shaft 59 outside the transmission case 43 where the work area is not limited. As a result, the moving side rotator 86, the stopper 89, etc. with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 The detachability of the can be greatly improved.
  • each sliding unit 91 since the spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 is a dual-purpose part that also serves as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94, the structure can be simplified and assembled by reducing the number of parts. Can be improved.
  • the spline boss 99 has an enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring between the inner surface of the brake hub side of the spline boss 99 and the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • the spline boss 99 can be equipped in a state where the spline boss 99 is overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft 85.
  • the sliding units 91 can be prevented from becoming longer in the axial direction.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is shortened and the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the transmission device 13 are reduced. Therefore, the transmission device 13 can be downsized.
  • each moving side rotating body 86 is inserted into the stopper 89 when the moving side rotating body 86 slides into the stopper position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side of the spline boss portion 86B.
  • the enlarged-diameter portion 86E that allows the above is formed.
  • Each enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engaging groove 85D.
  • each sliding unit 91 in the axial direction can be further reduced as compared with the case where the enlarged diameter portion 86E is not formed, thereby shortening the length of the side clutch shaft 46 and transmission. It is possible to further reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the device 13.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 has an engagement length of each external tooth forming the engaged portion 87A with the engaging portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86.
  • the tooth width is twice or more.
  • the life of the fixed side rotating body 87 can be doubled, and the running cost required for the side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 is used for operation, and the steering valve unit 107 is operated by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109. Is supplied through.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is based on the switching valve 110 that switches the flow of oil to the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48 based on the operation of the control lever 16 in the left-right direction, and on the operation of the control lever 16.
  • a variable relief valve 111 for changing the relief pressure for the oil chamber 104 of the left and right side clutch brake units 48 is provided.
  • the pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured such that the operating state is switched based on an operation of a steering-dedicated operation lever or a steering wheel that is configured to be a left-right swinging and neutral return type. Good.
  • the pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured to be, for example, an electric type that switches the operating states of the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 by operating an electric cylinder.
  • a pair of side clutches 83 are arranged side by side on the side clutch shaft 46 side by side without the transmission rotating body 82 interposed therebetween, and the power from the side clutch shaft 46 is intermittently configured.
  • the body 82 may be arranged on the left and right ends of the side clutch shaft 46.
  • the pair of side clutches 83 may be configured such that the moving side rotating body 86 functions as a driving side rotating body and the fixed side rotating body 87 functions as a driven side rotating body.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 may be fixedly installed, and the pair of side clutches 83 may be configured to intermittently transmit power from the transmission rotating body 82 to the corresponding interlocking rotating body 92 on the side clutch shaft 46. Good.
  • the transmission rotator 82 After each sliding unit 91 is arranged on the side clutch shaft 46 so that the moving-side rotator 86 is adjacent to the transmission rotator 82, the transmission rotator 82 includes an engaged portion 87A.
  • the moving side rotating body 86 that also serves as the fixed side rotating body 87 and includes the meshing portion 86A is also configured to function as the interlocking rotating body 92 so that the configuration can be simplified by reducing the number of parts. Also good.
  • the transmission rotator 82 instead of the configuration in which the transmission rotator 82 also serves as the fixed rotator 87, the fixed rotator 87 that is detachably fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 is rotated in a state of rotating integrally with the transmission rotator 82.
  • the body 82 may be configured to be engaged and connected.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured to include the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 individually. Moreover, you may comprise so that either one or both of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may not be included as the component.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that a spline boss 99 serving as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 is integrally formed on the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • either one of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may be formed integrally with the cylindrical shaft 85.
  • Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that the compression spring 88 and the spline boss 99 are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylindrical shaft 85 without providing the storage space 100.
  • a stepped portion that functions as a stopper 89 for receiving the moving side rotating body 86 at the entering position may be formed on each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, each moving-side rotating body 86 may not be provided with a diameter-expanded portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter.
  • the spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88 may be configured by a C-shaped retaining ring that is externally fitted to each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, a step portion located at the boundary between the spline hole 99A and the enlarged diameter portion 99B on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss 99 may be configured to function as the spring receiver 90.
  • each fixed-side rotating body 87 a spur gear having the same tooth width as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 may be adopted.
  • the cover member 102 may not be provided with the auxiliary opening 102A and the auxiliary cover member 103.
  • a shaft support portion 105 may be provided between the transmission case 43 and each cover member 102.
  • the transmission case 43 may include an annular piston 106 for slidingly operating each moving-side rotating body 86 and an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
  • the interlocking rotating body 92 may be configured to include a driving sprocket or a driving pulley instead of the driving gear 92.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 has a side brake 84 provided on the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation side functioning as a parking brake 112. As described above, the right side brake 84 is linked to the brake pedal 19 via the parking brake operating mechanism 113 and the parking brake mechanical linkage mechanism 114.
  • the parking brake operating mechanism 113 rotates the ring-shaped operating member 115 and the operating member 115 fitted in the right cover member 102 around the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 so as to act on the pressure plate 97.
  • an operating member 115 are provided.
  • the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake links the free end portion of the linkage arm 117 in the operation mechanism 113 for parking brake to the brake pedal 19.
  • the braking operation shaft 116 is rotated forward in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 is moved in conjunction with the forward rotation.
  • the right side brake 84 is configured to switch from the brake released state to the brake state.
  • the braking operation shaft 116 reverses in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 reverses in conjunction with the reverse rotation and the right direction.
  • the right side brake 84 is configured to be switched from the braking state to the braking release state by releasing the pressure applied to the right pressure plate 97 by sliding to the right side.
  • the brake pedal 19 When the brake pedal 19 is depressed to the depressed position, the brake pedal 19 is held at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed release position by the action of a holding mechanism (not shown) linked to the operation. be able to. Further, when the brake pedal 19 is depressed in this position holding state, the holding of the brake pedal 19 at the depressed position can be released by the action of a holding mechanism linked to the operation, and spring bias is used. The depression release operation from the depressed position of the brake pedal 19 to the depressed release position can be performed.
  • the brake pedal 19 can be held at the depressed position by depressing the brake pedal 19 to the depressed position, and the brake on the right side brake 84 is released.
  • the braking state can be switched from the state to the braking state, and the braking force by the right side brake 84 can be applied to the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48.
  • the right side brake 84 can function as the parking brake 112.
  • the left side brake 84 may function as the parking brake 112. Further, both the left and right side brakes 84 may function as the parking brake 112.
  • a dedicated parking brake 112 that brakes the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48 may be provided.
  • the parking brake operation mechanism 113 is an electric type that switches the right side brake 84 from the brake released state to the braked state by turning off the power supply, or the right side brake 84 is changed from the brake released state to the braked state by depressurization. You may comprise the hydraulic type to switch.
  • a brake lever configured to be able to switch and hold between a parking position and a parking release position, a switch for operating a parking brake, or the like may be provided.
  • the transmission case 43 corresponds to the first space portion 56 with the left and right relay shafts 119 positioned at a position between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
  • the second space 58 is arranged in a horizontal orientation.
  • the left and right side walls of the main case component 52 are provided with first shaft support portions 120 such as bearings that support inner end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43.
  • each auxiliary case component 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 such as a bearing that supports outer end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 positioned on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
  • Each transmission mechanism 49 is positioned at the first transmission portion 122 extending across the side clutch shaft 46 and the relay shaft 119 corresponding to the side clutch shaft 46 in the first space portion 56 positioned on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
  • the left and right second space portions 58 are provided with corresponding relay shafts 119 and second transmission portions 123 extending across the travel drive shaft 50.
  • the first transmission unit 122 is configured to be symmetrical with respect to the transmission gear 82 in a state where the first transmission unit 122 is positioned above the second transmission unit 123.
  • Each first transmission portion 122 includes a driving gear 92 provided in a corresponding sliding unit 91 and a driven gear 124 that is larger in diameter than the driving gear 92 and rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 (an example of a driven rotating body).
  • the gears 92 and 124 are meshed and interlocked to function as a first reduction part that decelerates the power via the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48.
  • Each driven gear 124 is spline-fitted to the inner end portion of the relay shaft 119 located in the first space portion 56.
  • Each of the second transmission parts 123 includes a small-diameter drive gear (an example of a drive rotator) 125 integrally formed with the corresponding relay shaft 119 and a large-diameter driven gear (driven rotator) that rotates integrally with the corresponding travel drive shaft 50. And a gear interlocking type in which these gears 125 and 126 are meshed and interlocked with each other, and function as a second speed reducing portion that performs a speed reduction transmission from the corresponding first power transmission portion 122 to the travel drive shaft 50. is doing.
  • each transmission mechanism 49 is configured to function as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates the power that has passed through the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48 in two stages and transmits it to the corresponding travel drive shaft 50.
  • the transmission case 43 includes support portions 127 such as bearings that rotatably support the boss portions 126A on the main case component side of the corresponding driven gear 126 on the left and right side walls of the main case component 52.
  • Each auxiliary case component 53 is provided with a support portion 128 such as a bearing for rotatably supporting the boss portion 126B on the auxiliary case component side in the corresponding driven gear 126.
  • Each driven gear 126 is provided with a spline hole portion 126C as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 at the center thereof.
  • Each travel drive shaft 50 is provided with a spline shaft portion as a spline fitting portion 50 ⁇ / b> A that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding driven gear 126 at the end portion on the transmission case side thereof.
  • the traveling drive shafts 50 are fixed to the outer ends of the traveling drive shafts 50 so that the drive sprockets 129 of the corresponding crawlers 7 are spline-fitted.
  • Each drive shaft case 51 supports the corresponding travel drive shaft 50 so that it can rotate and cannot slide in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
  • Each auxiliary case component 53 is detachably bolted to an opening 53A through which the traveling drive shaft 50 linked to the driven gear 126 passes and a flange portion 51A provided at the end of the corresponding drive shaft case 51 on the transmission case side. Connected portion 53B.
  • each 2nd transmission part 123 can be exposed comparatively easily, without requiring big effort like the case where the main case component 52 is divided
  • each second transmission portion 123 Even in the state where each second transmission portion 123 is exposed, the driving gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each relay shaft 119 and each second transmission portion 123 are placed at appropriate positions in the respective recessed portions 52A of the main case component 52. Further, it can be stably supported by the first shaft support portions 120 or the support portions 127 on the main case component side. As a result, the spline fitting of the travel drive shaft 50 to the driven gear 126 and the support of the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 by the second shaft support portion 121 or the support portion 128 on the auxiliary case component side are performed. Assembling work for bolting the part 53 to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 can be easily performed.
  • each drive shaft case 51 when removing each drive shaft case 51 from the transmission case 43, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 is released, and each drive shaft case 51 is covered with the corresponding auxiliary case component 53.
  • the travel drive shaft 50 can be easily removed from the transmission case 43 together with each drive shaft case 51 by separating the auxiliary case part 53 from the connecting portion 53B to the laterally outward direction.
  • the drive shaft case 51 when each drive shaft case 51 is attached to the transmission case 43, the drive shaft case 51 is placed at an appropriate position with respect to each auxiliary case component 53 by spline fitting each travel drive shaft 50 to the corresponding driven gear 126. Can be positioned stably. Thereby, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 can be easily performed, and the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 and the driven gear 126 can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection. it can.
  • each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case 43.
  • each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 are removed from the transmission case 43, so that the transmission device 13 is connected to each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no overhang in the left-right direction, which is advantageous in terms of transportation.
  • the tread width of the left and right crawlers 7 can be easily adjusted depending on the model while using the same transmission device 13. Can be changed.
  • the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically, the drive gears 92 and 125, the driven gears 124 and 126 used for the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the relay shaft 119 are shared. Can be a part. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the parts management and improve the assembling performance due to the same assembling process of each transmission mechanism 49.
  • each side clutch brake unit 48 by providing a transmission mechanism 49 that functions as a speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction with respect to each side clutch brake unit 48, torque applied to each side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced, and each side clutch brake unit 48. It is possible to facilitate the operation. In addition, a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 even though the speed reduction mechanism is not provided between the input shaft 44 and the transmission 47.
  • each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 that rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 is detachably fitted to the relay shaft 119. Also good.
  • a single relay shaft 119 is fixed to the transmission case 43 in the left-right direction, and the driven gear 124 of the first transmission portion 122 and the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 are integrally formed on the relay shaft 119. You may comprise so that a cylindrical shaft may be externally fitted so that relative rotation is possible.
  • the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 have the same left and right shapes that can be used in the left and right directions, respectively. It is composed of common parts. Thereby, compared with the case where the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are individually configured in a shape unique to the left and right, parts management is facilitated, etc. It is possible to prevent the left and right from being combined with each other.
  • the transmission case 43 has a left and right central side portion located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 at the bottom thereof, An upward concave portion 43 ⁇ / b> C that is brought close to the first transmission portion 122 is provided, and its bottom portion is formed in an inverted U shape. Further, the recess 43 ⁇ / b> C is formed so that the recessed end side is located between the left and right travel drive shafts 50 at the bottom of the transmission case 43 and extends to the left and right side walls of the main case component 52. As a result, in traveling in a deep mud work area, mud etc. coming into contact with the transmission case 43 can be smoothly removed, and traveling resistance acting on the transmission case 43 can be reduced. In addition, the bottom of the transmission case 43 that supports the left and right travel drive shafts 50 can be effectively reinforced in an appropriate state in consideration of the support position of the travel drive shaft 50.
  • the transmission device 13 has the relay shafts 119 disposed at the front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to each relay shaft 119.
  • the driving force F1 from the side clutch shaft 46 applied to each relay shaft 119 and the driving reaction force F2 from each traveling drive shaft 50 are: While the vertical components F1a and F2a are reduced by canceling each other, the driven gear 124 of each relay shaft 119 and each drive gear 92 of the side clutch shaft 46, and the drive gear 125 and each travel drive shaft of each relay shaft 119 are reduced.
  • the side clutch shaft 46 and the travel drive shafts 50 are distributed via the 50 driven gears 126.
  • the driving force F ⁇ b> 1 and the driving reaction force F ⁇ b> 2 applied to each relay shaft 119 decrease as the vertical components F ⁇ b> 1 a and F ⁇ b> 2 a cancel each other.
  • only the relay shaft 119 is applied.
  • each shaft supporting portion (bearing) supporting each relay shaft 119 is compared.
  • the load on 120, 121 can be reduced, and the durability of each pivotal support 120, 121 can be improved.
  • the transmission device 13 is provided with a driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46.
  • an input shaft 44 that also serves as a drive shaft of the transmission 47 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45.
  • the driven gears 61, 63, 65 of the driven shaft 45 and the drive gears 60, 62, 64 of the input shaft 44, and the output gear 81 of the driven shaft 45 and the side are lowered while the components F 3 a, F 4 a are canceled out.
  • the input shaft 44 and the side clutch shaft 46 are dispersed via the transmission gear 82 of the clutch shaft 46.
  • the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 applied to the driven shaft 45 decrease as the vertical components F3a and F4a cancel each other.
  • only the driven shaft 45 is applied.
  • each shaft support (bearing) 80 that supports the driven shaft 45 is compared with a case where the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 are applied only to the driven shaft 45 during forward traveling with high use frequency.
  • the durability of each shaft support 80 can be improved.
  • the transmission device 13 has the side clutch shaft 46 disposed behind the input shaft 44 and each travel drive shaft 50. Further, each relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45. Thereby, while suppressing that the vertical length of the transmission device 13 becomes long, the separation distance between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The separation distance can be increased. As a result, the reduction ratio between each drive gear 92 and each driven gear 124 between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and each drive between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The reduction ratio between the gear 125 and each driven gear 126 can be increased, and a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 has a working position covering the front of the transmission device 13 and the transmission device 13 by the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, as described above. It is configured to move up and down over a non-working position where the front of the door is opened.
  • the relay shafts 119 including the large-diameter driven gears 124 are arranged at positions ahead of the input shaft 44, the driven shaft 45, the side clutch shaft 46, and the travel drive shafts 50,
  • the lower side of the front wall that corresponds to the location of each relay shaft 119 is bulged forward.
  • the upper side of the front wall has a shape that is biased rearward than the lower side.
  • An oil filter 130 that filters the oil stored in the transmission case and the steering valve unit 107 that controls the oil from the oil filter 130 are installed on the front side of the front wall. In such a state that the valve unit 107 is positioned on the right side, the left and right sides are arranged detachably.
  • the steering valve unit 107 is equipped with the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of protruding forward from the front wall of the valve case 132 on the upper side of the valve unit 107. Then, a linkage arm 133 that moves integrally with the valve operating shaft 131 is mounted on the front end portion that is the protruding end portion of the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of extending to the right side that is the boarding operation portion side. The end side is linked to the control lever 16 through a mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
  • the HST 12 is provided on the upper portion of the right side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation unit side, and is equipped with the speed change operation shaft 40 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. Yes.
  • the linkage arm 41 provided at the front end portion which is the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 40 is linked to the main speed change lever 17 via a main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
  • the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through an upper portion of the oil filter 130 on the front wall of the transmission case 43, and the front end portion serving as the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 is more than the valve unit 107 for steering. It is configured to be located in the front. Then, a linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is provided at the front end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 so as to extend to the right side, which is the boarding operation portion side, and the extension end side is sub-shifted.
  • the lever 18 is linked via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the parking brake 112 is configured by using a side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side. Then, the braking operation shaft 116 provided in the parking brake operating mechanism 113 is protruded from the right side wall of the transmission case 43 located on the boarding driving part side to the right outer side on the boarding driving part side, The linkage arm 117 provided at the right end portion is linked to the brake pedal 19 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake.
  • the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be replaced, or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
  • the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, whereby the oil filter 130, the steering valve unit 107, the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108, and the main transmission
  • the front of the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-transmission can be opened, and the above-described maintenance work can be easily performed from the front thereof.
  • the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-shift, the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake are respectively connected to the boarding operation unit 8.
  • the transmission case 43 can be configured in a state in which their linkage length is shortened as much as possible. Since each of the speed change operation shafts 40 and 73 and the valve operation shaft 131 protrude forward, the main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the sub gear shift mechanical linkage with respect to the operation shafts 40, 73, and 131 are provided.
  • the mechanism 78 or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering can be easily connected from the front thereof.
  • the auxiliary transmission lever 18 and the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 are connected via the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for the auxiliary transmission.
  • the linkage can be easily performed without being obstructed by the oil filter 130.
  • adhesion of mud or the like to the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be suppressed by the lower side of the transmission case 43 that bulges forward.
  • the working posture when replacing the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 is unreasonable. It can be a less comfortable posture. As a result, the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be improved.
  • the transmission case 43 is provided with each side clutch brake unit 48 at a position rearward of the valve unit 107 for steering.
  • the left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the side clutch brake units 48 are provided with pipe connection portions 102 ⁇ / b> B communicating with the oil chambers 104 of the side clutch brake units 48.
  • Each connection part 102B is arranged at a position below the oil filter 130 in the left and right cover members 102.
  • the steering valve unit 107 includes a pipe connection 107A for the left side clutch brake unit 48 on the left side wall, and a pipe connection 107B for the right side clutch brake unit 48 on the upper side wall. I have.
  • the left side hydraulic pipe 134 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102 ⁇ / b> B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107 ⁇ / b> A to the left side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass below.
  • the right hydraulic pipe 135 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107B with respect to the right side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass right side of.
  • the transmission case 43 sucks oil stored in the transmission case 43 by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109 on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall of the main case part 52.
  • the oil suction port 43D that enables the above is formed.
  • an internal oil passage 43 ⁇ / b> E extending from the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall of the main case part 52.
  • an oil outlet that enables the oil stored in the transmission case 43 to be taken out is formed in the transmission case 43, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43.
  • a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 ⁇ / b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43.
  • the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D and the internal oil passage 43 ⁇ / b> E are provided with a groove 55 ⁇ / b> B that is recessed and formed in the mating surface 55 ⁇ / b> A of the right case member 55 of the transmission case 43 with the left case member 54.
  • the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 are formed. Thereby, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the groove 55B formed in the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55 for the gasket 136 interposed between the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55.
  • the left case member 54 and the right case member 43D and the internal oil passage 43E are formed by recessing both the mating surface 54A of the left case member 54 and the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55.
  • the mating surfaces 55A and 55B with 55 are formed across the mating surfaces 55A and 55B, it is necessary to provide the gasket 136, and there is no need for an elongated hole for communicating the groove on the left case member side and the groove on the right case member side. can do.
  • the sealing property of the gasket 136 with respect to the mating surfaces 54A and 55A between the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 and the strength of the gasket 136 can be easily ensured.
  • the oil suction port 43 ⁇ / b> D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 having the lowest rotation speed in the first space 56 between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49. That is, the left and right driven gears 126 have the lowest number of rotations in the first space portion 56, and therefore, the number of bubbles generated along with the rotation during driving thereof is reduced. Since the oil suction port 43D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 that are separated from each other, it is possible to effectively prevent the occurrence of inconvenience that bubbles generated with the rotation of each driven gear 126 are sucked from the oil suction port 43D together with oil. Can be suppressed.
  • the transmission case 43 utilizes the fact that the lower side is bulged forward, and receives the oil at the lower part of the oil filter 130 on the front wall to transmit the transmission case 43.
  • An oil guide 43F is formed to guide the left side wall of 43.
  • the transmission case 43 supplies oil returned from the steering valve unit 107, which is a hydraulic device, to the inside of the transmission case 43.
  • An oil passage 137 for lubrication is provided to each driven gear 61, 63, 65 that rotates relative to the shaft 45.
  • the lubricating oil passage 137 is formed by a hydraulic pipe 138 extending from the steering valve unit 107 to the transmission case 43, an internal oil passage 45C formed in the driven shaft 45, and the like.
  • oil from hydraulic equipment such as a lifting valve unit or HST may be supplied to the driven shaft 45 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 via a lubricating oil passage 45C. .
  • the transmission case 43 can incorporate an auxiliary space portion 57 provided in the upper portion thereof and an auxiliary transmission mechanism (not shown) for the working device. It is formed into a shape. And the 4th opening 43H which enables taking out of auxiliary power from an auxiliary power transmission mechanism is formed in the predetermined position in the left side wall opposite to the right side wall provided with the 3rd opening 43G for input, and this A lid member 139 that closes the fourth opening 43H is detachably mounted.
  • this transmission apparatus 13 employ
  • the auxiliary space 57 has a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for power distribution to the cutting and conveying device, so that the specification can be easily changed to a transmission structure suitable for self-removing combine. can do. That is, it is possible to obtain a highly versatile transmission 13 that can be applied to a self-removing combine.
  • the interference between the work transmission system that transmits the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H of the transmission case 43 to the work apparatus and the HST 12 that is the input system to the transmission apparatus 13 or the like It becomes easy to avoid.
  • the extension length of the input shaft 44 to the left in the transmission 47 is shorter than the driven shaft 45, and the left-right width at the top of the transmission 13 is narrowed to the right.
  • the HST 12 is detachably equipped with an oil filter 140 at the upper part of the case body 35.
  • the front of the oil filter 140 can be opened, and maintenance work for the oil filter 140 such as replacement of the oil filter 140 can be performed from the front. It can be done easily.
  • FIG. 17 shows right and left crawler traveling devices provided in a normal combine that is an example of an agricultural work vehicle.
  • the crawler traveling device is supported by the track frame 202 supported by the fuselage frame 201, the plurality of rolling wheels 203 supported by the track frame 202, the guide wheel 204 and the crawler guide 205, and the fuselage frame 201.
  • the upper rolling wheel 206, a driving wheel 207 (corresponding to a rotating wheel) supported by the machine frame 201, a crawler belt 208, and the like are provided.
  • a mission case 209 is supported on the body frame 201, and right and left drive shafts 211 (corresponding to support shafts) extend laterally from the mission case 209.
  • a cylindrical right and left axle case 210 (corresponding to a support case) fixed to 209 covers the outside of the drive shaft 211.
  • a cylindrical end 210a (corresponding to the end on the rotating wheel side in the support case) having a diameter larger than the center side of the axle case 210 is fixed to the axle case 210, and the outer periphery of the drive shaft 211 and the axle case 210 are fixed.
  • a bearing 212 is provided between the end portion 210a and the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a, and a position of the bearing 212 is determined by a stopper ring 213 provided on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210.
  • the driving wheel 207 includes an outer portion 207a and an inner portion 207b (corresponding to a rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel), and the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b are connected by a bolt 207c and a pin 207d.
  • a claw portion 207e that hits a cored bar (not shown) provided in the crawler belt 208 is provided in the outer portion 207a, and a spline portion 207f is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the inner portion 207b.
  • a spline portion 211a is provided at the end of the drive shaft 211, and the spline portion 207f of the drive wheel 207 is attached to the spline portion 211a of the drive shaft 211.
  • a ring-shaped collar member 214 is attached between the inner portion 207b of the drive shaft 211 and the bearing 212, and the collar member 214 and the bearing 212 come into contact with each other to drive the drive wheel 207.
  • the inner part 207b of the color plate and the collar member 214 are in contact with each other.
  • a screw shaft portion 211 b is provided at the end of the drive shaft 211, and a ring member 215 is attached to the outer periphery of the screw shaft portion 211 b of the drive shaft 211, so 207b and the ring member 215 are in contact with each other.
  • the nut 216 is attached to the screw shaft portion 211b of the drive shaft 211, and the nut 216 is brought into contact with the ring member 215 and tightened, whereby the position of the drive wheel 207 with respect to the drive shaft 211 is determined. It is fixed to the end of the.
  • seal member 217 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, a seal member 217 is attached to the outer peripheral portion of the collar member 214, and a bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211 and the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210. A seal member 217 is provided closer to the drive wheel 207 than 212.
  • the seal member 217 includes a metal inner annular member 217a with rubber attached to the inner peripheral surface, a metal outer annular member 217b with rubber attached to the outer peripheral surface, and an inner annular member.
  • a seal lip member 217c between the outer ring member 217b and the outer ring member 217b is provided.
  • a gap 217d between the inner annular member 217a and the outer annular member 217b on the driving wheel 207 side (a convex portion 218 and a concave portion 219 described later) is an inner circumference of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 in the radial direction of the seal member 217. It is located on the part side.
  • a ring-shaped and convex positioning portion 214a is provided on the outer peripheral portion of the collar member 214, and a step portion 210b is provided on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210.
  • the position of the seal member 217 is determined by the inner annular member 217 a of the seal member 217 contacting the positioning portion 214 a of the collar member 214 and the outer annular member 217 b of the seal member 217 contacting the step portion 210 b of the axle case 210. ing.
  • the length of the seal member 217 in the axis P1 direction of the drive shaft 211 (the left and right direction in FIG. 19) of the seal member 217 is the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 of the collar member 214 (FIG. 19).
  • the length in the horizontal direction of the paper is long.
  • the labyrinth part provided between the drive wheel 207 and the end part 210a of the axle case 210 will be described.
  • the shaft center P ⁇ b> 1 of the drive shaft 211 is placed on the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 at a portion where the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the inner side portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 face each other.
  • a convex portion 218 that is ring-shaped at the center and protrudes in the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 is provided so as to face the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207.
  • the shaft center P ⁇ b> 1 of the drive shaft 211 is placed on the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 at a portion where the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 face each other.
  • a concave portion 219 that is ring-shaped at the center and is opened in the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 is provided so as to face the end 210a of the axle case 210.
  • the concave portion 219 includes an outer ring-shaped first convex portion 219a, an inner ring-shaped second convex portion 219b, and a bottom portion 219c between the first and second convex portions 219a and 219b. It is comprised, and the 2nd convex part 219b has come out to the edge part 210a side of the axle case 210 rather than the 1st convex part 219a.
  • the direction and position of the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are set so that the convex portion 218 enters the concave portion 219 (between the first convex portion 219a and the second convex portion 219b), and the concave portion 219 with respect to the convex portion 218 is set.
  • the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 constitute a labyrinth portion that prevents mud and water from entering the inside of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 from the outside.
  • a ring-like shape that is opened toward the seal member 217 at the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 and the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211.
  • a concave inner recess 220 is provided.
  • the storage groove 222 includes a ring-shaped first surface portion 222a parallel to the radial direction centered on the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and a ring-shaped second surface portion 222b along the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211. It is prepared for.
  • the O-ring 223 is attached to the storage groove 222, and mud and water that have entered the inner side of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 are separated from the inner portion 207 b of the driving wheel 207 and the collar member.
  • the O-ring 223 prevents the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207 f and 211 a of the drive shaft 211 from reaching the contact portion with the O ring 223.
  • the storage groove 222 may be provided not at the inner side 207b of the drive wheel 207 but at the end of the inner periphery of the collar member 214 on the drive wheel 207 side. You may provide in both the inner peripheral parts of the collar member 214.
  • a packing (element) 224 is provided in a space between the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207, the drive shaft 211, and the ring member 215.
  • the packing 224 prevents mud and water from reaching the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207f and 211a of the drive shaft 211 from between the screw shaft portion 211b of the drive shaft 211 and the ring member 215.
  • the packing 224 prevents mud and water from reaching the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207f and 211a of the drive shaft 211 from between the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207 and the ring member 215.
  • a recess 219 (first and second protrusions 219 a, 219 b, bottom 219 c), an inner recess is formed in the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 on the end 210 a side of the axle case 210.
  • the processing parts 220 and the storage groove part 222 are collectively provided.
  • the machining cost is reduced by consolidating a plurality of machining portions into one portion of the inner side 207b of the drive wheel 207 on the end portion 210a side of the axle case 210.
  • a wall member 225 as shown below may be added.
  • the wall member 225 is a ring-shaped disk and is integrally formed of a flexible member made of rubber or the like, and the wall members 225 (the inner peripheral portion 225a and the outer peripheral portion 225b) are driven.
  • the shaft 211 has a predetermined width (thickness) in the direction of the axis P1 (the left-right direction in FIG. 20).
  • a groove portion 210 c into which the outer peripheral portion 225 b of the wall member 225 enters is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210, and the outer peripheral portion 225 b of the wall member 225 is a groove portion of the axle case 210.
  • the wall member 225 is attached to the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 by entering the 210 c.
  • the wall member 225 is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211 and between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 and the seal member 217. It is in a state equipped. In a state where the outer peripheral portion 225b of the wall member 225 is in contact with the inner peripheral portion (groove portion 210c) of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210, the wall member 225 is in a state facing (in a state of closing) the inner concave portion 220. The inner peripheral portion 225a of the wall member 225 is slightly away from the inner portion 207b of the driving wheel 207 and the collar member 214.
  • a wall member 226 as shown below may be provided in place of the wall member 225 of the above-mentioned [first another embodiment of the invention].
  • the wall member 226 has an inner first ring portion 226a (corresponding to the ring portion) parallel to the radial direction centering on the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and the axis P1 direction of the drive shaft 211.
  • a second ring portion 226b (corresponding to the ring portion) along the outer periphery, a third ring portion 226c on the outer side parallel to the radial direction around the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and a seal portion 226d are provided.
  • the first, second, and third ring portions 226a, 226b, and 226c are made of metal, hard plastic, or the like and are rigidly and integrally configured, and the seal portion 226d is made of rubber or the like to be flexible.
  • the seal portion 226d is attached to the outer peripheral portion of the second ring portion 226b.
  • the seal portion 226 d of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the third ring portion 226 c of the wall member 226 is the end of the axle case 210.
  • the wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so as to contact the tip portion of the portion 210a (the convex portion 218).
  • the convex portion 218, the second and third ring portions 226 b and 226 c of the wall member 226, and the seal portion 226 d enter the concave portion 219.
  • the inner recess 220 may be provided.
  • the wall member 226 of the above-mentioned may be configured as follows. As shown in FIG. 22, the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. 21, and the third ring portion 226c. A seal portion 226d is attached to the front. Accordingly, the second ring portion 226b of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring portion 226c) of the wall member 226 becomes the axle. The wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so as to come into contact with the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the case 210.
  • the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. A series of seal portions 226d are attached over the ring portions 226b and 226c.
  • the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring) of the wall member 226 is contacted.
  • the wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so that the portion 226c) contacts the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210.
  • the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. Separate seal portions 226d are attached to the ring portions 226b and 226c.
  • the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring) of the wall member 226 is contacted.
  • the wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so that the portion 226c) contacts the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210.
  • the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. 21, and does not include the third ring portion 226c.
  • a seal portion 226d is attached to the two-ring portion 226b. Accordingly, the wall member 226 is in the end portion of the axle case 210 so that the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210. It is attached to 210a.
  • a ring-shaped cover member 227 separate from the driving wheel 207 between the driving wheel 207 and the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 (corresponding to a rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel).
  • the concave portions first and second convex portions 219a, 219b, bottom portion 219c
  • the inner concave portion 220 are covered.
  • the member 227 may be provided. In this case, the 1st convex part 219a of the recessed part 219 has come out to the edge part 210a side of the axle case 210 rather than the 2nd convex part 219b.
  • the wall member 225 or the wall member 226 of the above-mentioned [first alternative embodiment of the invention] [second alternative embodiment of the invention] [third alternative embodiment of the invention] may be provided. Both the wall member 225 and the wall member 226 may be provided.
  • the wall members 225 and 226 when the wall members 225 and 226 are provided, the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated, and the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is configured to face the cover member 227 with a small gap therebetween.
  • a labyrinth portion having an inlay structure including a convex portion and a convex portion may be configured between the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the cover member 227.
  • the inner recess 220 when the wall members 225 and 226 are provided, the inner recess 220 may be eliminated.
  • the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated.
  • the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is configured to face the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207 with a small gap therebetween, or an inlay structure with convex portions and convex portions as in Patent Documents 4 and 5.
  • the labyrinth portion may be configured between the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 and the inner side portion 207b of the drive wheel 207, and may include only the wall member 225 or the wall member 226.
  • both the wall member 225 and the wall member 226 may be provided.
  • the inner recess 220 may be eliminated. .
  • FIG. 27 a bracket 228 a is fixed to the cylindrical support case 228 by welding, and the bracket 228 a of the support case 228 is fixed to the track frame 202 with bolts 229.
  • a support shaft 230 is rotatably supported by a pair of bearings 212 provided inside both ends of the support case 228, and a pair of rolling wheels 203 are provided by nuts 331 at both ends of the support shaft 230. It is fixed.
  • a pair of seal members 217 are provided closer to the roller wheel 203 than the bearing 212 inside both ends of the support case 228.
  • convex portions 218 shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 are provided at both ends of the support case 228, and concave portions 219 shown in FIGS. .
  • the inner concave portion 220 shown in FIG. 19 may be provided on both the rollers 203, or the wall members 225 and 226 shown in FIGS. 20 to 25 may be provided on both ends of the support case 228. .
  • FIG. 27 when the wall members 225 and 226 shown in FIGS. 20 to 25 are provided at both ends of the support case 228, the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated, and both ends of the support case 228 are turned. It is configured so as to be opposed to the ring 203 with a small gap, or as described in Patent Documents 4 and 5, the labyrinth portion of the inlay structure with the convex portion and the convex portion is turned on both ends of the support case 228. You may comprise between the ring
  • the driving wheel 207 is formed by integrally forming the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b without the driving wheel 207 having a divided structure of the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b.
  • the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is integrally formed with the axle case 210 without using the split structure of the end portion 210a.
  • the structure shown in FIGS. 18 to 27 is applied not only to the drive wheel 207 and the roller wheel 203 but also to the guide wheel 204 and the upper roller wheel 206.
  • the guide wheel 204 and the upper wheel 206 are rotating wheels
  • the shaft that rotatably supports the guide wheel 204 and the upper wheel 206 is a support shaft.
  • the convex portions 218 are not formed in a series of continuous ring shapes, but are formed in a ring shape in which a part is cut out, or a plurality of arc-shaped convex portions are arranged in a circle at predetermined intervals. A single convex portion 218 may be formed.
  • the combine has a traveling machine body 302 having a pair of left and right crawler traveling devices 301, an axial flow type threshing device 303 and a grain tank 304 for grain recovery arranged in parallel on the left and right.
  • the operation unit 305 is provided in front of the grain tank 304.
  • a feeder 306 for conveying the harvested cereal rice cake is connected to the front part of the threshing device 303 so as to be swingable up and down around the horizontal axis, and a cutting part 307 having a cutting width substantially equivalent to the horizontal width of the machine body is connected to the front end of the feeder 306.
  • a grain discharging device 308 for carrying out the grains stored in the grain tank 304 to the outside of the machine body is provided.
  • the mowing unit 307 includes a rotary reel 309 that scrapes the planted cereals backward, a clipper-type mowing device 310, a transverse auger 311 that transfers the mowing configuration to the intermediate side in the lateral direction of the machine body, and the like.
  • the cereals harvested by the reaping device 310 can be laterally fed by the lateral feed auger 311 and supplied to the feeder 306.
  • the operation unit 305 is provided with a canopy 312 that covers the upper part of the operation unit 305.
  • the canopy 312 includes a frame body 313 supported by the machine body and a roof portion 314 that is stretched over the frame body 313 and a flexible sheet body 315 made of a cloth that is an example of a flexible material. And is configured.
  • the frame body 313 includes a support column 316 supported by the traveling machine body 302 of the combine, and a roof support that extends from the upper end of the support column 316 in a cantilevered manner toward the front of the machine body.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 is provided in a state of being stretched on the roof support portion 317.
  • the support column 316 is formed in a rectangular tube shape, and is supported by being inserted and inserted from above into a rectangular tube-shaped support member 318 attached to the front wall portion 304A of the grain tank 304 in a fixed state.
  • the support member 318 is connected to the front wall portion 304 ⁇ / b> A of the grain tank 304 via a bracket 319 having a substantially L-shaped cross section at the lower end, and a middle portion in the vertical direction has a substantially U cross section. It is connected to the front wall portion 304 ⁇ / b> A of the grain tank 304 via a letter-shaped bracket 3320.
  • the support column 316 is inserted and inserted into the support member 318 from the upper side, and the vertical position is fixed by a retaining pin 321 so that the removal is prevented. Further, a plurality of insertion holes 322 through which the retaining pins 321 on the support column 316 are inserted are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. The retaining pins 321 are removed to change the insertion holes 322 on the support column 316 side. Thus, the vertical position of the column 316, that is, the entire canopy 312 can be changed in a plurality of stages.
  • the roof support portion 317 is configured to include a roof frame 323 formed by bending a round pipe material into a substantially U shape in a posture in which the rear side is opened in a plan view.
  • the rear sides of H.323 are connected by a lateral support frame 324 made of a round pipe material, and a substantially rectangular peripheral frame is formed in plan view.
  • a horizontal plate-like reinforcing plate 325 is integrally connected to the support frame 324 so as to be positioned on the front side over the entire length in the lateral width direction.
  • the reinforcing member 326 is connected along the oblique direction across the reinforcing plate 325 and the roof frame 323 to reinforce the strength.
  • each of the front and rear pair of upward bulges 327 is formed by bending a round pipe material so as to be curved upward, and is provided in a state of being arranged with an appropriate interval in the front-rear direction.
  • the roof support portion 317 is supported so as to be swingable about the lateral axis P2 with respect to the support column 316 and to be capable of changing its posture in any of a plurality of (four stages) swinging postures. That is, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the support column 316 is curved with its upper side facing toward the front side of the machine body, and a horizontal frame 328 made of a square pipe material is formed at the tip of the column 316 in a state of extending in the horizontal direction. It is connected. Support plates 329 extending along the front-rear direction in a vertical orientation are connected to the left and right sides of the horizontal frame 328.
  • a support shaft 330 is installed over the left and right support plates 329, and a cylindrical member 331 extending over substantially the entire length is rotatably fitted on the support shaft 330, and the cylindrical member 331 and the support frame 324 are paired with left and right. It is connected via a bracket 332. Accordingly, the roof support portion 317 is supported on the upper portion of the support column 316 so as to be rotatable around the axis P ⁇ b> 2 of the support shaft 330.
  • four engagement grooves 334 are formed at predetermined angles around the horizontal axis in the insertion holes 333 formed in the left and right support plates 329, whereby the roof portion 314 is formed.
  • the tilt angle can be changed and adjusted in four steps for each predetermined angle.
  • a guide groove 335 is formed on the circumference of the insertion hole 333 opposite to the engagement groove 334 on the circumference centered on the horizontal axis P2.
  • a support shaft 336 is rotatably supported over the front upper side portions of the pair of left and right brackets 332, and a pair of left and right arm members on the inner side of the left and right brackets 332 in the lateral width direction.
  • 337R and 337L are supported.
  • a locking rod 338 made of a round bar is installed over the free end side portions of the pair of arm members 337R and 337L.
  • the locking rod 338 has an insertion hole 333 formed in the left and right support plates 329. Each is provided in a state of insertion.
  • One (left side) arm member 337L of the pair of left and right arm members 337R, 337L is longer than the other (right side) arm member 337R and extends in a substantially L shape in side view.
  • a resin grip 339 is fitted on the extended end of the arm member 337L.
  • a spring is provided for rotating and biasing the pair of arm members 337R and 337L around the axis P2 of the support shaft 336, and the locking rod 338 has a plurality of engagement grooves by the biasing force of the spring. The position is held while entering any one of 334. As a result, the position of the roof support portion 317 is maintained.
  • the grip portion 339 When changing the posture of the roof support portion 317, the grip portion 339 is operated against the urging force of the spring to release the lock of the lock rod 338 to the engagement groove 334, and the roof support portion 317 is moved. After the posture is changed, when the operation of the grip portion 339 is stopped and the locking rod 338 is locked in another engagement groove 334, the gripping portion 339 is held at that position. Therefore, by selectively locking the locking rod 338 in any of the four engagement grooves 334, the roof support portion 317 can be changed in posture to any one of four swinging postures.
  • the flexible sheet 315 which forms the roof part 314 is demonstrated.
  • the flexible sheet 315 is composed of a fabric formed by weaving warps and wefts, and includes an upper surface portion 340 that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion 314, and an upper surface thereof. And a vertical side surface portion 341 that is continuous with the outer peripheral portion of the portion 340.
  • the upper surface part 340 is a rectangular shape by planar view, and it has the structure provided with the side part 341 over the perimeter of the upper surface part 340.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 includes a bag-like portion 342 into which the end portion of the roof frame 323 in the frame body 313 (a portion bent in a U shape) is inserted and attached, and a front end portion of the body portion in the upper surface portion 340. It is prepared in the state located in.
  • the bag-like portion 342 is provided in a state of opening toward the rear side of the machine body.
  • a bag forming portion 343 is provided in a state of being overlapped below the upper surface portion 340 at the front side portion of the upper surface portion 340.
  • the front end side portion and the left and right side portions are attached to the upper surface portion 340 in a sewn state.
  • the rear end side portion of the bag forming portion 343 is in a free state, and is open rearward between the rear end side portion of the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340. Therefore, the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340 located above the bag forming portion 343 constitute a bag-like portion 342.
  • the bag-like portion 342 is in a state where the front side portion of the machine body is closed. And provided in a state of opening toward the rear side of the aircraft.
  • the wind does not enter the bag-like portion 342 when the machine travels, and is formed by the flexible sheet 315, but is disadvantageous such as being blown by the wind. It is possible to prevent the driver who is in the driving section from being exposed to sunlight or rain water in a good state without any rain.
  • the bag-like portion 342 is formed with a notch 344 that exposes a part of the roof frame 323 that is inserted and attached to the outside. That is, as shown in FIG. 34, notches 344 are formed at the left and right sides of the front side of the machine body in the bag forming portion 343 constituting the bag-shaped portion 342, and a part of the roof frame 323 is outward (upper surface portion). 340 is configured to be exposed toward the outer side of the lower side of 340.
  • the opening forming portion of the bag-like portion 342 is provided with a sheet-like fastener 345 (for example, Magic Tape (registered trademark)) as a closing member for closing the opening.
  • the planar fastener 345 is provided with a planar connecting portion that can be connected to and separated from each other on the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340 located above the bag forming portion 343, and by bonding the planar connecting portions on both sides, It is comprised so that opening can be closed.
  • a plurality of (five) planar fasteners 345 are provided in the lateral direction.
  • the front end portion of the roof frame 323 is inserted and inserted through the opening in the bag-shaped portion 342 to the innermost portion of the bag-shaped portion 342, and the planar fastener 345 is connected to close the opening. By closing the planar fastener 345 in this manner, the roof frame 323 can be prevented from coming off from the bag-like portion 342.
  • planar fastener 345 functions as a detachment prevention means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-shaped portion 342.
  • the roof frame 323 when the roof frame 323 is inserted into the bag-shaped portion 342, the roof frame 323 can be inserted deep enough by hand through the notch 344 and the roof frame 323 is inserted into the bag-shaped portion 342. Disadvantages such as stopping can be avoided.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 is in a state in which the connecting member 347 that connects the flexible sheet body 315 and the roof support portion 317 is positioned closer to the base end portion side of the roof support portion than the bag-shaped portion 342.
  • a plurality of connecting members 347 are provided in a state of being arranged on the upper surface portion 340 on both the left and right sides and the rear side, respectively, with appropriate intervals.
  • four connecting members 347 are provided on each of the left and right sides of the upper surface portion 340, and four connecting members are provided on the rear side.
  • the connecting member 347 includes two upper and lower cloth belts 348 and 349 each having one end sewn on the outer peripheral portion of the upper surface portion 340 of the flexible sheet body 315. , And one ring 348 is wound around and held in a state of being provided with two ring-shaped metal fittings 350. Then, after the other belt 349 is inserted through the two ring-shaped metal fittings 350 with the roof frame 323 sandwiched therebetween, the belt 349 is pulled through the two ring-shaped metal fittings 350 to be tightened and connected to the roof frame 323. It has become.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 is connected to the front side portion by inserting and attaching the roof frame 323 to the bag-like portion 342, and the rear side portion is provided with a plurality of appropriate intervals.
  • the connecting member 347 is connected to the roof frame 323. In this way, the flexible sheet body 315 is connected to the roof support portion 317.
  • the connecting member 347 since the connecting member 347 has a function of connecting the flexible sheet body 315 and the roof support portion 317, the connecting member 347 functions as a detachment prevention means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-like portion 342. It will be.
  • the slit 351 for penetrating the edge part of the frame body 313 is formed in the outer peripheral part of the flexible sheet
  • side portions 341 provided over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion 340 in the flexible sheet body 315 are provided on the left and right side portions on the rear end side.
  • the slit 351 is formed by cutting the entire width in the vertical direction.
  • a rear end extending portion 323B (an example of an end portion of the frame body) extending in a cantilever shape on both the left and right sides of the roof frame 323 formed by being bent into a substantially U shape. ) Is provided in a state of protruding rearward and outward through the slit 351.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 has a planar fastener 353 (for example, Magic Tape) (registered as a closing member) that closes the slit 351 while the rear end portions 352 of the left and right sides of the roof frame 323 pass through the slit 351. Trademark)). That is, as shown in FIG. 33, planar connection portions are provided on both side portions of the slit 351 formation portion in the side surface portion 341 of the flexible sheet body 315 so as to be bonded and separable, and the planar connection portions on both sides are provided.
  • the slits 351 can be closed by bonding.
  • the planar fastener 353 functions as a detachment preventing means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-shaped portion 342.
  • each of the sheet fastener 345, the sheet fastener 353, and the connecting member 347 is provided as the slip-off prevention means N.
  • any one of them may be provided.
  • a portion where the frame body 313 is inserted into the bag-like portion 342 is inserted in a strong tension state, and the configuration is configured such that the slippage is prevented by the frictional resistance.
  • the present invention may be implemented in various forms.
  • planar fasteners 345 as opening closing members are arranged in a line, but the number of planar fasteners 345 may be less than four. Only one configuration may be provided. Moreover, you may provide six or more.
  • the connecting member 347 is configured such that four connecting members 347 are provided on each of the two sides on the left and right sides of the upper surface portion 340, and four are provided on the rear side.
  • the configuration is not limited to this, and the number of each side may be less than three, or only one may be provided. Moreover, you may provide 5 or more. It is good also as a structure provided not only in what is provided in the said 3 edge
  • the closing member that closes the opening of the bag-like portion 342 and the closing member that closes the slit 351 are provided.
  • Various types of members such as hook-type hooks, elastically fitting and separating button-type joining members, and buttons for ordinary clothes can be used.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 includes the upper surface portion 340 and the side surface portion 341 extending over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion 340.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 includes the side surface portion only in a part of the upper surface portion. Or it is good also as a structure provided only with an upper surface part, and not provided with a side part.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 was set as the structure provided with the bag-shaped part 342, it may not be provided with the bag-shaped part 342 but may be formed with a flat sheet.
  • the roof support portion 317 is formed to have a shape in which the central portion side bulges more than the outer peripheral portion side.
  • the roof support portion 317 has a flat surface. It may be formed.
  • the roof support 317 is not limited to a rectangular shape in plan view, and may be any shape such as a circle, an ellipse, and a rhombus.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 is made of a cloth.
  • the flexible sheet body 315 is not limited to such a configuration, and examples of the flexible sheet body 315 include a vinyl sheet, a resin-coated cloth, Various configurations such as a sheet formed by forming a hard material in a mesh shape and having flexibility can be used.
  • the working machine canopy of the above-described embodiment can be applied to a working machine provided with a driving unit on which an operator rides.
  • the working machine is not limited to a general combine machine, and the present invention can be applied to various working machines such as a self-removing combine machine, a tractor, and a riding rice transplanter.
  • a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention includes, for example, a harvester such as a normal combine harvester, a self-removing combine harvester, a carrot harvester, a corn harvester, a transport vehicle, and a tractor. , Etc.

Abstract

In the present invention, a power transmission device for a harvest machine is configured as follows: a selective gear-type transmission (47) configured so as to be shiftable in three stages is embedded in a transmission case (43); an input shaft (44) of the transmission case (43) is provided to an output shaft (34) provided to an external apparatus (A) that connects with the transmission case (43), in a state where the input shaft rotates integrally with the output shaft (34) around the axial center of the output shaft (34); a low-speed drive gear (60), an intermediate-speed drive gear (62) and a high-speed drive gear (64) of the transmission (47) are each equipped at the input shaft (44) in a state where such gears rotate integrally with the input shaft (44); a low-speed driven gear (61), an intermediate-speed driven gear (63) and a high-speed driven gear (65) of the transmission (47) are each equipped at a driven shaft (45) that is adjacent to the input shaft (44) in a parallel posture and in a state where such gears can be subjected to a gear selection operation according to a shift mechanism (66); and the driven shaft (45) is disposed at a position lower than the input shaft (44).

Description

作業機用の伝動装置及び作業機Transmission device for work machine and work machine
　本発明は、収穫機用の伝動装置等の作業機用の伝動装置に関する。作業機には、普通型（全稈投入型）コンバイン（normal type combine or whole culm charging type combine）、自脱型コンバイン（culm head charging type combine）、ニンジン収穫機及びトウモロコシ収穫機などの収穫機の他、運搬車及びトラクタなども含まれるが、これらに限定するものではない。本発明はまた、このような収穫機等の作業機、並びに、作業機用クローラ走行装置及びキャノピーにも関する。 The present invention relates to a transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvesting machine. The working machines include normal type (all type input) combine (normal type type combine, or whole hole, culm, charging type, combine), self-detaching combine (culm head type, charging type, combine), carrot harvester and corn harvester. Other examples include, but are not limited to, transport vehicles and tractors. The present invention also relates to a working machine such as a harvesting machine, a crawler traveling device for a working machine, and a canopy.
［１］収穫機用の伝動装置には、３段に変速可能に構成した選択歯車式の変速機を伝動ケースに内蔵し、前記変速機は、低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤと低速従動ギヤ、中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤと中速従動ギヤ、高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤと高速従動ギヤ、及び、３段のギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構を備えたものがある。 [1] A transmission device for a harvesting machine includes a selection gear type transmission configured to be capable of shifting in three stages in a transmission case, and the transmission includes a low-speed driving gear and a low-speed driven gear for low-speed transmission, There is a medium-speed drive gear and medium-speed driven gear for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed drive gear and high-speed driven gear for high-speed transmission, and a shift mechanism that enables a three-stage gear selection operation.
　上記のような収穫機用の伝動装置としては、伝動ケースの内部において、静油圧式無段変速装置（外部機器）の出力軸となるモータ軸からの動力を、このモータ軸に対して平行に配備した副変速装置（変速機）の入力軸（駆動軸）に、副変速装置の入力ギヤなどを介して減速して伝達するように構成し、又、副変速装置に、シフト機構によるギヤ選択操作が可能な状態で副変速装置の駆動軸と一体回転するシフトギヤ（低速駆動ギヤと中速駆動ギヤと高速駆動ギヤ）と、副変速装置の出力軸（従動軸）と一体回転する出力ギヤ兼用の変速ギヤ（高速従動ギヤ）と、この変速ギヤの両横側に分散配置した状態で出力軸と一体回転する２つの変速ギヤ（低速従動ギヤと中速従動ギヤ）とを備えて、副変速装置を３段に変速可能に構成し、更に、シフトギヤを備える副変速装置の入力軸を副変速装置の出力軸よりも上方の位置に配備したものがある（例えば特許文献１参照）。
［２］作業機用の伝動装置には、伝動ケースから左右の対応する走行装置にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸と、前記左右の走行駆動軸への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチと、対応する前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に伝達する左右の伝動機構とを備え、前記一対のサイドクラッチを支持する左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と前記左右の走行駆動軸との間に左右向きの中継軸を備え、前記左右の伝動機構は、それぞれ、前記伝動ケースの左右中央側において前記サイドクラッチ軸から前記中継軸にわたる第１伝動部と、前記伝動ケースの左右両端側において前記中継軸から前記走行駆動軸にわたる第２伝動部と、を備えたものがある。 As the transmission device for the harvester as described above, the power from the motor shaft serving as the output shaft of the hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (external device) is parallel to the motor shaft inside the transmission case. It is configured to decelerate and transmit to the input shaft (drive shaft) of the deployed sub-transmission (transmission) via the input gear of the sub-transmission, etc., and to the sub-transmission, gear selection by a shift mechanism Combined with a shift gear (low-speed drive gear, medium-speed drive gear, and high-speed drive gear) that rotates integrally with the drive shaft of the auxiliary transmission in an operable state, and an output gear that rotates integrally with the output shaft (driven shaft) of the auxiliary transmission Sub-shift gear (high-speed driven gear) and two transmission gears (low-speed driven gear and medium-speed driven gear) that rotate integrally with the output shaft in a state of being distributed on both sides of the transmission gear. The device is configured to be able to shift in three stages, and An input shaft of the auxiliary transmission device comprising a Togiya than the output shaft of the auxiliary transmission device are those deployed in upper position (for example, see Patent Document 1).
[2] A transmission device for a work machine includes a left and right traveling drive shaft extending from the transmission case to the corresponding left and right traveling devices, and a pair of side clutches for individually interrupting transmission to the left and right traveling drive shafts. And a left and right transmission mechanism that transmits power via the corresponding side clutch to the travel drive shaft, and a left and right side clutch shaft that supports the pair of side clutches and the left and right travel drive shafts. A left and right relay shaft is provided between the first transmission portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft at the left and right center side of the transmission case, and the left and right ends of the transmission case. And a second transmission section extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft.
　上記のような作業機用の伝動装置としては、左右のサイドクラッチなどを内蔵する左右二分割構造のミッションケース（伝動ケース）と、左右のサイドクラッチから左右の車軸に伝動する左右それぞれの一対の伝動ギヤを内蔵する左右一対で左右二分割構造の伝動ケースとを個別に構成し、ミッションケースの下部に左右の伝動ケースを連結するように構成したものがある（例えば特許文献２参照）。
［３］収穫機には、走行車体の前部中央側に配置する伝動ケースと、前記伝動ケースの前方を覆う作業位置と前記伝動ケースの前方を開放する非作業位置とに変位可能に構成した収穫装置と、を備えたものがある。 As a transmission device for the working machine as described above, there are a transmission case (transmission case) having a left and right split structure incorporating left and right side clutches, and a pair of left and right transmissions transmitted from the left and right side clutches to the left and right axles. There is a configuration in which a pair of left and right transmission cases with a built-in transmission gear are separately configured, and the left and right transmission cases are connected to the lower portion of the transmission case (see, for example, Patent Document 2).
[3] The harvesting machine is configured to be displaceable into a transmission case disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body, a working position covering the front of the transmission case, and a non-working position opening the front of the transmission case. And a harvesting device.
　上記のような収穫機としては、伝動ケースの横側壁に、ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタを装備したものがある（例えば特許文献３参照）。 As the harvesting machine as described above, there is one equipped with an oil filter for filtering oil stored in the case on the side wall of the transmission case (see, for example, Patent Document 3).
［４］コンバイン等の農作業車やバックホウ等の建設車両には、クローラ走行装置を備えたものがある。 [4] Some farm vehicles such as combines and construction vehicles such as backhoes are provided with a crawler traveling device.
　特許文献４及び５は、コンバインに備えられているクローラ走行装置において、駆動スプロケット（走行用の回転輪に相当）の付近の構造が示されている。
　特許文献４及び５では、駆動スプロケットが固定された駆動軸（支持軸に相当）、駆動軸の外側を覆う支持ケースが備えられており、駆動軸の外周部と支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングが備えられ、駆動軸の外周部と支持ケースの内周部との間でベアリングよりも駆動スプロケット側にシール部材が備えられている。 Patent Documents 4 and 5 show a structure in the vicinity of a drive sprocket (corresponding to a rotating wheel for traveling) in a crawler traveling device provided in a combine.
In Patent Documents 4 and 5, a drive shaft (corresponding to a support shaft) to which a drive sprocket is fixed, and a support case that covers the outside of the drive shaft are provided, and an outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft and an inner peripheral portion of the support case are provided. A bearing is provided therebetween, and a seal member is provided on the drive sprocket side of the bearing between the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case.
　特許文献４及び５では、駆動スプロケット（駆動スプロケットと一体で回転する部材）に、リング状の凸部を支持ケースの端部に向くように突出させて備え、支持ケースの端部に、リング状の凸部を駆動スプロケット（駆動スプロケットと一体で回転する部材）に向くように突出させて備えており、駆動スプロケット（駆動スプロケットと一体で回転する部材）の凸部の内側に、支持ケースの端部の凸部が入り込んでいる。
　これにより、駆動スプロケットの付近に掛かった泥や水が直ちにシール部材に到達しないようにして、シール部材の耐久性を確保している。
［５］作業機には、運転部の上方を覆う作業機用キャノピーをそなえたものがある。 In Patent Documents 4 and 5, a drive sprocket (a member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket) is provided with a ring-shaped convex portion projecting toward the end of the support case, and a ring-shaped protrusion is provided at the end of the support case. The protrusion of the support case is projected so as to face the drive sprocket (a member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket), and the end of the support case is located inside the protrusion of the drive sprocket (the member that rotates integrally with the drive sprocket). The convex part of the part has entered.
As a result, the durability of the seal member is ensured by preventing the mud and water applied to the vicinity of the drive sprocket from reaching the seal member immediately.
[5] Some work machines are provided with a work machine canopy that covers an upper part of the operation unit.
　従来の作業機用キャノピーは、作業機の機体に支持される支柱の上部に、硬質の合成樹脂材にて一体的に形成されるルーフ部を備えて構成されていた（例えば、特許文献６参照。）。 A conventional working machine canopy is configured to include a roof portion integrally formed of a hard synthetic resin material on an upper portion of a support column supported by the machine body of the working machine (see, for example, Patent Document 6). .)
日本国特開２０１１－２０７４４８号公報（JP 2011-207448 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-207448 (JP 2011-207448 A) 日本国特開２００９－０７８６９９号公報（JP 2009-078699 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-078699 (JP 2009-078699 A) 日本国特開２００８－３０１７１５号公報（JP 2008-301715 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2008-301715 (JP 2008-301715 A) 日本国特開２０１１－１７９６４２号公報（JP 2011-179642 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-179642 (JP 2011-179642 A) 日本国特開２００９－０３４０２０号公報（JP 2009-034020 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-034020 (JP 2009-034020 A) 日本国特開２０１１－１２０５１２号公報（JP 2011-120512 A）Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-120512 (JP 2011-120512 A)
［１］背景技術［１］に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。
　上記の構成では、外部機器（静油圧式無段変速装置）から変速機（副変速装置）に減速伝動することによって変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなる。そのため、変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなることに起因して、走行中に駆動ギヤ（シフトギヤ）と従動ギヤ（変速ギヤ）との噛み合いが外れて変速機が中立状態になる、いわゆる変速抜け、を招く虞がある。 [1] Issues corresponding to the background art [1] are as follows.
In the above configuration, the torque applied to the transmission is increased by decelerating transmission from the external device (hydrostatic continuously variable transmission) to the transmission (sub transmission). As a result, the torque applied to the transmission is increased, so that the drive gear (shift gear) and the driven gear (transmission gear) are disengaged during traveling, so that the transmission is in a neutral state. There is a risk of inviting.
　又、伝動ケースの内部において、外部機器の出力軸から変速機の駆動軸（入力軸）に減速伝動することにより、そのための減速構造を伝動ケースの内部に装備する必要が生じることから、伝動ケース内の伝動構造が複雑になるとともに、伝動装置が大型化するようになる。 In addition, in the transmission case, it is necessary to equip the transmission case with a speed reduction structure by decelerating transmission from the output shaft of the external device to the drive shaft (input shaft) of the transmission. As the inner transmission structure becomes complicated, the transmission device becomes larger.
　更に、シフトギヤを備える変速機の駆動軸を変速機の従動軸（出力軸）よりも上方の位置に配備することにより、変速機の変速操作を円滑な状態に維持するためには、潤滑用のオイルを、その表面が変速機の駆動軸に達するように伝動ケースに嵩高く貯留する必要がある。その結果、伝動ケース内のオイル貯留量が多くなることに起因して、伝動装置が重くなる、あるいは、オイル交換に要する作業時間が長くなる、などを不都合を招くようになる。 Further, by arranging the drive shaft of the transmission including the shift gear at a position above the driven shaft (output shaft) of the transmission, in order to maintain the speed change operation of the transmission in a smooth state, a lubrication It is necessary to store the oil in a bulky manner in the transmission case so that the surface reaches the drive shaft of the transmission. As a result, due to an increase in the amount of oil stored in the transmission case, the transmission device becomes heavier or the work time required for oil replacement becomes longer, resulting in inconvenience.
　本発明の目的は、伝動ケース内の伝動構造を合理的に構成して、伝動ケースに内蔵した変速機の変速抜けを防止しながら、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化、伝動装置の小型軽量化、及び、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮化、などを図れるようにすることにある。
［２］背景技術［２］に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。
　上記の構成では、左右それぞれの一対の伝動ギヤを、ミッションケースではなく、左右の伝動ケースに内蔵していることにより、それらの一対の伝動ギヤに対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、一対のサイドクラッチなどを内蔵するミッションケースを分解する必要がないことから、一対の伝動ギヤをミッションケースに内蔵する場合に比較して、一対の伝動ギヤに対するメンテナンスが行い易くなる。 The object of the present invention is to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size of the transmission device while rationally configuring the transmission structure in the transmission case and preventing shifting of the transmission built in the transmission case. It is intended to reduce the weight and shorten the work time required for oil exchange.
[2] Issues corresponding to the background art [2] are as follows.
In the above configuration, a pair of left and right transmission gears are incorporated in the left and right transmission cases instead of the transmission case, so that when performing maintenance on the pair of transmission gears, a pair of side clutches, etc. Since it is not necessary to disassemble the transmission case with a built-in gear, it becomes easier to perform maintenance on the pair of transmission gears than when the pair of transmission gears are built in the transmission case.
　その反面、一対の伝動ギヤに対するメンテナンスを行い易くするために、左右二分割構造のミッションケースとは別に、左右一対で左右二分割構造の伝動ケースを備えることから、部品点数の増加による構成の複雑化やコストの高騰を招くようになる。 On the other hand, in order to facilitate maintenance of a pair of transmission gears, a transmission case with a left and right split structure is provided separately from a left and right split structure transmission case, so the configuration is complicated due to an increase in the number of parts. And soaring costs.
　本発明の目的は、部品点数の増加による構成の複雑化やコストの高騰を抑制しながら、メンテナンス性の向上を図れるようにすることにある。 An object of the present invention is to improve the maintainability while suppressing the complexity of the configuration due to the increase in the number of parts and the increase in cost.
［３］背景技術［３］に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。
　上記のような収穫機において、オイルフィルタの交換などのオイルフィルタに対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させて伝動ケースの前方を開放した状態で、伝動ケースの前方から伝動ケースに対するオイルフィルタの着脱などを行うことが一般的である。 [3] Issues corresponding to the background art [3] are as follows.
In the harvesting machine as described above, when performing maintenance on the oil filter such as replacing the oil filter, the harvesting device is moved to the non-working position and the front of the transmission case is opened, and the transmission is transmitted from the front of the transmission case. In general, the oil filter is attached to or detached from the case.
　このようなオイルフィルタに対するメンテナンスを行う場合において、オイルフィルタを伝動ケースの横側壁に装備していると、伝動ケースの前方からの伝動ケースに対するオイルフィルタの着脱が行い難くなり、オイルフィルタの交換などに手間取ることがある。 When performing maintenance on such an oil filter, if the oil filter is mounted on the side wall of the transmission case, it will be difficult to attach or detach the oil filter to the transmission case from the front of the transmission case. There are times when it takes time.
　本発明の目的は、伝動ケースに装備したオイルフィルタに対するメンテナンスを容易にすることにある。 An object of the present invention is to facilitate maintenance of an oil filter installed in a transmission case.
［４］背景技術［４］に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。
　近年では、泥や水の多い作業地を走行する必要が高まったことや、作業時間の長時間化により、シール部材の耐久性の向上が要望されている。 [4] Issues corresponding to the background art [4] are as follows.
In recent years, it has been demanded to improve the durability of the seal member due to an increase in the necessity of traveling in a work place with a lot of mud and water, and an increase in work time.
　本発明は、クローラ走行装置において、泥や水がシール部材にさらに到達し難くなるように構成することにより、シール部材の耐久性の向上を図ることを目的としている。
［５］背景技術［５］に対応する課題は、以下の通りである。
　上記従来構成では、キャノピーのルーフ部が、硬質の合成樹脂材にて一体的に形成されるものであるから、例えば、他物との接触等によりキャノピーのルーフ部が損傷したような場合、ルーフ部が割れて複数の断片に分割されてしまい、ルーフ部を修復することが難しいものになる場合があった。その結果、ルーフ部全体を新たなものに取り換える必要がある等、コスト面で不利となっていた。 An object of the present invention is to improve the durability of a seal member by configuring the crawler travel device so that mud and water are less likely to reach the seal member.
[5] Issues corresponding to the background art [5] are as follows.
In the above conventional configuration, the roof portion of the canopy is integrally formed of a hard synthetic resin material. For example, when the roof portion of the canopy is damaged due to contact with other objects, the roof In some cases, the portion is broken and divided into a plurality of pieces, making it difficult to repair the roof portion. As a result, it has been disadvantageous in terms of cost, such as the need to replace the entire roof part with a new one.
　本発明の目的は、コスト面で有利な作業機用キャノピー及び作業機を提供する点にある。 An object of the present invention is to provide a working machine canopy and a working machine that are advantageous in terms of cost.
［１］課題［１］に対応する解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [1] The means for solving the problem [1] is as follows.
　３段に変速可能に構成した選択歯車式の変速機を伝動ケースに内蔵し、
　前記変速機は、低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤと低速従動ギヤ、中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤと中速従動ギヤ、高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤと高速従動ギヤ、及び、３段のギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構を備え、
　前記伝動ケースの入力軸を、前記伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた出力軸に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心にして前記出力軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
　前記低速駆動ギヤと前記中速駆動ギヤと前記高速駆動ギヤとのそれぞれを、前記入力軸に、前記入力軸と一体回転する状態で装備し、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤとのそれぞれを、前記入力軸に平行姿勢で隣接する従動軸に、前記シフト機構によるギヤ選択操作が可能な状態で装備し、
　前記従動軸を前記入力軸よりも下方の位置に配備している。 A transmission with a selection gear type that can be shifted in three stages is built in the transmission case.
The transmission includes a low-speed driving gear and a low-speed driven gear for low-speed transmission, a medium-speed driving gear and a medium-speed driven gear for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed driving gear and a high-speed driven gear for high-speed transmission, and a three-stage gear. Equipped with a shift mechanism that enables selection operation,
The input shaft of the transmission case is provided in an output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
Each of the low-speed drive gear, the medium-speed drive gear, and the high-speed drive gear is equipped on the input shaft in a state of rotating integrally with the input shaft,
Each of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear are equipped on the driven shaft adjacent to the input shaft in a posture parallel to the input shaft in a state where the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism is possible,
The driven shaft is arranged at a position below the input shaft.
　この手段によると、伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた出力軸の軸心を中心にして出力軸と一体回転する伝動ケースの入力軸を変速機の駆動軸に兼用することができる。これにより、例えば、入力軸とは別構成の専用の駆動軸を入力軸と平行に設ける場合に比較して、入力軸から駆動軸に伝動するギヤなどの伝動構造を不要にすることができる。その結果、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化による製造の容易化や伝動装置の小型軽量化などを図ることができる。又、その伝動構造によって入力軸から駆動軸に減速伝動する場合に招く虞のある、変速機にかかるトルクが大きくなることに起因した変速抜けを防止することができる。 According to this means, the input shaft of the transmission case that rotates integrally with the output shaft around the shaft center of the output shaft provided in the external device connected to the transmission case can be used as the drive shaft of the transmission. Accordingly, for example, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits power from the input shaft to the drive shaft can be made unnecessary as compared with a case where a dedicated drive shaft having a configuration different from that of the input shaft is provided in parallel with the input shaft. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacturing by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device. In addition, the transmission structure can prevent a shift omission caused by an increase in torque applied to the transmission, which may be caused when the transmission is decelerated from the input shaft to the drive shaft.
　又、各従動ギヤをシフト機構によるギヤ選択操作が可能な状態で装備する従動軸を入力軸よりも下方の位置に配備することにより、例えば、その従動軸を入力軸よりも上方の位置に配備する場合などに比較して、伝動ケースに貯留する潤滑オイルの表面高さを低くすることができ、伝動ケースにおけるオイル貯留量を少なくすることができる。その結果、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮やコストの削減、及び、伝動装置の軽量化、などを図ることができる。 In addition, each driven gear equipped with a shift mechanism capable of gear selection operation is arranged at a position below the input shaft, for example, the driven shaft is arranged at a position above the input shaft. Compared with the case where it does, the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in a transmission case can be made low, and the oil storage amount in a transmission case can be decreased. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device.
　従って、伝動ケースに内蔵した変速機の変速抜けを防止することができる上に、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化、伝動装置の小型軽量化、及び、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮化、などを図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to prevent the transmission built in the transmission case from being lost, and to simplify the transmission structure in the transmission case, to reduce the size and weight of the transmission device, and to shorten the work time required for oil change. , Etc.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを前記従動軸の中央側に配備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a driven gear having a high use frequency is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft.
　この手段によると、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを使用する伝動状態において従動軸にかかるトルクを、従動軸の両端側を支持する伝動ケースの一対の軸支部によってバランス良く受け止めることができる。つまり、一対の軸支部にかかるトルクが均等又は略均等になる時間を長くすることができる。 According to this means, the torque applied to the driven shaft in the transmission state using the driven gear that is frequently used can be received in a balanced manner by the pair of shaft support portions of the transmission case that supports both ends of the driven shaft. That is, the time during which the torque applied to the pair of shaft support portions becomes equal or substantially equal can be increased.
　その結果、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを従動軸の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 As a result, the time that the torque applied to one shaft support part supporting the shaft end side becomes larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support part when a driven gear with high use frequency is arranged on the shaft end side of the driven shaft. It is possible to suppress the possibility that the durability of one of the shaft support portions will decrease and the replacement frequency will increase due to the increase in the length of the shaft.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを前記従動軸の軸端側に配備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a driven gear that is used less frequently is provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
　この手段によると、使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを使用する伝動状態においては、その使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを配備した従動軸の一端側を支持する伝動ケースの一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが、従動軸の他端側を支持する伝動ケースの他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなるが、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを従動軸の軸端側に配備する場合に比較して、一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間を短くすることができる。 According to this means, in a transmission state in which a driven gear with low usage frequency is used, the torque applied to one shaft support portion of the transmission case supporting one end side of the driven shaft provided with the driven gear with low usage frequency is driven. One shaft support compared to the case where a driven gear that is frequently used is arranged on the shaft end side of the driven shaft, although it is larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support of the transmission case that supports the other end of the shaft. The time during which the torque applied to is greater than the torque applied to the other shaft support can be shortened.
　その結果、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを従動軸の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 As a result, the time that the torque applied to one shaft support part supporting the shaft end side becomes larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support part when a driven gear with high use frequency is arranged on the shaft end side of the driven shaft. It is possible to suppress the possibility that the durability of one of the shaft support portions will decrease and the replacement frequency will increase due to the increase in the length of the shaft.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置する状態で前記従動軸に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear having a high usage frequency is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the other end portion The driven shaft is equipped with a spline boss portion for gear selection located on the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
　この手段によると、従動軸の軸端側をギヤ選択用の操作領域に使用しながら、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤのギヤ部を従動軸の中央側に無理なく配備することができる。つまり、従動軸における使用頻度が高いギヤと従動軸の軸端部を支持する軸支部との間を不必要に長くすることなく、使用頻度の高いギヤを従動軸の中央側に配備することができる。 According to this means, the gear portion of the driven gear, which is frequently used, can be easily deployed on the center side of the driven shaft while the shaft end side of the driven shaft is used for the gear selection operation area. In other words, a frequently used gear can be arranged on the center side of the driven shaft without unnecessarily increasing the distance between the frequently used gear on the driven shaft and the shaft support portion that supports the shaft end of the driven shaft. it can.
　従って、従動軸が不必要に長くなることに起因した変速機の大型化を防止することができ、変速機の大型化に伴う伝動装置の大型化を防止することができる。 Therefore, it is possible to prevent an increase in the size of the transmission due to an unnecessarily long driven shaft, and it is possible to prevent an increase in the size of the transmission device accompanying an increase in the size of the transmission.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置する状態で、前記使用頻度が高い従動ギヤよりも前記従動軸の軸端側に、それらの従動ギヤの間に前記従動軸と一体回転するスプライン軸部を介在させた配置で装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, the gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear is used on the shaft end side of the driven shaft, and the other end. The spline boss part for gear selection provided in the part is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the shaft end side of the driven shaft is higher than the driven gear having a high frequency of use between the driven gears. Equipped with a spline shaft that rotates integrally with the driven shaft.
　この手段によると、使用頻度が高い従動ギヤ及び使用頻度が低い従動ギヤのギヤ選択操作を可能にするために従動軸に備えるスプライン軸部及びシフタを共有化することができる。 According to this means, it is possible to share the spline shaft portion and the shifter provided in the driven shaft in order to enable the gear selection operation of the driven gear having a high usage frequency and the driven gear having a low usage frequency.
　その結果、スプライン軸部及びシフタの装備数量を削減することによる変速構造の簡素化とともに、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 As a result, the transmission structure can be simplified by reducing the number of spline shafts and shifters, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうち、前記入力軸の入力側端部から最も離れた位置に配置する従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置する状態で前記従動軸に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end portion of a driven gear that is disposed at a position farthest from the input side end portion of the input shaft is the driven shaft. The driven shaft is equipped with a spline boss portion for gear selection provided at the other end portion and located at the shaft end side of the driven shaft.
　この手段によると、入力軸の入力側端部から離れる従動軸の軸端側がギヤ選択用の操作領域になることから、その分、入力軸の入力側端部からの延出長さを短くすることができ、変速機における入力軸の延出方向での幅寸法を短くすることができる。 According to this means, the shaft end side of the driven shaft that is separated from the input side end portion of the input shaft becomes the gear selection operation region, and accordingly, the extension length from the input side end portion of the input shaft is shortened accordingly. The width dimension in the extending direction of the input shaft in the transmission can be shortened.
　その結果、変速機の小型軽量化、及び、それに伴う伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 As a result, the transmission can be reduced in size and weight, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記従動軸は、前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの２つの従動ギヤを連係の対象とする第１スプライン軸部と、残りの１つの従動ギヤを連係の対象とする第２スプライン軸部とを、それらのスプライン軸部が前記従動軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
　前記第２スプライン軸部を、前記従動軸に着脱可能で、かつ、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成したスプラインボスにより構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The driven shaft includes a first spline shaft portion that links two driven gears among the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, and the remaining one driven gear. And a second spline shaft portion, with the spline shaft portion rotating integrally with the driven shaft,
The second spline shaft portion is constituted by a spline boss that is detachable from the driven shaft and has a plurality of linkage splines formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface thereof.
　ところで、従動軸において、その第２スプライン軸部を構成するスプラインボスを、例えば、その外周面に形成する各スプラインを、スプラインボスの両端にわたる長さに形成すると、スプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する際には、スプラインボスの向きを考慮することなく、そのスプライン嵌合を簡単に行うことができる。その反面、スプラインボスの向きにかかわらず、スプラインボスと従動ギヤのスプラインボス部とにわたって摺動するシフタによるスプラインボスと従動ギヤとの連係操作を円滑に行えるようにするためには、各スプラインの両端部に加工費の高い面取り加工を施す必要があり、加工費の削減を図る上において改善の余地がある。 By the way, in the driven shaft, if the spline boss constituting the second spline shaft portion, for example, each spline formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss has a length extending over both ends of the spline boss, the spline boss is fitted to the driven shaft by the spline. When mating, the spline fitting can be easily performed without considering the direction of the spline boss. On the other hand, regardless of the direction of the spline boss, in order to facilitate the linkage operation between the spline boss and the driven gear by a shifter that slides between the spline boss and the spline boss of the driven gear, Both ends need to be chamfered with a high processing cost, and there is room for improvement in reducing the processing cost.
　そこで、この手段においては、スプラインボスの外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成することにより、それらのスプラインにおけるスプラインボスの端部に位置する一端部のみに前述した面取り加工を施す必要が生じるようにしている。 Therefore, in this means, by forming a plurality of linkage splines only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss, the above-described chamfering process is performed only on one end portion located at the end portion of the spline boss in those splines. It is necessary to apply.
　これにより、各スプラインの両端部に面取り加工を施す場合に比較して加工費の削減を図れるようにしながら、スプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する際には、このスプライン嵌合に適したスプラインボスの向きを、スプラインボスの外観から容易に視認することができ、スプラインボスの向きを間違えた状態でスプラインボスを従動軸にスプライン嵌合する誤組みの発生を防止することができる。 This makes it possible to reduce machining costs compared to the case where chamfering is performed on both ends of each spline, while the spline boss is fitted to the driven shaft with a spline suitable for this spline fitting. The direction of the boss can be easily recognized from the appearance of the spline boss, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of misassembly in which the spline boss is spline fitted to the driven shaft in a state where the direction of the spline boss is wrong.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記従動軸と一体回転する前記変速機の出力回転体を前記従動軸の中央部に配備し、
　前記出力回転体に連動する伝動回転体を、前記伝動ケースに左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、
　前記伝動回転体から左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチを、前記伝動回転体を挟んだ状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
An output rotator of the transmission that rotates integrally with the driven shaft is disposed in a central portion of the driven shaft,
A transmission rotating body that is linked to the output rotating body is arranged in the center of the side clutch shaft that is built in the transmission case in the left-right direction,
A pair of side clutches for individually interrupting transmission from the transmission rotating body to the left and right traveling devices are provided on the side clutch shaft with the transmission rotating body interposed therebetween.
　この手段によると、サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に配備する一対のサイドクラッチとともに、これらのサイドクラッチを介してサイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置に個別に伝動する２系統の伝動系、及び、これらの伝動系を覆う伝動ケースのケース部を左右対称にバランス良く構成することができる。又、一対のサイドクラッチを含む２系統の伝動系を共通部品で構成することができる。 According to this means, together with a pair of side clutches arranged on the shaft of the side clutch shaft, two transmission systems that individually transmit from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices via these side clutches, and these The case portion of the transmission case that covers the transmission system can be configured symmetrically with a good balance. In addition, two transmission systems including a pair of side clutches can be configured with common parts.
　従って、伝動装置において、サイドクラッチ軸から左右の走行装置にわたる伝動構造を、共通部品による構成の簡素化などを図りながら、左右対称のバランスが良い安定した状態に構成することができる。 Therefore, in the transmission device, the transmission structure extending from the side clutch shaft to the left and right traveling devices can be configured in a stable state with a good balance of left and right symmetry while simplifying the configuration using common parts.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、前記入力軸における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口を備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
　この手段によると、例えば、外部機器に無段変速装置又はモータを採用して、その無段変速装置又はモータからの動力を伝動ケースの入力軸に入力する構成において、無段変速装置又はモータの操作具を中立位置又は停止位置に操作した場合に、入力軸が回転停止しているか否かを直に視認することができる。 According to this means, for example, in a configuration in which a continuously variable transmission or a motor is adopted as an external device and power from the continuously variable transmission or motor is input to the input shaft of the transmission case, the continuously variable transmission or motor When the operation tool is operated to the neutral position or the stop position, it is possible to directly recognize whether or not the input shaft has stopped rotating.
　その結果、外部機器に無段変速装置又はモータを採用した場合における無段変速装置の中立調節又はモータの停止調節を容易に行うことができる。 As a result, the neutral adjustment of the continuously variable transmission or the stop adjustment of the motor can be easily performed when the continuously variable transmission or the motor is adopted as the external device.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　油圧機器から前記伝動ケースの内部に戻すオイルをそれぞれの前記従動ギヤに供給する油路を備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
An oil path is provided for supplying oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to each driven gear.
　この手段によると、伝動ケースに貯留する潤滑オイルの補給を怠ることにより、潤滑オイルの表面が従動ギヤの高さ位置よりも低下した場合であっても、潤滑オイルの不足による従動軸と従動ギヤとの焼き付きを防止することができる。 According to this means, even if the surface of the lubricating oil falls below the height position of the driven gear due to failure to replenish the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case, the driven shaft and the driven gear due to lack of lubricating oil. It is possible to prevent seizure.
［２］課題［２］に対応する解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [2] The means for solving the problem [2] is as follows.
　伝動ケースから左右の対応する走行装置にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸と、前記左右の走行駆動軸への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチと、対応する前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に伝達する左右の伝動機構とを備え、
　前記一対のサイドクラッチを支持する左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と左右の前記走行駆動軸との間に左右向きの中継軸を備え、
　前記左右の伝動機構は、それぞれ、前記伝動ケースの左右中央側において前記サイドクラッチ軸から前記中継軸にわたる第１伝動部と、前記伝動ケースの左右両端側において前記中継軸から前記走行駆動軸にわたる第２伝動部とを備え、
　前記伝動ケースは、前記一対のサイドクラッチと左右の前記第１伝動部とを内蔵する第１空間部と、左右の前記第２伝動部を個別に内蔵する左右の第２空間部とを備え、
　前記第１空間部は前記伝動ケースの主ケース部品により形成し、
　前記左右の第２空間部は、前記主ケース部品における左右の側壁に凹入形成した凹入部と、前記凹入部を覆う状態で前記左右の側壁に着脱可能に連結した左右の補助ケース部品とから形成している。 The left and right travel drive shafts extending from the transmission case to the left and right corresponding travel devices, a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect the transmission to the left and right travel drive shafts, and the power via the corresponding side clutches A left and right transmission mechanism for transmitting to the travel drive shaft,
A left-right relay shaft is provided between a left-right side clutch shaft that supports the pair of side clutches and a left-right travel drive shaft,
The left and right transmission mechanisms respectively include a first transmission portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft on the left and right center side of the transmission case, and a first transmission portion extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft on the left and right ends of the transmission case. With two transmission parts,
The transmission case includes a first space portion including the pair of side clutches and the left and right first transmission portions, and left and right second space portions individually including the left and right second transmission portions,
The first space is formed by a main case component of the transmission case;
The left and right second space portions include a recessed portion that is recessedly formed in the left and right side walls of the main case component, and a left and right auxiliary case component that is detachably connected to the left and right side walls in a state of covering the recessed portion. Forming.
　この手段によると、左右の第２伝動部に対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、主ケース部品から左右の補助ケース部品を取り外すことにより、一対のサイドクラッチなどを内蔵する主ケース部品を分解する手間を要することなく、左右の第２伝動部に対するメンテナンスを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, when maintenance is performed on the left and right second transmission parts, it is necessary to disassemble the main case part including the pair of side clutches by removing the left and right auxiliary case parts from the main case part. Without maintenance, the left and right second transmission parts can be easily maintained.
　そして、主ケース部品により、一対のサイドクラッチなどを内蔵する第１空間部を形成し、主ケース部品における左右の凹入部と各凹入部を覆う左右の補助ケース部品とから左右の第２伝動部を内蔵する第２空間部を形成することにより、左右二分割構造のミッションケースと左右一対で左右二分割構造の伝動ケースとを個別に構成する場合に比較して部品点数を削減することができる。 And the 1st space part which incorporates a pair of side clutches etc. is formed by main case parts, and the 2nd right and left 2nd transmission parts from the left and right auxiliary case parts which cover each recessed part in the main case parts The number of parts can be reduced compared with the case where the left and right divided structure transmission case and the left and right divided structure transmission case are individually configured. .
　従って、部品点数の増加による構成の複雑化やコストの高騰を抑制しながら、左右の第２伝動部に対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the maintainability of the left and right second transmission parts while suppressing the complexity of the configuration due to the increase in the number of parts and the increase in cost.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の伝動機構を、それぞれ、前記第１伝動部が前記第２伝動部よりも上方に位置する状態に構成し、
　前記伝動ケースは、その底部における左右の前記第２伝動部の間に位置する左右中央側部位に、その左右中央側部位を左右の前記第１伝動部に近接させる凹部を備えて、前記底部を逆Ｕ字形に形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The left and right transmission mechanisms are configured such that the first transmission portion is positioned above the second transmission portion, respectively.
The transmission case is provided with a concave portion that makes the left and right central side portions close to the left and right first transmission portions in a left and right central portion located between the left and right second transmission portions in the bottom portion, and the bottom portion It is formed in an inverted U shape.
　この手段によると、泥の深い作業地での走行において、伝動ケースに接触する泥などの抜けを促進させることができ、伝動ケースに作用する走行抵抗を軽減することができる。 This means that when traveling in a deep mud working place, it is possible to promote the removal of mud and the like that contacts the transmission case, and the traveling resistance acting on the transmission case can be reduced.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の側壁は、それぞれ、前記中継軸における前記伝動ケースの左右中央側に位置する部分を支持する第１軸支部を備え、
　前記左右の補助ケース部品は、それぞれ、前記中継軸における前記伝動ケースの左右両端側に位置する部分を支持する第２軸支部を備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right side walls includes a first shaft support portion that supports a portion of the relay shaft that is located on the left and right center side of the transmission case,
Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a second shaft support portion that supports portions of the relay shaft that are located on both left and right ends of the transmission case.
　この手段によると、主ケース部品に左右の補助ケース部品を取り付けた状態では、第１軸支部及び第２軸支部によって中継軸を安定性良く支持することができる。これにより、中継軸を介した伝動を良好に行うことができる。 According to this means, in a state where the left and right auxiliary case parts are attached to the main case part, the relay shaft can be stably supported by the first shaft support part and the second shaft support part. Thereby, transmission via a relay shaft can be performed favorably.
　又、主ケース部品から左右の補助ケース部品を取り外した状態においても、第１軸支部によって中継軸を適正位置に安定性良く支持することができる。これにより、補助ケース部品側の第２軸支部による中継軸の支持などを行いながら各補助ケース部品を主ケース部品の左右の側壁に連結する組み付け作業を容易に行うことができる。 In addition, even when the left and right auxiliary case parts are removed from the main case part, the relay shaft can be stably supported at an appropriate position by the first shaft support portion. Accordingly, it is possible to easily perform the assembling work of connecting each auxiliary case part to the left and right side walls of the main case part while supporting the relay shaft by the second shaft support portion on the auxiliary case part side.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記中継軸として、左側の前記伝動機構に備える左側の中継軸と、右側の前記伝動機構に備える右側の中継軸とを備え、
　左右の前記中継軸を、それぞれ、前記伝動ケースに回転可能に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The relay shaft includes a left relay shaft provided in the left transmission mechanism, and a right relay shaft provided in the right transmission mechanism,
The right and left relay shafts are rotatably mounted on the transmission case.
　この手段によると、中継軸と中継軸に備える伝動機構の回転体とを一体回転させることができる。これにより、伝動ケースに固定装備した中継軸に伝動機構の回転体を相対回転可能に遊嵌する場合に招く虞のある中継軸と回転体との焼き付きを未然に回避することができる。 According to this means, the relay shaft and the rotating body of the transmission mechanism provided on the relay shaft can be integrally rotated. As a result, seizure between the relay shaft and the rotating body, which may be caused when the rotating body of the transmission mechanism is loosely fitted to the relay shaft fixedly mounted on the transmission case, can be avoided.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　左右の前記第２伝動部は、それぞれ、前記中継軸に備える駆動回転体を前記中継軸に一体形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right second transmission portions is integrally formed with a drive rotating body provided on the relay shaft on the relay shaft.
　この手段によると、中継軸と駆動回転体とを個別に備える場合に比較して、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付けの容易化などを図ることができる。 According to this means, as compared with the case where the relay shaft and the drive rotating body are individually provided, the configuration can be simplified and the assembly can be facilitated by reducing the number of parts.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の側壁は、それぞれ、前記第２伝動部に備える従動回転体のボス部を回転可能に支持する支持部を備え、
　前記左右の走行駆動軸及び左右の前記従動回転体は、それぞれ、前記走行駆動軸の一端部と前記従動回転体との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部を備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right side walls includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotor provided in the second transmission portion,
Each of the left and right travel drive shafts and the left and right driven rotators includes spline fitting portions that enable interlocking connection between one end of the travel drive shaft and the driven rotator.
　この手段によると、主ケース部品の左右の側壁から各補助ケース部品を取り外すことにより、左右の従動回転体を主ケース部品の各凹入部に対する適正位置に残した状態で左右の走行駆動軸を取り外すことができる。 According to this means, by removing each auxiliary case part from the left and right side walls of the main case part, the left and right traveling drive shafts are removed in a state where the left and right driven rotors are left at appropriate positions with respect to the respective recessed portions of the main case part. be able to.
　そして、左右の走行駆動軸を取り外した状態においても、各第２伝動部の従動回転体を、主ケース部品の各凹入部に対する適正位置に、主ケース部品側の各支持部によって安定性良く支持することができる。これにより、各従動回転体に対する走行駆動軸のスプライン嵌合を行いながら各補助ケース部品を主ケース部品の左右の側壁に連結する組み付け作業を容易に行うことができる。 Even in a state where the left and right traveling drive shafts are removed, the driven rotating body of each second transmission portion is stably supported by each support portion on the main case component side at an appropriate position with respect to each recessed portion of the main case component. can do. Accordingly, it is possible to easily perform the assembling work of connecting each auxiliary case part to the left and right side walls of the main case part while performing spline fitting of the travel drive shaft to each driven rotating body.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の補助ケース部品は、それぞれ、前記第２伝動部に備えた従動回転体のボス部を回転可能に支持する支持部と、前記従動回転体に連動連結する前記走行駆動軸が通る開口と、前記走行駆動軸を外囲する左右向きの駆動軸ケースの一端部が着脱可能に連結される被連結部とを備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotator provided in the second transmission portion, and an opening through which the travel drive shaft that is interlocked and connected to the driven rotator passes. And a connected portion to which one end of a left-right drive shaft case surrounding the travel drive shaft is detachably connected.
　この手段によると、伝動ケースから左右の駆動軸ケース及び左右の走行駆動軸を取り外す場合には、補助ケース部品の被連結部に対する駆動軸ケースの連結を解除して、駆動軸ケースを対応する補助ケース部品の被連結部から補助ケース部品の横外方に離間させることにより、従動回転体を第２空間部の適正位置に残した状態で伝動ケースから駆動軸ケースとともに走行駆動軸を簡単に取り外すことができる。 According to this means, when the left and right drive shaft cases and the left and right drive shafts are removed from the transmission case, the connection of the drive shaft case to the connected portion of the auxiliary case component is released, and the corresponding drive shaft case is supported. The travel drive shaft is easily removed from the transmission case together with the drive shaft case while leaving the driven rotating body in an appropriate position in the second space by separating the case part from the connected portion of the auxiliary case part laterally outward. be able to.
　逆に、伝動ケースに左右の駆動軸ケース及び左右の走行駆動軸を取り付ける場合には、走行駆動軸のスプライン嵌合部側を補助ケース部品の開口から第２空間部に差し入れることにより、走行駆動軸のスプライン嵌合部を第２空間部の適正位置に位置する従動回転体にスプライン嵌合することができ、かつ、補助ケース部品に対する適正位置に駆動軸ケースを安定的に位置させることができる。これにより、補助ケース部品に対する駆動軸ケースの連結を簡単に行うことができ、この連結により、走行駆動軸と従動回転体とをスプライン嵌合状態に維持することができる。 Conversely, when the left and right drive shaft cases and the left and right travel drive shafts are attached to the transmission case, the travel drive shaft is inserted by inserting the spline fitting part side of the travel drive shaft into the second space from the opening of the auxiliary case part. The spline fitting portion of the drive shaft can be spline-fitted to the driven rotating body located at an appropriate position in the second space, and the drive shaft case can be stably positioned at an appropriate position with respect to the auxiliary case component. it can. Accordingly, the drive shaft case can be easily connected to the auxiliary case component, and the travel drive shaft and the driven rotating body can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection.
　つまり、伝動ケースに対する左右の走行駆動軸及び左右の駆動軸ケースの着脱を容易に行うことができる。これにより、伝動装置を輸送する場合には、伝動ケースから左右の走行駆動軸及び左右の駆動軸ケースを取り外すことにより、伝動装置を、各走行駆動軸及び各駆動軸ケースの左右方向への張り出しを無くしたコンパクトな状態にすることができ、輸送の面において有利にすることができる。又、各走行駆動軸及び各駆動軸ケースを長さの異なるものに付け替えることにより、伝動装置としては同じものを使用しながら、左右の走行装置のトレッド幅を機種などに応じて容易に変更することができる。 That is, the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case. As a result, when transporting the transmission device, the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases are removed from the transmission case, so that the transmission device extends in the lateral direction of each traveling drive shaft and each drive shaft case. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no loss, which can be advantageous in terms of transportation. Also, by changing the drive shafts and drive shaft cases to ones with different lengths, the tread width of the left and right travel devices can be easily changed according to the model etc. while using the same transmission device. be able to.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の補助ケース部品を左右兼用可能に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The left and right auxiliary case parts are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions.
　この手段によると、左右の補助ケース部品を共通部品とすることができ、部品の種類を少なくすることができる。 This means that the left and right auxiliary case parts can be used as common parts, and the types of parts can be reduced.
　その結果、部品管理の容易化を図れる上に、左右の補助ケース部品の組み違えを防止することができる。 As a result, the parts management can be facilitated and the right and left auxiliary case parts can be prevented from being mixed.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の伝動機構を左右対称に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The left and right transmission mechanisms are symmetrically configured.
　この手段によると、左右の伝動機構を共通部品で構成することができ、左右の伝動機構に要する部品の種類を少なくすることができる。又、左右の伝動機構を構成する際の組み付け工程を同じにすることができる。 According to this means, the left and right transmission mechanisms can be configured with common parts, and the types of parts required for the left and right transmission mechanisms can be reduced. Further, the assembly process when the left and right transmission mechanisms are configured can be made the same.
　その結果、部品管理の容易化を図れる上に、左右の伝動機構を構成する際の組み付け性の向上を図ることができる。 As a result, the parts management can be facilitated and the assemblability can be improved when the left and right transmission mechanisms are constructed.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の走行駆動軸を個別に外囲する左右の駆動軸ケースを備え、
　前記左右の走行駆動軸及び前記左右の駆動軸ケースを左右兼用可能に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Comprising left and right drive shaft cases individually enclosing the left and right travel drive shafts;
The left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases are configured so as to be used left and right.
　この手段によると、左右の走行駆動軸と左右の駆動軸ケースとのそれぞれを左右共通部品とすることができ、部品の種類を少なくすることができる。 According to this means, the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be made common to the left and right parts, and the types of parts can be reduced.
　その結果、部品管理の容易化を図れる上に、左右の走行駆動軸と左右の駆動軸ケースとのそれぞれにおける左右の組み違えを防止することができる。 As a result, the parts management can be facilitated and the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases can be prevented from being combined with each other.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記左右の伝動機構を、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に減速して伝達する減速機構に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right transmission mechanisms is configured as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates and transmits power that has passed through the side clutch to the travel drive shaft.
　この手段によると、各サイドクラッチの伝動方向下手側に減速機構を備えることにより、各サイドクラッチにかかるトルクを軽減することができ、各サイドクラッチの断続操作を行い易くすることができる。 According to this means, by providing the speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction of each side clutch, the torque applied to each side clutch can be reduced, and the intermittent operation of each side clutch can be facilitated.
　従って、各サイドクラッチの断続操作による車体の旋回操作性の向上を図ることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the turning operability of the vehicle body by the intermittent operation of each side clutch.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　左右の前記第２伝動部を、それぞれ、前記中継軸に備えた駆動ギヤと前記走行駆動軸に備えた従動ギヤとが噛み合い連動するギヤ伝動式に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Each of the left and right second transmission portions is configured as a gear transmission type in which a drive gear provided on the relay shaft and a driven gear provided on the travel drive shaft are engaged with each other.
　この手段によると、左右の第２伝動部を、チェーン連動式やベルト連動式に構成する場合に比較して、少ない部品点数でコンパクトに構成することができる。 This means that the left and right second transmission parts can be configured compactly with a small number of parts compared to the case of configuring the chain interlocking type or the belt interlocking type.
　従って、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付けの容易化などを図れる上に、伝動装置の小型軽量化を図ることができる。 Therefore, the configuration can be simplified and the assembly can be facilitated by reducing the number of parts, and the transmission device can be reduced in size and weight.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、その上部に、作業装置用の補助伝動機構の内蔵を可能にする補助空間部と、前記補助伝動機構からの補助動力の取り出しを可能にする開口とを備え、かつ、補助動力取り出し用の前記開口を塞ぐ蓋部材を着脱可能に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case includes an auxiliary space portion that allows a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for a working device and an opening that enables extraction of auxiliary power from the auxiliary transmission mechanism at an upper portion thereof. A lid member that closes the opening for removal is detachably mounted.
　この手段によると、例えば、伝動ケース内で走行動力から分岐した動力を伝動ケースから取り出して作業装置に伝達する構成を採用する自脱型コンバインなどに適した伝動構造に簡単に変更することができる。 According to this means, for example, it is possible to easily change to a transmission structure suitable for a self-removing combine that adopts a configuration in which the power branched from the traveling power in the transmission case is taken out from the transmission case and transmitted to the work device. .
　従って、自脱型コンバインなどにも適用することが可能な汎用性の高い伝動装置に構成することができる。 Therefore, it is possible to construct a highly versatile transmission device that can be applied to a self-removing combine.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、その入力用の開口を備える側壁とは反対側の側壁に補助動力取り出し用の前記開口を備えている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case includes the opening for taking out auxiliary power on the side wall opposite to the side wall including the input opening.
　この手段によると、伝動ケースの第４開口から取り出した動力を作業装置に伝達する作業伝動系と、伝動装置に対する入力系との干渉を回避し易くなる。 According to this means, it becomes easy to avoid interference between the work transmission system for transmitting the power extracted from the fourth opening of the transmission case to the work apparatus and the input system for the transmission apparatus.
　従って、自脱型コンバインなどへの適用を促進させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to promote application to a self-removing combine.
［３］課題［３］に対応する解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [3] The means for solving the problem [3] is as follows.
　走行車体の前部中央側に配置する伝動ケースと、前記伝動ケースの前方を覆う作業位置と前記伝動ケースの前方を開放する非作業位置とに変位可能に構成した収穫装置とを備え、
　前記伝動ケースは、その前壁に、ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタを着脱可能に装備している。 A transmission case disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body, and a harvesting device configured to be displaceable to a working position covering the front of the transmission case and a non-working position opening the front of the transmission case,
The transmission case is detachably equipped with an oil filter on the front wall for filtering oil stored in the case.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方からの伝動ケースに対するオイルフィルタの着脱などが行い易くなる。 This means that the oil filter can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case from the front of the transmission case which can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　従って、伝動ケースに装備したオイルフィルタの交換などのオイルフィルタに対するメンテナンスを容易にすることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to facilitate maintenance of the oil filter such as replacement of the oil filter equipped in the transmission case.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記オイルフィルタを前記前壁の上部側に配備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The oil filter is disposed on the upper side of the front wall.
　この手段によると、オイルフィルタの交換又は清掃などを行う場合の作業姿勢を無理の少ない楽な姿勢にすることができる。 This means that the working posture when replacing or cleaning the oil filter can be reduced to a comfortable posture.
　従って、オイルフィルタに対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, maintainability for the oil filter can be improved.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースを、前記前壁の上部側が下部側よりも後方に偏倚した形状に形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case is formed in a shape in which the upper side of the front wall is biased rearward from the lower side.
　この手段によると、オイルフィルタに対する泥などの付着を伝動ケースの下部側によって抑制することができる。 This means that mud or the like can be prevented from adhering to the oil filter by the lower side of the transmission case.
　従って、オイルフィルタに対する清掃などのメンテナンスを容易にすることができる。 Therefore, maintenance such as cleaning of the oil filter can be facilitated.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記オイルフィルタからのオイルを制御するバルブユニットを、前記前壁に着脱可能に装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
A valve unit for controlling oil from the oil filter is detachably mounted on the front wall.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方からの伝動ケースに対するバルブユニットの着脱などが行い易くなる。 This means makes it easy to attach and detach the valve unit to the transmission case from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　従って、バルブユニットの交換又は清掃などのバルブユニットに対するメンテナンスを容易にすることができる。 Therefore, maintenance of the valve unit such as replacement or cleaning of the valve unit can be facilitated.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記バルブユニットのバルブ操作軸がバルブケースの前壁から前方に突出している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The valve operating shaft of the valve unit protrudes forward from the front wall of the valve case.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方から、バルブ操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, it is possible to easily connect the linkage mechanism to the valve operating shaft from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記バルブ操作軸を前記バルブユニットの上部側に配置している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The valve operating shaft is arranged on the upper side of the valve unit.
　この手段によると、バルブ操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを行う場合の作業姿勢を無理の少ない楽な姿勢にすることができる。 According to this means, the working posture when connecting the linkage mechanism to the valve operating shaft can be reduced to an easy and comfortable posture.
　従って、バルブ操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを行う場合の作業性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve workability when the linkage mechanism is connected to the valve operating shaft.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記オイルフィルタと前記バルブユニットとを左右に並べて配置している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The oil filter and the valve unit are arranged side by side.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方から、オイルフィルタ及びバルブユニットに対する油圧管の接続などを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, it is possible to easily connect the hydraulic pipe to the oil filter and the valve unit from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　従って、伝動ケース内のオイル利用する油圧系の伝動ケースに対する組み付けが行い易くなる。 Therefore, it is easy to assemble the hydraulic transmission case using the oil in the transmission case.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
　前記バルブユニットを、前記伝動ケースの前記前壁における搭乗運転部側の位置に配置している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
The said valve unit is arrange | positioned in the position by the side of the boarding operation part in the said front wall of the said transmission case.
　この手段によると、バルブユニットと搭乗運転部に備えるバルブユニット用の操作具との連係を、その連係長さを短くした状態で、オイルフィルタによって阻害されることなく容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, it is possible to easily link the valve unit and the operation tool for the valve unit provided in the boarding operation section without being obstructed by the oil filter in a state where the link length is shortened.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、前記走行車体に備えた左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する油圧式の左右のサイドクラッチを内蔵し、
　前記バルブユニットを、前記左右のサイドクラッチに対するオイルの給排を制御するステアリング用に構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case incorporates hydraulic left and right side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling devices provided in the traveling vehicle body,
The valve unit is configured for steering that controls supply and discharge of oil to and from the left and right side clutches.
　この手段によると、各サイドクラッチとバルブユニットとにわたる油路を短くすることができ、各サイドクラッチとバルブユニットとにわたる配管が行い易くなる。 According to this means, the oil passage extending between each side clutch and the valve unit can be shortened, and piping extending between each side clutch and the valve unit is facilitated.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、前記バルブユニットよりも後方の位置に前記左右のサイドクラッチを備え、かつ、前記左右のサイドクラッチを覆う左右のケース部分に、前記左右のサイドクラッチに対する配管用の接続部を備え、
　前記バルブユニットは、その上下左右の各側壁のいずれかに配管用の接続部を備え、
　伝動ケース側の前記接続部とバルブユニット側の前記接続部とにわたる油圧管を、前記バルブユニットの前記前壁から前方に突出しない状態で配管している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case includes the left and right side clutches at a position rearward of the valve unit, and the right and left case portions covering the left and right side clutches include piping connection portions for the left and right side clutches. ,
The valve unit includes a connecting portion for piping on any of the upper, lower, left and right side walls,
A hydraulic pipe extending between the connection part on the transmission case side and the connection part on the valve unit side is piped in a state where it does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方から、サイドクラッチ用の油圧管を、伝動ケース側の接続部とバルブユニット側の接続部とに対して容易に着脱することができる。 According to this means, from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position, the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch is connected to the connection part on the transmission case side and the connection part on the valve unit side. It can be easily attached and detached.
　又、泥の深い作業地での作業走行などにおいて、サイドクラッチ用の油圧管を作業地の泥などからの抵抗を受け難くすることができる。 Also, when working in a deep mud work place, the side clutch hydraulic pipe can be made less susceptible to resistance from the work mud.
　従って、サイドクラッチ用の油圧管の組み付けやメンテナンスが行い易くなり、又、サイドクラッチ用の油圧管が泥などに押されて変形するなどの不都合が生じる虞を抑制することができる。 Therefore, the assembly and maintenance of the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch can be easily performed, and the possibility that the inconvenience such as the deformation of the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch is pushed by mud can be suppressed.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記オイルフィルタと前記バルブユニットとを左右に並べて配置し、
　伝動ケース側の前記接続部を、前記伝動ケースにおける前記オイルフィルタよりも下方の位置に配備し、
　オイルフィルタ側に位置する伝動ケース側の前記接続部に接続する前記油圧管を、前記オイルフィルタの下方を通して配管している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
Arranging the oil filter and the valve unit side by side,
The connection part on the transmission case side is arranged at a position below the oil filter in the transmission case,
The hydraulic pipe connected to the connection part on the transmission case side located on the oil filter side is piped through below the oil filter.
　この手段によると、オイルフィルタ側のサイドクラッチ用の油圧管を、オイルフィルタの着脱に支障を来さない状態で配管することができる。 According to this means, the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch on the oil filter side can be piped in a state that does not hinder the oil filter.
　つまり、オイルフィルタに対するメンテナンス性を損なうことなく、サイドクラッチ用の油圧管を良好に配管することができる。 That is, it is possible to satisfactorily connect the hydraulic pipe for the side clutch without impairing the maintainability of the oil filter.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは選択歯車式の変速機を内蔵し、
　前記変速機の変速操作軸を前記伝動ケースの前記前壁から前方に突出させている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case incorporates a selective gear type transmission,
A transmission operation shaft of the transmission is protruded forward from the front wall of the transmission case.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方から、変速機の変速操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, it is possible to easily connect the linkage mechanism to the transmission operation shaft of the transmission from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記変速操作軸を、前記伝動ケースにおける前記オイルフィルタよりも上方の位置に配備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The speed change operation shaft is arranged at a position above the oil filter in the transmission case.
　この手段によると、例えば、変速操作軸を伝動ケースにおけるオイルフィルタよりも下方の位置に配備する場合に比較して、変速機の変速操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを行う場合の作業姿勢を無理の少ない楽な姿勢にすることができ、変速機の変速操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを容易にすることができる。 According to this means, for example, compared with the case where the speed change operation shaft is arranged at a position below the oil filter in the transmission case, the working posture when connecting the linkage mechanism to the speed change operation shaft of the transmission is unreasonable. Therefore, it is possible to easily connect the linkage mechanism to the transmission operation shaft of the transmission.
　従って、変速機の変速操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを行う場合の作業性を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to improve workability when the linkage mechanism is connected to the transmission operation shaft of the transmission.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
　前記変速操作軸と一体で動く連係アームを前記変速操作軸の突出部から搭乗運転部側に延出させている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
A linkage arm that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft extends from the protruding portion of the speed change operation shaft toward the boarding operation portion.
　この手段によると、変速機側の連係アームと搭乗運転部に備える変速用の操作具との連係長さを短くすることができる。 According to this means, it is possible to shorten the link length between the transmission-side link arm and the shift operation tool provided in the boarding operation section.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
　前記伝動ケースは、その内部における搭乗運転部側の位置に駐車ブレーキを装備し、
　前記駐車ブレーキの制動操作軸を、前記伝動ケースにおける搭乗運転部側の側壁から搭乗運転部側に突出させている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
The transmission case is equipped with a parking brake at a position on the boarding operation side inside the transmission case,
A braking operation shaft of the parking brake is projected from the side wall on the boarding operation part side in the transmission case to the boarding operation part side.
　この手段によると、駐車ブレーキの制動操作軸と搭乗運転部に備える駐車ブレーキ用の操作具との連係長さを短くすることができる。 According to this means, it is possible to shorten the linkage length between the braking operation shaft of the parking brake and the parking brake operating tool provided in the boarding operation section.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　左右の走行装置を個別に制動する左右のサイドブレーキを備え、
　前記駐車ブレーキを、搭乗運転部側に配置する前記サイドブレーキにより構成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
With left and right side brakes that individually brake the left and right traveling devices,
The parking brake is configured by the side brake disposed on the boarding operation unit side.
　この手段によると、サイドブレーキが駐車ブレーキを兼ねることにより、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付け性の向上などを図ることができる。 According to this means, since the side brake also serves as the parking brake, it is possible to simplify the configuration by reducing the number of parts and improve the assembling property.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
　前記伝動ケースは、搭乗運転部側の側壁に無段変速装置を装備している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
The transmission case is equipped with a continuously variable transmission on the side wall on the boarding operation unit side.
　この手段によると、無段変速装置と搭乗運転部に備える無段変速用の操作具との連係長さを短くすることができる。 According to this means, the link length between the continuously variable transmission and the operation tool for continuously variable transmission provided in the boarding operation unit can be shortened.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記無段変速装置の変速操作軸を前記無段変速装置における変速ケースの前壁から前方に突出させている。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The speed change operation shaft of the continuously variable transmission is projected forward from the front wall of the speed change case in the continuously variable transmission.
　この手段によると、収穫装置を非作業位置に変位させることによって開放することができる伝動ケースの前方から、無段変速装置の変速操作軸に対する連係機構の接続などを容易に行うことができる。 According to this means, it is possible to easily connect the linkage mechanism to the speed change operation shaft of the continuously variable transmission from the front of the transmission case that can be opened by displacing the harvesting device to the non-working position.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、その前記前壁における下部側の内面にオイル吸込口を形成し、かつ、その前記前壁に、前記オイル吸込口から前記オイルフィルタのオイル流入口にわたる内部油路を形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case has an oil suction port formed on an inner surface of a lower side of the front wall, and an internal oil passage extending from the oil suction port to an oil inlet of the oil filter is formed on the front wall. Yes.
　この手段によると、例えば、伝動ケースに貯留したオイルの取り出しを可能にするオイル取出口を伝動ケースに形成し、このオイル取出口からオイルフィルタのオイル流入口にわたる油圧管を伝動ケースの外部に配管する場合に比較して、部品点数の削減による配管構造の簡素化及び配管に要する手間の削減などを図ることができる。 According to this means, for example, an oil outlet that allows oil stored in the transmission case to be taken out is formed in the transmission case, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet of the oil filter is connected to the outside of the transmission case. Compared with the case where it does, simplification of piping structure by reduction of a number of parts, reduction of the effort which piping requires, etc. can be aimed at.
　又、オイル吸込口及び内部油路を、オイルフィルタを装備する伝動ケースの前壁に形成することにより、内部油路の長さを短くすることができ、内部油路の形成を容易にすることができる。 Also, by forming the oil suction port and the internal oil passage on the front wall of the transmission case equipped with the oil filter, the length of the internal oil passage can be shortened and the internal oil passage can be easily formed. Can do.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースを左ケース部材と右ケース部材とに分割可能に構成し、
　前記オイル吸込口及び前記内部油路を、前記左ケース部材と前記右ケース部材との合わせ面に形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case is configured to be divided into a left case member and a right case member,
The oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed on a mating surface between the left case member and the right case member.
　この手段によると、例えば、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面にオイル吸込口及び内部油路形成用の溝を凹入形成することにより、伝動ケースにオイル吸込口及び内部油路形成用の孔を穿設する場合に比較して、伝動ケースにオイル吸込口及び内部油路を容易に形成することができる。 According to this means, for example, the oil suction port and the internal oil passage forming groove are formed in the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member, thereby forming the oil suction port and the internal oil passage in the transmission case. Compared with the case where the holes are formed, the oil suction port and the internal oil passage can be easily formed in the transmission case.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記オイル吸込口及び前記内部油路を、前記左ケース部材と前記右ケース部材とのいずれか一方に形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed in one of the left case member and the right case member.
　この手段によると、左ケース部材と右ケース部材とのいずれか一方の合わせ面に凹入形成したオイル吸込口及び内部油路形成用の溝を、他方の合わせ面にて塞ぐことにより、伝動ケースにオイル吸込口及び内部油路を形成することができる。 According to this means, the transmission case is formed by closing the oil suction port and the groove for forming the internal oil passage formed in the mating surface of either the left case member or the right case member with the other mating surface. An oil suction port and an internal oil passage can be formed.
　これにより、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面に介装するガスケットを、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面に形成するオイル吸込口及び内部油路の形状を考慮する必要のない、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面の全面に接合する単純な形状に形成することができる。 Thereby, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the oil inlet and the internal oil passage formed in the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member for the gasket interposed in the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member It can be formed in a simple shape that is joined to the entire surface of the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member.
　つまり、例えば、オイル吸込口及び内部油路を、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面を跨いだ状態に形成する場合にガスケットに形成する必要が生じる連通孔を不要にすることができる。 That is, for example, when the oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed so as to straddle the mating surfaces of the left case member and the right case member, a communication hole that needs to be formed in the gasket can be eliminated.
　従って、伝動ケースにおけるオイル吸込口及び内部油路の形成を容易にすることができる上に、ガスケットの形状を複雑にすることなく、左ケース部材と右ケース部材との合わせ面に対するガスケットのシール性を容易に確保することができる。 Therefore, the oil suction port and the internal oil passage in the transmission case can be easily formed, and the gasket sealing performance against the mating surface of the left case member and the right case member without complicating the shape of the gasket. Can be easily secured.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースは、そのケース内の下部側に、前記走行車体に備えた左右の走行装置に個別に伝動する左右の伝動機構を備え、
　前記オイル吸込口を前記左右の伝動機構の間に形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
The transmission case includes, on the lower side in the case, left and right transmission mechanisms that individually transmit to the left and right traveling devices included in the traveling vehicle body,
The oil suction port is formed between the left and right transmission mechanisms.
　この手段によると、各伝動機構の駆動に伴って発生する気泡がオイルとともにオイル吸込口から吸い込まれる不都合の発生を抑制することができる。 According to this means, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of inconvenience that bubbles generated along with driving of each transmission mechanism are sucked from the oil suction port together with oil.
　本発明をより好適なものにするための手段の一つとして、
　前記伝動ケースの前記前壁における前記オイルフィルタの下方箇所に、オイルを受け止めて所定箇所に案内するオイルガイドを形成している。 As one of the means for making the present invention more suitable,
An oil guide that receives oil and guides it to a predetermined location is formed at a location below the oil filter on the front wall of the transmission case.
　この手段によると、オイルフィルタを取り外す場合に、オイルフィルタなどから漏れ出したオイルを伝動ケースの所定箇所に案内することができる。 According to this means, when the oil filter is removed, the oil leaked from the oil filter or the like can be guided to a predetermined portion of the transmission case.
　これにより、オイルフィルタなどから漏れ出したオイルが伝動ケースの前壁や左右の側壁などに広域にわたって流下する場合に比較して、オイルフィルタの交換などを行った後の清掃作業を容易にすることができる。 This facilitates cleaning work after replacing the oil filter compared to when oil leaking from the oil filter etc. flows over a wide area to the front wall and left and right side walls of the transmission case. Can do.
［４］課題［４］に対応する解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [4] The means for solving the problem [4] is as follows.
（構成）
　本発明の特徴は、クローラ走行装置において以下の通りである。
　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
　前記支持ケースにおける前記回転輪側の端部及び前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分のうちの一方に、前記支持軸の軸心方向に突出する凸部を備え、前記支持ケースの端部及び前記回転部分のうちの他方に、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されると共に前記支持軸の軸心方向に開放された凹部を備えて、
　前記凸部が前記凹部に入り込むように、前記凸部及び前記凹部の向きと位置とを設定している。 (Constitution)
The features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A sealing member,
One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case, The other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft,
The direction and position of the convex part and the concave part are set so that the convex part enters the concave part.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　シール部材の外側にラビリンス部を備えて、泥や水がシール部材に到達し難いように構成する場合、特許文献１及び２では凸部と凸部とによるインロー構造により入り込んだ形状の部分（以下、「ラビリンス部」と称する）を構成しているのに対して、本発明の特徴によると、凸部と凹部とによりラビリンス部を構成しており、特許文献１及び２のラビリンス部よりも複雑なラビリンス部が得られる。
　これにより、本発明の特徴によると、泥や水が凸部と凹部とによるラビリンス部を通過し難くなり、泥や水がシール部材に到達し難くなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
In the case where a labyrinth portion is provided outside the seal member so that mud and water do not easily reach the seal member, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, a portion having a shape that is intruded by an inlay structure with a convex portion and a convex portion (hereinafter, The labyrinth portion is composed of a convex portion and a concave portion, and is more complicated than the labyrinth portion of Patent Documents 1 and 2 according to the feature of the present invention. A labyrinth club.
Thereby, according to the feature of the present invention, it is difficult for mud and water to pass through the labyrinth part by the convex part and the concave part, and it becomes difficult for mud and water to reach the sealing member, thereby improving the durability of the sealing member. Can do.
（構成）
　本発明の特徴は、クローラ走行装置において以下の通りである。
　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間で、且つ、前記シール部材よりも前記回転輪側に、リング状の壁部材を備えている。 (Constitution)
The features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A sealing member,
A ring-shaped wall member is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and closer to the rotating wheel than the seal member.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が壁部材に邪魔されてシール部材に到達し難くなるのであり、これによってシール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the mud or water is obstructed by the wall member and is difficult to reach the seal member. Can be improved.
（構成）
　本発明の特徴は、クローラ走行装置において以下の通りである。
　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
　前記支持ケースにおける前記回転輪側の端部及び前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分のうちの一方に、前記支持軸の軸心方向に突出する凸部を備え、前記支持ケースの端部及び前記回転部分のうちの他方に、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されると共に前記支持軸の軸心方向に開放された凹部を備えて、
　前記凸部が前記凹部に入り込むように、前記凸部及び前記凹部の向きと位置とを設定し、
　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間で、且つ、前記凸部及び前記凹部と前記シール部材との間に、リング状の壁部材を備えている。 (Constitution)
The features of the present invention are as follows in the crawler traveling device.
A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A seal member,
One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case, The other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft,
Set the direction and position of the convex part and the concave part so that the convex part enters the concave part,
A ring-shaped wall member is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, and between the convex portion and the concave portion and the seal member.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　シール部材の外側にラビリンス部を備えて、泥や水がシール部材に到達し難いように構成する場合、特許文献１及び２では凸部と凸部とによるインロー構造によりラビリンス部を構成しているのに対して、本発明の特徴によると、凸部と凹部とによりラビリンス部を構成しており、特許文献１及び２のラビリンス部よりも複雑なラビリンス部が得られる。
　これにより、本発明の特徴によると、泥や水が凸部と凹部とによるラビリンス部を通過し難くなり、泥や水がシール部材に到達し難くなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
In the case where a labyrinth portion is provided outside the seal member so that mud and water do not easily reach the seal member, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, the labyrinth portion is configured by an inlay structure including a convex portion and a convex portion. On the other hand, according to the feature of the present invention, the labyrinth portion is constituted by the convex portion and the concave portion, and a labyrinth portion that is more complicated than the labyrinth portion of Patent Documents 1 and 2 is obtained.
Thereby, according to the feature of the present invention, it is difficult for mud and water to pass through the labyrinth part by the convex part and the concave part, and it becomes difficult for mud and water to reach the sealing member, thereby improving the durability of the sealing member. Can do.
　前述のようにシール部材の外側に凸部と凹部とによるラビリンス部を備えたとしても、泥や水がラビリンス部を通過して支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入することが予想される。
　本発明の特徴によると、泥や水がラビリンス部を通過して支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が壁部材に邪魔されてシール部材に到達し難くなり、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 As described above, even if the labyrinth portion including the convex portion and the concave portion is provided outside the seal member, it is expected that mud and water pass through the labyrinth portion and enter the inside of the end portion of the support case.
According to the feature of the present invention, even if mud or water passes through the labyrinth part and enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the mud or water is obstructed by the wall member and does not easily reach the seal member. The durability of can be improved.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記凸部は、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The convex portion is formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　凹部がリング状で連続したものであるのに加えて、本発明の特徴のように凸部もリング状の連続したものに構成されると、凸部と凹部とによるラビリンス部の外周部のどの部分から、泥や水が侵入したとしても、泥や水は凸部と凹部とによるラビリンス部を通過しなくてはならないので、泥や水がシール部材に到達し難くなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
In addition to the concave portion being continuous in a ring shape, if the convex portion is configured to be continuous in a ring shape as in the feature of the present invention, which of the outer peripheral portion of the labyrinth portion is formed by the convex portion and the concave portion. Even if mud or water intrudes from the part, the mud and water must pass through the labyrinth part by the convex part and the concave part. Can be improved.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記凸部を前記支持ケースの端部に前記回転部分に向くように備え、前記凹部を前記回転部分に前記支持ケースの端部に向くように備えている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The convex portion is provided at an end portion of the support case so as to face the rotating portion, and the concave portion is provided at the rotary portion so as to face an end portion of the support case.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　例えば特許文献１及び２に示すように、支持ケースの端部において回転部分に対向する部分の面積に比べて、回転部分において支持ケースの端部に対向する部分の面積が大きいものになることが多いと考えられる。
　本発明の特徴によると、凸部に比べて大きな設置面積（大きな半径方向の幅）が必要と思われる凹部を回転部分に備えることにより、凹部を回転部分に無理なく備えることができて、生産コストの面で有利なものとなる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
For example, as shown in Patent Documents 1 and 2, the area of the rotating portion that faces the end of the support case may be larger than the area of the portion that faces the rotating portion at the end of the supporting case. It is thought that there are many.
According to the feature of the present invention, by providing the rotating part with a concave part that seems to require a larger installation area (large radial width) than the convex part, the concave part can be reasonably provided in the rotating part and produced. This is advantageous in terms of cost.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記壁部材の外周部が前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に接触している。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The outer peripheral portion of the wall member is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入した場合に、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との間を通過してシール部材に到達することは少なく、泥や水が壁部材の内周部側（支持軸側）に移動して壁部材の内周部を越える状態にならないと、泥や水がシール部材に到達することができない。これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が壁部材に邪魔されてシール部材に到達し難くなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, when mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case, the mud or water passes between the inner periphery of the end of the support case and the outer periphery of the wall member. It is unlikely to reach the seal member, and mud and water will reach the seal member if it does not move to the inner peripheral side (support shaft side) of the wall member and exceed the inner peripheral portion of the wall member. Can not do it. Accordingly, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the mud and water are obstructed by the wall member and hardly reach the seal member, and the durability of the seal member can be improved. .
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記壁部材の外周部が、前記支持軸の軸心方向に沿って所定の幅を備えて前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に接触している。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The outer peripheral portion of the wall member has a predetermined width along the axial direction of the support shaft and is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴のように、壁部材の外周部が支持軸の軸心方向に沿って所定の幅を備えて支持ケースの端部の内周部に接触するように構成すると、支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との接触部分の長さ（幅）が大きなものとなり、支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との接触部分のシール性が高いものとなる（泥や水を通し難くなる）。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との間を通過してシール部材に到達することがさらに少なくなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
When the outer peripheral portion of the wall member has a predetermined width along the axial direction of the support shaft and contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case as in the feature of the present invention, the end of the support case The length (width) of the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the portion and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is large, and the sealing performance of the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is high. It becomes a thing (it becomes difficult to pass mud and water).
As a result, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case, the mud or water passes between the inner periphery of the end of the support case and the outer periphery of the wall member and reaches the seal member. This further reduces the durability of the seal member.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記壁部材が可撓性部材によって構成されている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The wall member is formed of a flexible member.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、例えば支持ケースの端部の内周部に対して壁部材の外周部を少し大径に設定して、壁部材を弾性変形させながら支持ケースの端部の内周部に取り付ければ、壁部材の外周部が支持ケースの端部の内周部に押し付けられることになり、支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との接触部分のシール性がさらに高いものとなる（泥や水をさらに通し難くなる）。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との間を通過してシール部材に到達することがさらに少なくなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, for example, the outer peripheral part of the wall member is set to be slightly larger than the inner peripheral part of the end part of the support case, and the inner peripheral part of the end part of the support case is elastically deformed while the wall member is elastically deformed. The outer peripheral portion of the wall member is pressed against the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, and the sealability of the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member is further increased. It becomes expensive (more difficult to pass mud and water).
As a result, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case, the mud or water passes between the inner periphery of the end of the support case and the outer periphery of the wall member and reaches the seal member. This further reduces the durability of the seal member.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に、前記壁部材の外周部が入り込む溝部を備えている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
A groove portion into which the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、支持ケースの端部の内周部の溝部に壁部材の外周部が入り込むことにより、支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との接触部分のシール性がさらに高いものとなる（泥や水をさらに通し難くなる）。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内周部と壁部材の外周部との間を通過してシール部材に到達することがさらに少なくなって、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters the groove portion of the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, thereby sealing the contact portion between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the wall member. It becomes more highly prone (more difficult to pass mud and water).
As a result, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case, the mud or water passes between the inner periphery of the end of the support case and the outer periphery of the wall member and reaches the seal member. This further reduces the durability of the seal member.
　本発明の特徴によると、支持ケースの端部の内周部の溝部に壁部材の外周部が入り込むことにより、支持ケースの端部における壁部材の位置が決まり、支持ケースの端部の内部において壁部材が移動し難くなるので、壁部材が所定位置（支持ケースの端部の内周部の溝部）から移動して所期の性能を発揮し難いという状態が生じ難い。 According to the features of the present invention, the outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters the groove portion of the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case, whereby the position of the wall member at the end portion of the support case is determined, and inside the end portion of the support case Since it becomes difficult for the wall member to move, it is difficult for the wall member to move from a predetermined position (the groove portion on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case) and to exhibit the desired performance.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記壁部材が、前記支持ケースの端部に接触する可撓性のシール部分と、前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間に位置する非可撓性のリング部分とを備えて構成されている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The wall member is a non-flexible seal portion positioned between a flexible seal portion that contacts an end portion of the support case, and an inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and an outer peripheral portion of the support shaft. And a ring portion.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、壁部材が主に非可撓性のリング部分により構成されることになって、壁部材が全体的に硬いものに構成される。これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入して壁部材に接触しても、壁部材が変形し難く、壁部材の性能を比較的長く維持することができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the characteristics of the present invention, the wall member is mainly composed of an inflexible ring portion, so that the wall member is entirely hard. Thereby, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case and contacts the wall member, the wall member is hardly deformed, and the performance of the wall member can be maintained for a relatively long time.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記シール部材が、内側環状部材、外側環状部材、及び、前記内側環状部材と前記外側環状部材との間のシールリップ部材を備えて構成され、
　前記内側環状部材と前記外側環状部材との間における前記凸部及び前記凹部側の隙間が、前記シール部材の半径方向において前記支持ケースの端部の内周部側に位置している。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The seal member includes an inner annular member, an outer annular member, and a seal lip member between the inner annular member and the outer annular member,
The gap between the convex portion and the concave portion between the inner annular member and the outer annular member is located on the inner peripheral side of the end portion of the support case in the radial direction of the seal member.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　シール部材は一般に、内側環状部材、外側環状部材、及び、内側環状部材と外側環状部材との間のシールリップ部材を備えて構成されているので、内側環状部材と外側環状部材との間の隙間からシール部材の内部に泥や水が侵入すると、シール部材の損耗が早まる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
The seal member is generally configured with an inner annular member, an outer annular member, and a seal lip member between the inner annular member and the outer annular member, so that there is a gap between the inner annular member and the outer annular member. If mud or water enters the inside of the sealing member, the wear of the sealing member is accelerated.
　本発明の特徴によると、内側環状部材と前記外側環状部材との間における壁部材側の隙間が、シール部材の半径方向において支持ケースの端部の内周部側に位置するように構成している。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入し壁部材の内周部側に移動して壁部材の内周部をシール部材側に越えても、シール部材の隙間は壁部材の内周部から支持ケースの端部の内周部側の遠い位置にあるので、泥や水はシール部材の隙間に到達し難い。
　従って、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が壁部材に邪魔されてシール部材の隙間に到達し難くなり、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 According to the feature of the present invention, the gap on the wall member side between the inner annular member and the outer annular member is located on the inner peripheral side of the end portion of the support case in the radial direction of the seal member. Yes.
As a result, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end of the support case and moves to the inner peripheral side of the wall member and exceeds the inner peripheral portion of the wall member to the seal member side, the gap of the seal member remains the wall member. Therefore, mud and water are unlikely to reach the gap between the seal members.
Therefore, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the mud and water are obstructed by the wall member and hardly reach the gap of the seal member, and the durability of the seal member can be improved. .
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分において前記凸部及び前記凹部と前記支持軸の外周部との間の部分に、前記シール部材に向けて開放された内側凹部を備えている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
In the rotating part that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel, an inner recessed part opened toward the seal member is provided in a part between the projecting part and the recessed part and the outer peripheral part of the support shaft.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水が内側凹部に一時的に保持される状態になることが考えられるので、支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入した泥や水が、直ちにシール部材に到達するという状態は生じ難い。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水がシール部材に到達する状態を遅らせることができて、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, it is considered that mud or water is temporarily held in the inner concave portion. It is unlikely that mud or water that has entered the inside of the part immediately reaches the seal member.
Thereby, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the state in which the mud or water reaches the seal member can be delayed, and the durability of the seal member can be improved.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記内側凹部が前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に構成されている。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The inner recess is configured in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　本発明の特徴によると、内側凹部が支持軸の周囲に連続的に形成されることになり、内側凹部の容積が大きなものになるので、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、多くの泥や水が内側凹部に一時的に保持される状態になることが考えられる。
　これにより、泥や水が支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入しても、泥や水がシール部材に到達する状態を遅らせることができて、シール部材の耐久性を向上させることができる。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
According to the feature of the present invention, the inner recess is continuously formed around the support shaft, and the volume of the inner recess is increased, so that mud and water enter the end of the support case. However, it is conceivable that a large amount of mud or water is temporarily held in the inner recess.
Thereby, even if mud or water enters the inside of the end portion of the support case, the state in which the mud or water reaches the seal member can be delayed, and the durability of the seal member can be improved.
（構成）
　以下に示す本発明の特徴を備えると好適である。
　前記シール部材の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間に、前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分と接触することにより前記回転部分の位置を決めて前記シール部材が前記回転部分により押圧されることを防止するカラー部材を備え、
　前記回転部分と前記カラー部材との接触部分において、前記回転部分の内周部における前記カラー部材側の端部、又は、前記カラー部材の内周部における前記回転部分側の端部に、Ｏリング収納用の収納溝部を備えて、
　前記収納溝部を、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とする半径方向と平行なリング状の第１面部と、前記支持軸の軸心方向に沿ったリング状の第２面部とを備えて構成している。 (Constitution)
It is preferable to have the following features of the present invention.
The position of the rotating portion is determined by contacting the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel between the inner peripheral portion of the seal member and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, and the sealing member is moved by the rotating portion. It has a collar member that prevents being pressed,
At the contact portion between the rotating portion and the collar member, an O-ring is provided at an end portion on the collar member side in an inner peripheral portion of the rotating portion or an end portion on the rotating portion side in an inner peripheral portion of the collar member. With a storage groove for storage,
The storage groove portion includes a ring-shaped first surface portion parallel to a radial direction centered on the axis of the support shaft, and a ring-shaped second surface portion along the axis direction of the support shaft. ing.
（作用及び発明の効果）
　シール部材を備えた場合、回転部分によりシール部材が押圧されて破損するのを防止する為に、シール部材の内周部と支持軸の外周部との間に、回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分と接触することにより回転部分の位置を決めてシール部材が回転部分により押圧されることを防止するカラー部材を備えることがある。
　この場合、支持ケースの端部の内部に侵入した泥や水が、回転部分とカラー部材との接触部分を通過して、支持軸の外周部に到達しないように、回転部分とカラー部材との接触部分にＯリングを備えることがある。 (Operation and effect of the invention)
When the seal member is provided, the rotation rotates integrally with the rotating wheel between the inner peripheral portion of the seal member and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft in order to prevent the seal member from being pressed and damaged by the rotating portion. There may be provided a collar member that determines the position of the rotating part by contacting the part and prevents the seal member from being pressed by the rotating part.
In this case, the mud and water that have entered the inside of the end of the support case pass through the contact portion between the rotating portion and the collar member and do not reach the outer periphery of the support shaft. An O-ring may be provided at the contact portion.
　本発明の特徴によると、回転部分の内周部におけるカラー部材側の端部に、又は、カラー部材の内周部における回転部分側の端部に、Ｏリング収納用の収納溝部を備える場合、支持軸の軸心を中心とする半径方向と平行なリング状の第１面部と、支持軸の軸心方向に沿ったリング状の第２面部とを備えて、収納溝部を構成している。
　これにより、例えば回転部分の内周部におけるカラー部材側の端部に収納溝部を備えた場合に、収納溝部の第１面部とカラー部材の回転部分側の面部とが平行な状態となり、Ｏリングが収納溝部の第１面部とカラー部材の回転部分側の面部とに挟まれた状態となるので、Ｏリングを支持軸の外周部に押し付けるような力は発生し難い。
　従って、例えば支持軸の外周部にスプライン部が形成されていた場合、Ｏリングが支持軸のスプライン部に押し付けられて摩耗するというような状態が生じ難く、Ｏリングの耐久性を向上させることができる。 According to the feature of the present invention, when the inner groove of the rotating portion is provided with an O-ring storage groove at the end of the collar member side or at the end of the inner periphery of the collar member on the rotating portion side, A storage groove portion is configured by including a ring-shaped first surface portion parallel to the radial direction around the axis of the support shaft and a ring-shaped second surface portion along the axis direction of the support shaft.
Thereby, for example, when the storage groove portion is provided at the end portion on the collar member side in the inner peripheral portion of the rotation portion, the first surface portion of the storage groove portion and the surface portion on the rotation portion side of the collar member are in a parallel state. Is sandwiched between the first surface portion of the storage groove portion and the surface portion on the rotating portion side of the collar member, so that a force that presses the O-ring against the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft is unlikely to occur.
Therefore, for example, when a spline portion is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, it is difficult for the O-ring to be worn by being pressed against the spline portion of the support shaft, and the durability of the O-ring can be improved. it can.
［５］課題［５］に対応する解決手段は、以下の通りである。 [5] The means for solving the problem [5] is as follows.
　本発明に係る作業機用キャノピーの特徴構成は、作業機の機体に支持されるフレーム体と、そのフレーム体に張設されてルーフ部を形成するとともに、可撓性を有する柔軟性シート体とを備えて構成されている点にある。 The working machine canopy according to the present invention includes a frame body supported by the machine body of the work machine, a flexible sheet body that is stretched on the frame body to form a roof portion, and has flexibility. It is in the point comprised with.
　本発明によれば、ルーフ部がフレーム体に張設された可撓性を有する柔軟性シート体にて構成されるから、例えば、他物との接触等によりルーフ部が損傷したような場合、ルーフ部が割れて複数の断片に分割されるおそれはなく、一部分だけが破れて裂け目が形成される等の損傷を受けるだけである。そこで、その破損した箇所を、張り合わせるたり、あるいは、縫い合わせる等の修復処理を施すことにより、そのまま使い続けることが可能である。 According to the present invention, since the roof portion is composed of a flexible flexible sheet body stretched on the frame body, for example, when the roof portion is damaged due to contact with other objects, etc. There is no possibility that the roof part is broken and divided into a plurality of pieces, and only a part of the roof part is broken and a tear is formed. Therefore, it is possible to continue using the damaged portion as it is by applying a repairing process such as pasting or sewing together.
　従って、ルーフ部が損傷した場合であっても、ルーフ部全体を新たなものに取り換える必要がなく、コスト面で有利な作業機用キャノピーを提供できるに至った。 Therefore, even when the roof portion is damaged, it is not necessary to replace the entire roof portion with a new one, and it is possible to provide a working machine canopy that is advantageous in terms of cost.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体は、前記フレーム体に取り付けられた際に前記ルーフ部の天井面を形成する上面部と、その上面部の外周部に連なる縦向きの側面部とを備えて構成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, the flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion when attached to the frame body, and a vertical side surface portion that is continuous with an outer peripheral portion of the upper surface portion. It is preferable that it is configured.
　本構成によれば、作業機の運転部に対して、真上から日差しが照射されたり、上方側から雨水が落下している場合には、柔軟性シート体における上面部によって日差しを遮ったり、雨水が運転部にまで落下することを遮ることができる。そして、作業機の運転部に対して斜め上方から、日差しが照射されたり、あるいは、雨水が吹き込んでくることがあっても、この場合には、縦向きの側面部によって日差し等を遮ることができる。 According to this configuration, when the operating unit of the work machine is irradiated with sunlight from directly above, or when rainwater is falling from the upper side, the sunlight is blocked by the upper surface portion of the flexible sheet body, Rain water can be prevented from falling to the driving part. And even if the sunlight is radiated from the upper part of the operating part of the work implement or rainwater is blown in, the sunlight etc. may be blocked by the vertical side surface in this case. it can.
　従って、運転部に対する真上からの日差しや雨水だけでなく、斜め上方からの日差しや雨水に対しても、ルーフ部によって良好に、運転者に対する日差しや雨水を遮ることができる。 Therefore, not only the sunlight and rainwater from directly above the driving section, but also the sunlight and rainwater from diagonally above, the roof can well block the sunlight and rainwater for the driver.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体は、前記上面部の全周にわたり前記側面部を備えていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes the side surface portion around the entire circumference of the upper surface portion.
　本構成によれば、側面部が上面部の全周すなわち周囲全域にわたって備えられるので、どの方位からものであっても、斜め上方から入り込もうとする日差しや雨水等を良好に遮ることができる。 According to this configuration, since the side surface portion is provided over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion, that is, the entire surrounding area, it is possible to satisfactorily block sunlight, rainwater, and the like that are entering obliquely from above regardless of the orientation.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体に、前記フレーム体が差し込み装着される袋状部が形成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a bag-like portion into which the frame body is inserted and attached is formed on the flexible sheet body.
　本構成によれば、柔軟性シート体に形成されている袋状部にフレーム体を差し込むことにより、柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に装着することができる。 According to this configuration, the flexible sheet body can be attached to the frame body by inserting the frame body into the bag-like portion formed in the flexible sheet body.
　柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に装着するにあたり、柔軟性シート体の外周部の全周にわたって複数の連結具を備えて、それら複数の連結具だけで柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に取り付ける構成とすることも考えられるが、このような構成では、複数の連結具による取り付け作業が煩わしいものとなる。 When attaching the flexible sheet body to the frame body, the flexible sheet body is provided with a plurality of connecting tools over the entire outer periphery of the flexible sheet body, and the flexible sheet body is attached to the frame body only by the plurality of connecting tools. Although it is conceivable, in such a configuration, the attaching work by a plurality of coupling tools becomes troublesome.
　これに対して、本構成によれば、このような不利がなく、上述したような連結具による取り付け箇所を少なくするか、あるいは、無くすことが可能であり、柔軟性シート体を容易にフレーム体に装着し易いものにすることが可能となる。 On the other hand, according to the present configuration, there is no such disadvantage, and it is possible to reduce or eliminate the mounting position by the connecting tool as described above, and the flexible sheet body can be easily framed. It becomes possible to make it easy to attach to.
　本発明においては、前記袋状部から前記フレーム体が抜け外れるのを防止する抜け外れ防止手段が備えられていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a detachment preventing means for preventing the frame body from detaching from the bag-like portion is provided.
　本構成によれば、袋状部からフレーム体が抜け外れることが防止されるので、柔軟性シート体とフレーム体との差し込み装着状態を長く維持することができる。つまり、上述したように、柔軟性シート体の外周部の全周にわたって備えた複数の連結具だけを用いて柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に取り付ける構成等に比べて、柔軟性シート体の装着作業が容易に行えるものでありながら、良好な装着状態を長く維持することが可能となる。 According to this configuration, since the frame body is prevented from coming off from the bag-like portion, it is possible to maintain a long insertion state between the flexible sheet body and the frame body. That is, as described above, the mounting operation of the flexible sheet body as compared with the configuration in which the flexible sheet body is attached to the frame body using only a plurality of connectors provided over the entire outer periphery of the flexible sheet body. However, it is possible to maintain a good wearing state for a long time.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体は、前記ルーフ部の天井面を形成する上面部を備えて構成され、前記袋状部は、前記上面部に備えられていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion, and the bag-shaped portion is provided on the upper surface portion.
　本構成によれば、天井面を形成する上面部は、ルーフ部の大部分を形成する広い面積を有するものであり、この上面部に袋状部を備えることにより、袋状部を大型のものにして、フレーム体を差し込みし易いものにすることができる。 According to this configuration, the upper surface portion that forms the ceiling surface has a large area that forms most of the roof portion, and by providing the bag-shaped portion on the upper surface portion, the bag-shaped portion is large-sized. Thus, the frame body can be easily inserted.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体の外周部に前記フレーム体の端部を貫通させるためのスリットが形成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a slit for penetrating the end portion of the frame body is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the flexible sheet body.
　本構成によれば、柔軟性シート体の外周部にスリットが形成され、このスリットを通過する状態でフレーム体の端部を貫通させることができる。例えば寸法誤差や経年変化等が原因で、柔軟性シート体が少し小さめになり、フレーム体に装着し難い状態になることがあっても、柔軟性シート体にスリットを形成してフレーム体の端部を外方に突出させることにより、柔軟性シート体に無理な力が掛かることを防止できる。 According to this configuration, the slit is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the flexible sheet body, and the end portion of the frame body can be penetrated in a state of passing through the slit. For example, even if the flexible sheet is slightly smaller and difficult to attach to the frame due to dimensional errors or aging, etc., a slit is formed in the flexible sheet to form an end of the frame. By projecting the portion outward, it is possible to prevent an excessive force from being applied to the flexible sheet body.
　従って、柔軟性シート体に無理な力が掛かって破損する等の不利の無い状態で、柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に張設することができる。 Therefore, the flexible sheet body can be stretched on the frame body without any disadvantages such as undue force on the flexible sheet body and damage.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体は、前記フレーム体の端部が貫通している状態で前記スリットを閉じる閉じ部材を備えていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes the slit in a state where an end portion of the frame body passes therethrough.
　本構成によれば、閉じ部材によってスリットを閉じることができるので、スリット形成部分において、柔軟性シート体におけるスリットの両側端部が、機体の振動や風の影響で揺れ動くことを阻止して、運転操作の邪魔になることを回避でき、しかも、スリット形成部分にて隙間が形成されるのを防止できて、運転者に対する日差しや雨水等を遮ることができる。 According to this configuration, since the slit can be closed by the closing member, the both ends of the slit in the flexible sheet body are prevented from swinging due to the vibration of the airframe or the wind in the slit forming portion, It is possible to avoid obstructing the operation, and further, it is possible to prevent a gap from being formed at the slit forming portion, and it is possible to block sunlight, rainwater and the like for the driver.
　本発明においては、前記袋状部に、差し込み装着されている前記フレーム体の一部を外側に露出させる切欠きが形成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the bag-like portion is formed with a notch that exposes a part of the inserted frame body to the outside.
　本構成によれば、フレーム体を袋状部に差し込み装着させるときに、切欠きを通して袋状部に差し込まれているフレーム体の一部を手で持ちながら、袋状部の内部に引き込むことができ、フレーム体を袋状部に確実に装着させることができる。 According to this configuration, when the frame body is inserted into and attached to the bag-shaped portion, the frame body inserted into the bag-shaped portion through the notch can be pulled into the bag-shaped portion while being held by hand. The frame body can be securely attached to the bag-like portion.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体は、前記袋状部における開口を閉じる閉じ部材を備えていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes an opening in the bag-like portion.
　本構成によれば、閉じ部材によって袋状部の開口を閉じることができるので、袋状部の開口の端縁部が揺れ動いて作業の邪魔になることを阻止できる。又、フレーム体が袋状部に差し込まれた後に、閉じ部材によって開口を閉じることにより、この閉じ部材によってフレーム体が袋状部から抜け外れることを阻止することができる。 According to this configuration, since the opening of the bag-like portion can be closed by the closing member, it is possible to prevent the edge of the opening of the bag-like portion from shaking and interfering with the work. Further, by closing the opening with the closing member after the frame body is inserted into the bag-like portion, it is possible to prevent the frame body from being detached from the bag-like portion by the closing member.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体と前記フレーム体とを連結する連結部材が、前記柔軟性シート体又は前記フレーム体に備えられていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a connecting member for connecting the flexible sheet body and the frame body is provided in the flexible sheet body or the frame body.
　本構成によれば、連結部材によって柔軟性シート体とフレーム体とを連結することにより、柔軟性シート体をフレーム体に対して確実に固定することができる。 According to this configuration, by connecting the flexible sheet body and the frame body by the connecting member, the flexible sheet body can be reliably fixed to the frame body.
　本発明においては、前記フレーム体が、作業機の機体に支持される支柱と、その支柱から片持ち状に延設されたルーフ支持部とを備えて構成され、
　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記袋状部を前記ルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部に対応する位置に備えていると好適である。 In the present invention, the frame body includes a column supported by the machine body of the work machine, and a roof support portion that is cantilevered from the column,
It is preferable that the flexible sheet body includes the bag-like portion at a position corresponding to a front end portion in the extending direction of the roof support portion.
　本構成によれば、作業機の機体に支持されている支柱から片持ち状にルーフ支持部が延設されている。又、柔軟性シート体は、ルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部に対応する位置に袋状部を備えている。そして、片持ち状に延設されるルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部が、袋状部に差し込み装着されて、柔軟性シート体がルーフ支持部に張設されることになる。 According to this configuration, the roof support portion is extended in a cantilever manner from the column supported by the body of the work machine. Further, the flexible sheet body includes a bag-like portion at a position corresponding to the front end portion in the extending direction of the roof support portion. And the extending direction front-end | tip part of the roof support part extended in a cantilever shape is inserted and attached to a bag-shaped part, and a flexible sheet | seat body is stretched by the roof support part.
　つまり、柔軟性シート体の袋状部にルーフ支持部を差し込み装着する場合、片持ち状のルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部を差し込むことで対応できる。従って、差し込み作業の際に支柱が邪魔になることがなく、袋状部に対するルーフ支持部の差し込み装着作業は行い易いものになる。 That is, when the roof support portion is inserted and attached to the bag-like portion of the flexible sheet body, it can be dealt with by inserting the end portion in the extending direction of the cantilevered roof support portion. Therefore, the support column does not get in the way during the insertion work, and the work for inserting and attaching the roof support part to the bag-like part is easy.
　本発明においては、前記柔軟性シート体と前記ルーフ支持部とを連結する連結部材が、前記袋状部よりも前記ルーフ支持部の基端部側に位置する状態で、前記柔軟性シート体又は前記ルーフ支持部に備えられていると好適である。 In the present invention, the flexible sheet body or the connecting member that connects the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion is positioned closer to the base end side of the roof support portion than the bag-shaped portion. It is preferable that the roof support portion is provided.
　本構成によれば、ルーフ支持部の先端部側箇所では、ルーフ支持部が袋状体に差し込み装着されることにより柔軟性シート体とルーフ支持部とが連結され、ルーフ支持部の基端部側箇所では、連結部材によって柔軟性シート体とルーフ支持部とが連結される。 According to this configuration, the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion are connected to each other by inserting the roof support portion into the bag-like body at the front end side portion of the roof support portion, and the base end portion of the roof support portion. At the side portion, the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion are connected by the connecting member.
　従って、柔軟性シート体とルーフ支持部とを広い範囲にわたって的確に連結することができ、柔軟性シート体がルーフ支持部から外れるおそれの少ない状態で運転部の上方を覆うことができる。 Therefore, the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion can be accurately connected over a wide range, and the upper portion of the operating portion can be covered with a small possibility that the flexible sheet body is detached from the roof support portion.
　本発明においては、前記袋状部は、前記ルーフ支持部の基端部側に向けて開口していると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the bag-like portion is opened toward the base end side of the roof support portion.
　本構成によれば、柔軟性シート体の袋状部にルーフ支持部を装着する場合、片持ち状のルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部を、相対的に延設方向に沿って移動させながら、基端部側に向けて開口している袋状部に対して差し込み装着することができる。その結果、袋状部に対するルーフ支持部の差し込み装着作業は行い易いものになる。 According to this configuration, when the roof support portion is attached to the bag-like portion of the flexible sheet body, the distal end portion in the extending direction of the cantilevered roof support portion is moved relatively along the extending direction. It can be inserted and attached to the bag-like portion that opens toward the base end side. As a result, the work for inserting and attaching the roof support portion to the bag-like portion is facilitated.
　本発明においては、前記ルーフ支持部は、中央部側が外周部側よりも膨出する形状に形成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the roof support portion is formed in a shape in which the central portion side bulges more than the outer peripheral portion side.
　本構成によれば、柔軟性シート体が上向き膨出体によって支持されるので、ルーフ部における中央部が上方に向けて膨出する状態となる。このようにルーフ部における中央部を上方に向けて膨出させるようにしたので、ルーフ部の上側に雨水が降りかかっても、左右両側に振り分けて流れ落ちて、ルーフ部の上部に雨水が滞留することを回避できる。 According to this configuration, since the flexible sheet body is supported by the upward bulging body, the central portion of the roof portion bulges upward. As described above, since the central portion of the roof portion bulges upward, even if rainwater falls on the upper side of the roof portion, the rainwater is distributed to the left and right sides and flows down, and the rainwater stays on the upper portion of the roof portion. You can avoid that.
　本発明においては、前記ルーフ支持部は、平行に並ぶ一対の支持杆と、それら一対の支持杆にわたって架設された上向き膨出体とを備えて構成されていると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the roof support portion includes a pair of support rods arranged in parallel and an upwardly bulging body constructed over the pair of support rods.
　本構成によれば、上向き膨出体が一対の支持杆にわたって架設される状態で備えられるので、上向き膨出体は、その両側部において安定的に支持され、柔軟性シート体を中央部が上方に向けて膨出する状態を長期にわたり維持することができる。 According to this configuration, since the upward bulging body is provided in a state of being laid over a pair of support rods, the upward bulging body is stably supported on both sides thereof, and the central portion of the flexible sheet body is upward. The state which bulges toward can be maintained over a long period of time.
　本発明においては、柔軟性シート体が布帛製であると好適である。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the flexible sheet is made of fabric.
　本構成によれば、布帛製の柔軟性シート体は、外物との接触により破損することがあっても、破損箇所を縫い合わせることにより、簡単に補修することができ、そのまま使い続けることが可能である。 According to this configuration, even if the flexible sheet body made of fabric may be damaged by contact with an external object, it can be easily repaired by stitching the damaged portions and can continue to be used as it is. It is.
　本発明に係る作業機の特徴構成は、請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の作業機用キャノピーを備える点にある。 A characteristic configuration of the work machine according to the present invention is that the work machine has a canopy according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
　本構成に係る作業機は、この作業機における運転部の上方を作業機用キャノピーにより覆うことができ、運転部に搭乗している運転者に日差しが差し込んだり雨水が降りかかったりすることを防止できる。 The working machine according to this configuration can cover the upper part of the operating unit of this working machine with a canopy for the working machine, and prevents the driver who is on the operating part from being exposed to sunlight or rain water. it can.
　その他の特徴、およびこれから奏する有利な効果については、添付図面を参照しながら以下の説明を読むことによって明らかになるだろう。 Other features and advantageous effects to be obtained will be clarified by reading the following description with reference to the accompanying drawings.
第１実施形態を示す図であって（以下、図１６まで同じ。）普通型コンバインの右側面図である。It is a figure which shows 1st Embodiment (hereinafter, it is the same also to FIG. 16), and is a right view of a normal type combine. 油圧構成の一部を示す油圧回路図である。It is a hydraulic circuit diagram which shows a part of hydraulic structure. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の正面図である。It is a front view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の左側面図である。It is a left view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置及び伝動装置の右側面図である。It is a right view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置の一部破断正面図及び伝動装置の縦断正面図である。It is the partially broken front view of a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission, and the longitudinal cross-sectional front view of a transmission. 静油圧式無段変速装置の一部及び伝動装置における上部側の縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a part of the hydrostatic continuously variable transmission and the upper side of the transmission. 伝動装置における下部側の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the lower part side in a transmission. 伝動装置の縦断左側面図である。It is a vertical left side view of a transmission. 伝動装置における変速機の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the transmission in a transmission. 伝動装置における一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニットなどの縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a pair of side clutch brake units and the like in the transmission. 補助カバー部材及び固定側回転体を取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the auxiliary | assistant cover member and the stationary-side rotary body. カバー部材及び摺動ユニットなどを取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the cover member, the sliding unit, etc. 走行駆動軸及び駆動軸ケースを取り外した状態を示す伝動装置における要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part in the transmission which shows the state which removed the traveling drive shaft and the drive shaft case. 伝動装置における各軸の配置などを示す要部の縦断左側面図である。It is a vertical left view of the principal part which shows arrangement | positioning etc. of each axis | shaft in a transmission. 伝動ケースにおけるオイル吸込口及び内部油路の構成を示す要部の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the principal part which shows the structure of the oil suction inlet and internal oil path in a transmission case. 第２実施形態を示す図であって（以下、図２７まで同じ。）クローラ走行装置の側面図である。It is a figure which shows 2nd Embodiment (hereinafter, it is the same also to FIG. 27), and is a side view of a crawler traveling apparatus. 駆動輪の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of a driving wheel. シール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of a sealing member. 発明の実施の第１別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 1st another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第２別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 2nd another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第３別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 3rd another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第３別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 3rd another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第３別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 3rd another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第３別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 3rd another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第４別形態におけるシール部材の付近の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the vicinity of the sealing member in 4th another form of implementation of invention. 発明の実施の第６別形態における転輪の付近の縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view of the vicinity of a wheel in the 6th another form of implementation of the invention. 第３実施形態を示す図であって（以下、図３８まで同じ。）コンバインの全体側面図である。It is a figure which shows 3rd Embodiment (hereinafter, it is the same also to FIG. 38), and is the whole combine side view. コンバインの全体平面図である。It is a whole top view of a combine. 運転部の正面図である。It is a front view of a driving part. キャノピーの縦断側面図である。It is a vertical side view of a canopy. キャノピーの縦断正面図である。It is a longitudinal front view of a canopy. キャノピーの後面図である。It is a rear view of a canopy. キャノピーの底面図である。It is a bottom view of a canopy. 連結部材を示す縦断正面図である。It is a vertical front view which shows a connection member. 連結部材における分離した状態の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the separated state in a connection member. 柔軟性シート体の全体斜視図である。It is a whole perspective view of a flexible sheet body. 後端延設部がスリットを通して後方外方に向けて突出する状態の柔軟性シート体の後部の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the rear part of the flexible sheet | seat body of a state which a rear-end extension part protrudes toward back outward through a slit.
［第１実施形態］
　以下、図１～１６に示す第１実施形態について説明する。
　まず、本発明に係る収穫機用の伝動装置における基本構成を図面に基づいて説明する。 [First Embodiment]
The first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 16 will be described below.
First, a basic configuration of a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
　図６～図１０に示すように、本発明に係る収穫機用の伝動装置１３は、３段に変速可能に構成した選択歯車式の変速機４７を伝動ケース４３に内蔵している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 10, the transmission device 13 for the harvester according to the present invention has a transmission gear 43 with a selection gear type transmission 47 configured to be capable of shifting in three stages.
　変速機４７は、低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤ６０と低速従動ギヤ６１、中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤ６２と中速従動ギヤ６３、高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤ６４と高速従動ギヤ６５、及び、３段のギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構６６を備えている。 The transmission 47 includes a low-speed drive gear 60 and a low-speed driven gear 61 for low-speed transmission, a medium-speed drive gear 62 and a medium-speed driven gear 63 for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission, In addition, a shift mechanism 66 that enables a three-stage gear selection operation is provided.
　伝動ケース４３は、伝動ケース４３に連接する外部機器Ａに備えた出力軸３４の軸心を中心にして出力軸３４と一体回転する入力軸４４を備えている。又、この入力軸４４よりも下方の位置において入力軸４４に平行姿勢で隣接する従動軸４５を備えている。そして、入力軸４４には、変速機４７の低速駆動ギヤ６０と中速駆動ギヤ６２と高速駆動ギヤ６４とのそれぞれを、入力軸４４と一体回転する状態で装備している。又、従動軸４５には、変速機４７の低速従動ギヤ６１と中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５とのそれぞれを、シフト機構６６によるギヤ選択操作が可能な状態で装備している。 The transmission case 43 includes an input shaft 44 that rotates integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis of the output shaft 34 provided in the external device A connected to the transmission case 43. A driven shaft 45 adjacent to the input shaft 44 in a posture parallel to the input shaft 44 is provided at a position below the input shaft 44. The input shaft 44 is equipped with a low-speed drive gear 60, a medium-speed drive gear 62, and a high-speed drive gear 64 of the transmission 47 so as to rotate integrally with the input shaft 44. The driven shaft 45 is equipped with a low-speed driven gear 61, a medium-speed driven gear 63, and a high-speed driven gear 65 of the transmission 47 in a state where a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is possible.
　変速機４７においては、低速従動ギヤ６１と中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５のうち、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５とを従動軸４５の中央側に配備している。又、使用頻度が低い低速従動ギヤ６１を従動軸４５の軸端側に配備している。 In the transmission 47, among the low-speed driven gear 61, the medium-speed driven gear 63, and the high-speed driven gear 65, the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45. Yes. Further, a low-speed driven gear 61 that is used less frequently is provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45.
　変速機４７は、コンスタントメッシュ式に構成している。そして、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５とを、それらの一端部に備えたギヤ部６３Ａ，６５Ａが従動軸４５の中央側に位置し、かつ、それらの他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部６３Ｂ，６５Ｂが従動軸４５の軸端側に位置する状態で従動軸４５に装備している。又、使用頻度が低い低速従動ギヤ６１を、その一端部に備えたギヤ部６１Ａが従動軸４５の軸端側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部６１Ｂが従動軸４５の中央側に位置する状態で、使用頻度が高い高速従動ギヤ６５よりも従動軸４５の軸端側に、それらの従動ギヤ６１，６５の間に従動軸４５と一体回転する第１スプライン軸部４５Ａを介在させた配置で装備している。そして、入力軸４４の入力側端部から最も離れた位置に配置する中速従動ギヤ６３を、その一端部に備えたギヤ部６３Ａが従動軸４５の中央側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部６３Ｂが従動軸４５の軸端側に位置する状態で従動軸４５に装備している。 The transmission 47 is configured as a constant mesh type. The gear portions 63A and 65A provided at one end of the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65, which are frequently used, are located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, and at the other end thereof. The driven shaft 45 is equipped with spline boss portions 63B and 65B for gear selection provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45. A gear portion 61A provided at one end of a low-speed driven gear 61 that is used infrequently is located on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45, and a spline boss portion 61B for gear selection provided at the other end is provided. The first shaft that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45 between the driven gears 61 and 65 is positioned closer to the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45 than the high-speed driven gear 65 that is frequently used in a state of being positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. Equipped with an arrangement with a spline shaft 45A interposed. A gear portion 63A provided at one end of the medium speed driven gear 63 arranged at the position farthest from the input side end of the input shaft 44 is positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45, and the other end. The driven shaft 45 is equipped with a spline boss portion 63B for gear selection provided on the shaft end side of the driven shaft 45.
　従動軸４５は、低速従動ギヤ６１と高速従動ギヤ６５とを連係の対象とする第１スプライン軸部４５Ａと、中速従動ギヤ６３を連係の対象とする第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂとを、それらのスプライン軸部４５Ａ，４５Ｂが従動軸４５と一体回転する状態で備えている。そして、第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂを、従動軸４５に着脱可能で、かつ、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプライン７４ａを形成したスプラインボス７４により構成している。 The driven shaft 45 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A that links the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65, and a second spline shaft portion 45B that links the medium-speed driven gear 63. The spline shaft portions 45A and 45B are provided so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45. The second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that can be attached to and detached from the driven shaft 45 and that has a plurality of linkage splines 74a formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface thereof.
　変速機４７は、従動軸４５の中央部に従動軸４５と一体回転する出力回転体８１（以下、「出力ギヤ８１」ともいう。）を配備している。伝動ケース４３は、左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸４６を内蔵している。そして、サイドクラッチ軸４６は、その中央部に、出力回転体８１に連動する伝動回転体８２（以下では「伝動ギヤ８２」ともいう。）を配備している。又、この伝動回転体８２から左右の走行装置７（図１参照。以下では「クローラ７」ともいう。）への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチ８３を、伝動回転体８２を挟んだ状態でサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上に装備している。 The transmission 47 is provided with an output rotating body 81 (hereinafter also referred to as “output gear 81”) that rotates integrally with the driven shaft 45 in the center of the driven shaft 45. The transmission case 43 incorporates a side clutch shaft 46 facing left and right. The side clutch shaft 46 is provided with a transmission rotating body 82 (hereinafter also referred to as “transmission gear 82”) linked to the output rotating body 81 at the center thereof. Further, a pair of side clutches 83 for individually interrupting transmission from the transmission rotating body 82 to the left and right traveling devices 7 (refer to FIG. 1 and also referred to as “crawler 7” below) are sandwiched between the transmission rotating bodies 82. It is equipped on the side clutch shaft 46 in the state.
　伝動ケース４３は、入力軸４４における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口４３Ａを備えている。 The transmission case 43 includes an opening 43 </ b> A that exposes an end of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side.
　伝動装置１３は、伝動ケース４３に備えた油圧機器１０７（以下では、その一例として「バルブユニット１０７」ともいう。）から伝動ケース４３の内部に戻すオイルを変速機４７の各従動ギヤ６１，６２，６３に供給する油路１３７を備えている。 The transmission device 13 supplies oil to be returned to the inside of the transmission case 43 from the hydraulic equipment 107 (hereinafter, also referred to as “valve unit 107” as an example) provided in the transmission case 43. , 63 is provided with an oil passage 137.
　図６～図９及び図１４に示すように、本発明に係る作業機用の伝動装置１３は、伝動ケース４３から左右の対応する走行装置７（図１参照）にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸５０と、左右の走行駆動軸５０への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチ８３と、対応するサイドクラッチ８３を経由した動力を走行駆動軸５０に伝達する左右の伝動機構４９とを備えている。そして、一対のサイドクラッチ８３を支持する左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸４６と左右の走行駆動軸５０との間に左右向きの中継軸１１９を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 9 and FIG. 14, the transmission device 13 for a working machine according to the present invention has left and right traveling drives extending from the transmission case 43 to the corresponding left and right traveling devices 7 (see FIG. 1). A shaft 50, a pair of side clutches 83 that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and a left and right transmission mechanism 49 that transmits power via the corresponding side clutch 83 to the traveling drive shaft 50. ing. A left and right relay shaft 119 is provided between the left and right side clutch shafts 46 that support the pair of side clutches 83 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
　各伝動機構４９は、伝動ケース４３の左右中央側においてサイドクラッチ軸４６から中継軸１１９にわたる第１伝動部１２２と、伝動ケース４３の左右両端側において中継軸１１９から走行駆動軸５０にわたる第２伝動部１２３とを備えている。 Each transmission mechanism 49 includes a first transmission portion 122 extending from the side clutch shaft 46 to the relay shaft 119 on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and a second transmission extending from the relay shaft 119 to the travel drive shaft 50 on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43. Part 123.
　伝動ケース４３は、一対のサイドクラッチ８３と左右の第１伝動部１２２とを内蔵する第１空間部５６と、左右の第２伝動部１２３を個別に内蔵する左右の第２空間部５８とを備えている。第１空間部５６は伝動ケース４３の主ケース部品５２により形成している。左右の第２空間部５８は、主ケース部品５２における左右の側壁に凹入形成した凹入部５２Ａと、凹入部５２Ａを覆う状態で左右の側壁に着脱可能に連結した左右の補助ケース部品５３とから形成している。 The transmission case 43 includes a first space portion 56 that houses a pair of side clutch 83 and left and right first transmission portions 122, and a left and right second space portion 58 that individually houses left and right second transmission portions 123. I have. The first space 56 is formed by the main case component 52 of the transmission case 43. The left and right second space portions 58 include a recessed portion 52A that is recessed and formed in the left and right sidewalls of the main case component 52, and left and right auxiliary case components 53 that are detachably connected to the left and right sidewalls so as to cover the recessed portion 52A. Formed from.
　各伝動機構４９は、第１伝動部１２２が第２伝動部１２３よりも上方に位置する状態に構成している。伝動ケース４３は、その底部における左右の第２伝動部１２３の間に位置する左右中央側部位に、その左右中央側部位を左右の第１伝動部１２２に近接させる凹部４３Ｃを備えて、底部を逆Ｕ字形に形成している。 Each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the first transmission portion 122 is positioned above the second transmission portion 123. The transmission case 43 is provided with a concave portion 43 </ b> C that makes the left and right center side portions close to the left and right first transmission portions 122 in the left and right center side portions located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 in the bottom portion. It is formed in an inverted U shape.
　主ケース部品５２は、左右の側壁に、中継軸１１９における伝動ケース４３の左右中央側に位置する部分を支持する第１軸支部１２０を備えている。左右の補助ケース部品５３は、それぞれ、中継軸１１９における伝動ケース４３の左右両端側に位置する部分を支持する第２軸支部１２１を備えている。 The main case component 52 includes first shaft support portions 120 that support portions of the relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43 on the left and right side walls. Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 that supports portions of the relay shaft 119 that are located on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43.
　伝動装置１３は、中継軸１１９として、左側の伝動機構４９に備える左側の中継軸１１９と、右側の伝動機構４９に備える右側の中継軸１１９とを装備している。そして、各中継軸１１９を、伝動ケース４３に回転可能に装備している。 The transmission device 13 is equipped with a left relay shaft 119 provided in the left transmission mechanism 49 and a right relay shaft 119 provided in the right transmission mechanism 49 as the relay shaft 119. Each relay shaft 119 is rotatably mounted on the transmission case 43.
　左右の第２伝動部１２３は、それぞれ、中継軸１１９に備える駆動ギヤ（駆動回転体の一例）１２５を中継軸１１９に一体形成している。 Each of the left and right second transmission parts 123 is integrally formed with a relay shaft 119 with a drive gear (an example of a drive rotator) 125 provided in the relay shaft 119.
　主ケース部品５２は、左右の側壁に、第２伝動部１２３に備える従動回転体１２６のボス部１２６Ａを回転可能に支持する支持部１２７を備えている。左右の走行駆動軸５０及び左右の従動回転体１２６は、それぞれ、走行駆動軸５０の一端部と従動回転体１２６との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部５０Ａ，１２６Ｃを備えている。 The main case component 52 includes support portions 127 that rotatably support the boss portions 126A of the driven rotating body 126 provided in the second transmission portion 123 on the left and right side walls. The left and right travel drive shafts 50 and the left and right driven rotators 126 include spline fitting portions 50A and 126C that enable interlocking connection between one end of the travel drive shaft 50 and the driven rotator 126, respectively.
　左右の補助ケース部品５３は、それぞれ、第２伝動部１２３に備えた従動回転体１２６のボス部１２６Ｂを回転可能に支持する支持部１２８と、従動回転体１２６に連動連結する走行駆動軸５０が通る開口５３Ａと、走行駆動軸５０を外囲する左右向きの駆動軸ケース５１の一端部が着脱可能に連結される被連結部５３Ｂとを備えている。 Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 includes a support portion 128 that rotatably supports a boss portion 126B of a driven rotator 126 provided in the second transmission portion 123, and a travel drive shaft 50 that is linked to the driven rotator 126. An opening 53 </ b> A that passes therethrough and a connected portion 53 </ b> B to which one end of a left-right drive shaft case 51 that surrounds the travel drive shaft 50 is detachably connected are provided.
　左右の補助ケース部品５３、左右の走行駆動軸５０、及び、左右の駆動軸ケース５１は、それぞれ、左右兼用可能に構成している。左右の伝動機構４９は左右対称に構成している。 The left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions. The left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically.
　左右の伝動機構４９は、それぞれ、サイドクラッチ８３を経由した動力を走行駆動軸５０に減速して伝達する減速機構に構成している。左右の第２伝動部１２３は、それぞれ、中継軸１１９に備えた駆動ギヤ１２５と走行駆動軸５０に備えた従動ギヤ１２６とが噛み合い連動するギヤ伝動式に構成している。 Each of the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 is configured as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates and transmits the power that has passed through the side clutch 83 to the travel drive shaft 50. Each of the left and right second transmission parts 123 is configured as a gear transmission type in which the drive gear 125 provided on the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 provided on the travel drive shaft 50 are engaged with each other.
　伝動ケース４３は、その上部に、作業装置用の補助伝動機構の内蔵を可能にする補助空間部５７と、補助伝動機構からの補助動力の取り出しを可能にする開口４３Ｈとを備え、かつ、補助動力取り出し用の開口４３Ｈを塞ぐ蓋部材１３９を着脱可能に装備している。そして、補助動力取り出し用の開口４３Ｈを、入力用の開口４３Ｇを備える側壁とは反対側の側壁に備えている。 The transmission case 43 is provided with an auxiliary space portion 57 that allows the auxiliary transmission mechanism for the working device to be incorporated therein, and an opening 43H that allows the auxiliary power to be extracted from the auxiliary transmission mechanism. A lid member 139 that closes the opening 43H for power extraction is detachably mounted. And the opening 43H for taking out auxiliary power is provided in the side wall opposite to the side wall provided with the input opening 43G.
　図１～図５に示すように、本発明に係る収穫機は、走行車体１の前部中央側に配置する伝動ケース４３と、伝動ケース４３の前方を覆う作業位置と伝動ケース４３の前方を開放する非作業位置とに変位可能に構成した収穫装置としての刈取搬送装置２とを備えている。又、走行車体１における車体上の左右一側部に搭乗運転部８を備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, the harvesting machine according to the present invention includes a transmission case 43 disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body 1, a work position covering the front of the transmission case 43, and the front of the transmission case 43. A cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device configured to be displaceable to a non-working position to be opened is provided. In addition, a boarding operation unit 8 is provided on one of the left and right sides of the traveling vehicle body 1 on the vehicle body.
　伝動ケース４３は、その前壁の上部側が下部側よりも後方に偏倚した形状に形成している。そして、その前壁の上部側に、ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタ１３０と、オイルフィルタ１３０からのオイルを制御するバルブユニット１０７とを、それらが左右に並ぶ配置で着脱可能に装備している。 The transmission case 43 is formed in a shape in which the upper side of the front wall is biased rearward from the lower side. An oil filter 130 for filtering the oil stored in the case and a valve unit 107 for controlling the oil from the oil filter 130 are detachably mounted on the upper side of the front wall so that they are arranged side by side. is doing.
　バルブユニット１０７は、伝動ケース４３の前壁における搭乗運転部側の位置に配置している。そして、そのバルブ操作軸１３１がバルブケース１３２の前壁の上部側から前方に突出するように構成している。 The valve unit 107 is arranged at a position on the boarding operation part side on the front wall of the transmission case 43. The valve operating shaft 131 is configured to protrude forward from the upper side of the front wall of the valve case 132.
　伝動ケース４３は、走行車体１に備えた左右の走行装置７への伝動を個別に断続する油圧式の左右のサイドクラッチ８３を内蔵している。そして、バルブユニット１０７を、左右のサイドクラッチ８３に対するオイルの給排を制御するステアリング用に構成している。 The transmission case 43 incorporates hydraulic left and right side clutches 83 that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling devices 7 provided in the traveling vehicle body 1. The valve unit 107 is configured for steering that controls the supply and discharge of oil to the left and right side clutches 83.
　伝動ケース４３は、バルブユニット１０７よりも後方の位置に左右のサイドクラッチ８３を備え、かつ、左右のサイドクラッチ８３を覆う左右のケース部分となる左右のカバー部材１０２に、左右のサイドクラッチ８３に対する配管用の接続部１０２Ｂを備えている。バルブユニット１０７は、その上下左右の各側壁のうちの所定の側壁に配管用の接続部１０７Ａ，１０７Ｂを備えている。そして、伝動ケース側の接続部１０２Ｂとバルブユニット側の接続部１０７Ａ，１０７Ｂとにわたる油圧管１３４，１３５を、バルブユニット１０７の前壁から前方に突出しない状態で配管している。 The transmission case 43 includes left and right side clutches 83 at a position rearward of the valve unit 107, and the left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the left and right side clutches 83 with respect to the left and right side clutches 83. A connecting portion 102B for piping is provided. The valve unit 107 includes connecting portions 107A and 107B for piping on predetermined side walls among the upper, lower, left and right side walls. The hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 extending from the transmission case side connection portion 102 </ b> B and the valve unit side connection portions 107 </ b> A and 107 </ b> B are piped without protruding forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107.
　伝動ケース側の接続部１０２Ｂは、伝動ケース４３におけるオイルフィルタ１３０よりも下方の位置に配備している。そして、オイルフィルタ側に位置する伝動ケース側の接続部１０２Ｂに接続する油圧管１３４を、オイルフィルタ１３０の下方を通して配管している。 The transmission case-side connecting portion 102 </ b> B is disposed at a position below the oil filter 130 in the transmission case 43. A hydraulic pipe 134 connected to the transmission case side connecting portion 102 </ b> B located on the oil filter side is piped below the oil filter 130.
　伝動ケース４３は選択歯車式の変速機４７を内蔵している。変速機４７は、その変速操作軸７３を伝動ケース４３の前壁から前方に突出させている。変速操作軸７３は、伝動ケース４３におけるオイルフィルタ１３０よりも上方の位置に配備している。そして、変速操作軸７３と一体で動く連係アーム７７を変速操作軸７３の突出部から搭乗運転部側に延出させている。 The transmission case 43 incorporates a transmission 47 of a selection gear type. The transmission 47 has a shift operation shaft 73 protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43. The speed change operation shaft 73 is disposed at a position above the oil filter 130 in the transmission case 43. A linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is extended from the protruding portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 toward the boarding operation portion.
　伝動ケース４３は、その内部に左右の走行装置７を個別に制動する左右のサイドブレーキ８４を備えている。そして、搭乗運転部側に配置するサイドブレーキ８４によって駐車ブレーキ１１２を構成している。駐車ブレーキ１１２は、その制動操作軸１１６を、伝動ケース４３における搭乗運転部側の側壁から搭乗運転部側に突出させている。 The transmission case 43 includes left and right side brakes 84 for braking the left and right traveling devices 7 individually. And the parking brake 112 is comprised by the side brake 84 arrange | positioned at the boarding operation part side. The parking brake 112 protrudes the braking operation shaft 116 from the side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation part side to the boarding operation part side.
　伝動ケース４３は、搭乗運転部側の側壁に無段変速装置１２を装備している。無段変速装置１２は、その変速操作軸４０を無段変速装置１２における変速ケース３０の前壁から前方に突出させている。 The transmission case 43 is equipped with the continuously variable transmission 12 on the side wall on the boarding operation part side. The continuously variable transmission 12 has the shift operation shaft 40 protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 30 in the continuously variable transmission 12.
　伝動ケース４３は、そのケース内の下部側に、走行車体１に備えた左右の走行装置７に個別に伝動する左右の伝動機構４９を備えている。そして、その前壁における下部側の内面に、オイル吸込口４３Ｄを、左右の伝動機構４９の間に位置するように形成し、かつ、
　その前壁に、オイル吸込口４３Ｄからオイルフィルタ１３０のオイル流入口１３０Ａにわたる内部油路４３Ｅを形成している。又、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５とに分割可能に構成して、オイル吸込口４３Ｄ及び内部油路４３Ｅを、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５４Ａ，５５Ａに形成している。 The transmission case 43 includes left and right transmission mechanisms 49 that individually transmit to the left and right traveling devices 7 included in the traveling vehicle body 1 on the lower side in the case. And on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall, an oil suction port 43D is formed so as to be positioned between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and
An internal oil passage 43E extending from the oil suction port 43D to the oil inlet 130A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall. Further, the oil suction port 43D and the internal oil passage 43E are formed on the mating surfaces 54A and 55A of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 so as to be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55. ing.
　伝動ケース４３は、その前壁におけるオイルフィルタ１３０の下方箇所に、伝動ケース４３に対してオイルフィルタ１３０を着脱する際に、オイルフィルタ１３０などから漏れ出す虞のあるオイルを受け止めて所定箇所に案内するオイルガイド４３Ｆを形成している。 The transmission case 43 receives oil that may leak from the oil filter 130 or the like when the oil filter 130 is attached to or detached from the transmission case 43 at a position below the oil filter 130 on the front wall and guides it to a predetermined location. An oil guide 43F is formed.
　以下、本発明を実施するための形態の一例として、本発明に係る収穫機用の伝動装置を、収穫機の一例である普通型コンバイン（全稈投入型コンバイン）に適用した実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。 Hereinafter, as an example of an embodiment for carrying out the present invention, an embodiment in which a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention is applied to a normal combine (an all-fired combine combine) that is an example of a harvester is shown in the drawings. This will be explained based on.
　図１に示すように、本実施形態で例示する普通型コンバインは、走行車体１における前端部の左側箇所に、作業走行時に車体の前方に位置する収穫対象の未刈り穀稈を刈り取って後方に搬送する収穫装置としての刈取搬送装置２を、走行車体１の前方に向けて延出する状態で昇降可能に連結している。又、走行車体１の左半部に、刈取搬送装置２が搬送した刈取穀稈に扱き処理を施し、この扱き処理で得た処理物に選別処理を施す脱穀装置３を搭載している。更に、走行車体１における右半部の後側領域に、脱穀装置３の底部から揚送コンベヤ（図示せず）を介して揚送した穀粒をホッパ４Ａに一旦貯留して、その穀粒の籾袋５への詰め込みを可能にする袋詰装置４を搭載している。そして、これらにより、稲や麦あるいは大豆などの穀物を収穫し、収穫した穀物の袋詰めを可能にする袋詰め仕様に構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the ordinary combine illustrated in the present embodiment harvests unharvested cereals to be harvested that are located in front of the vehicle body at the left side of the front end portion of the traveling vehicle body 1 to the rear. A cutting and conveying device 2 as a harvesting device to be conveyed is connected so as to be movable up and down in a state of extending toward the front of the traveling vehicle body 1. Further, a threshing device 3 is mounted on the left half of the traveling vehicle body 1 to perform a handling process on the harvested cereal mash conveyed by the harvesting conveyance apparatus 2 and to perform a sorting process on a processed product obtained by the handling process. Furthermore, the grain lifted from the bottom of the threshing device 3 via the lifting conveyor (not shown) is temporarily stored in the hopper 4A in the rear region of the right half of the traveling vehicle body 1, and the grain of the grain is stored. A bagging device 4 that enables packing into the bag 5 is mounted. By these, grains such as rice, wheat, and soybean are harvested, and the bagging specifications that enable bagging of the harvested grains are configured.
　尚、図示は省略するが、普通型コンバインは、袋詰め仕様に代えて、例えば、袋詰装置４の代わりに、揚送コンベヤにて揚送した穀粒を貯留する穀粒タンク、及び、穀粒タンクに貯留した穀粒の機外への排出を可能にするスクリュ搬送式又はバケット搬送式などの穀粒排出装置を装備する穀粒タンク仕様に構成してもよい。 In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, instead of a bagging specification, a normal type combine will be replaced with the bagging apparatus 4, for example, the grain tank which stores the grain lifted with the lifting conveyor, and grain You may comprise in the grain tank specification equipped with grain discharging apparatuses, such as a screw conveyance type or a bucket conveyance type, which enables discharge | emission of the grain stored in the grain tank out of the machine.
　図１、図３、図４及び図６に示すように、走行車体１は、角パイプ材などの複数の鋼材を連結して構成した車体フレーム６を備え、この車体フレーム６の下部に、左右の走行装置７として左右のクローラ７を配備してフルクローラ仕様に構成している。又、車体フレーム６における右半部の前側領域に搭乗運転部８を形成し、搭乗運転部８の後部側に備えた運転座席９の下方に水冷式のディーゼルエンジン（以下、エンジンと称する）１０などを配備している。そして、車体フレーム６における前部の左右中央側箇所に、エンジン１０の出力軸（図示せず）から左右のクローラ７への伝動を可能にするベルト式の伝動機構１１と、外部機器Ａとしての静油圧式の無段変速装置（以下、ＨＳＴと称する）１２と、伝動装置１３とを配備している。 As shown in FIGS. 1, 3, 4, and 6, the traveling vehicle body 1 includes a vehicle body frame 6 configured by connecting a plurality of steel materials such as a square pipe material. The left and right crawlers 7 are arranged as the traveling device 7 and are configured to be full crawler specifications. A boarding operation unit 8 is formed in the front half region of the right half of the vehicle body frame 6, and a water-cooled diesel engine (hereinafter referred to as an engine) 10 is provided below a driver seat 9 provided on the rear side of the boarding operation unit 8. Etc. are deployed. A belt-type transmission mechanism 11 that enables transmission from the output shaft (not shown) of the engine 10 to the left and right crawlers 7 at the front left and right central positions of the body frame 6, and an external device A A hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (hereinafter referred to as HST) 12 and a transmission 13 are provided.
　尚、図示は省略するが、走行車体１は、フルクローラ仕様に代えて、例えば、左右の走行装置７として左右の前輪と左右の後輪とを装備するホイール仕様、あるいは、左右の走行装置７として左右の前輪と左右の後部クローラとを装備するセミクローラ仕様、などに構成してもよい。又、水冷式のディーゼルエンジン１０に代えて、例えば、空冷式のディーゼルエンジン、あるいは、水冷式又は空冷式のガソリンエンジン、などを装備してもよい。更に、エンジン１０と電動式の走行モータとを備えるハイブリッド仕様、あるいは、エンジン１０に代えて電動式の走行モータを備える電動仕様に構成してもよい。又、搭乗運転部８を車体フレーム６における左半部の前側箇所などに形成してもよい。更に、搭乗運転部８を覆うキャビンを装備してもよい。 In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, instead of the full crawler specification, the traveling vehicle body 1 is equipped with, for example, a wheel specification equipped with left and right front wheels and left and right rear wheels as the left and right traveling devices 7, or the left and right traveling devices 7. As a semi-crawler specification equipped with left and right front wheels and left and right rear crawlers, etc. Instead of the water-cooled diesel engine 10, for example, an air-cooled diesel engine or a water-cooled or air-cooled gasoline engine may be provided. Furthermore, a hybrid specification including the engine 10 and an electric traveling motor, or an electric specification including an electric traveling motor instead of the engine 10 may be configured. Further, the boarding operation unit 8 may be formed at the front side portion of the left half of the vehicle body frame 6 or the like. Furthermore, you may equip the cabin which covers the boarding operation part 8. FIG.
　図１に示すように、車体フレーム６は、その搭乗運転部形成領域に台座部６Ａを備えており、この台座部６Ａに搭乗運転部８を形成することにより、搭乗運転部８の全体をＨＳＴ１２及び伝動装置１３よりも上方の位置に配備している。 As shown in FIG. 1, the vehicle body frame 6 includes a pedestal portion 6A in the boarding operation portion formation region. By forming the boarding operation portion 8 on the pedestal portion 6A, the entire boarding operation portion 8 is made HST12. And it arrange | positions in the position above the transmission device 13. FIG.
　搭乗運転部８は、台座部６Ａの前端部位に立設したフロントパネル１４、及び、台座部６Ａの左端部位にフロントパネル１４の左端部に連接する状態で立設したサイドパネル１５、などにより、車体右側からの乗降が可能な搭乗空間を形成している。そして、フロントパネル１４の上部に、十字揺動式で中立復帰型に構成した操縦レバー１６などを配備している。又、サイドパネル１５の上部に、前後揺動式で位置保持型に構成した主変速レバー１７及び副変速レバー１８などを配備している。更に、その足元箇所に、踏み込み解除位置へのバネ付勢に抗した踏み込み位置での位置保持が可能な自己復帰型に構成したブレーキペダル１９を配備している。 The boarding operation unit 8 includes a front panel 14 erected at the front end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, a side panel 15 erected in a state connected to the left end portion of the front panel 14 at the left end portion of the pedestal portion 6A, and the like. A boarding space that allows passengers to enter and exit from the right side of the vehicle is formed. In addition, on the upper part of the front panel 14, a control lever 16 that is configured to be a cross swing type and a neutral return type is provided. Further, on the upper part of the side panel 15, a main transmission lever 17 and a sub transmission lever 18 which are configured to be position-holding and swing back and forth are provided. Furthermore, a brake pedal 19 configured as a self-returning type capable of maintaining the position at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed position is provided at the foot portion.
　刈取搬送装置２は、収穫対象の穀稈を刈り取って所定位置に回収する刈取回収ユニット２０と、所定位置に回収した刈取穀稈を脱穀装置３の穀稈投入口（図示せず）に向けて搬送するスラットコンベヤからなるフィーダ２１とを装備している。 The reaping and conveying apparatus 2 reapers the harvested culm and collects it at a predetermined position, and directs the harvested cereal collected at the predetermined position toward the culm input (not shown) of the threshing device 3. It is equipped with a feeder 21 consisting of a slat conveyor for conveying.
　刈取回収ユニット２０は、その前端部の左右両端箇所に、車体の走行に伴って、未刈り穀稈を収穫対象の穀稈と収穫対象外の穀稈とに梳き分ける左右のデバイダ２２を分配装備している。又、その前部の上方箇所に、左右のデバイダ２２によって梳き分けた収穫対象穀稈の穂先側を後方に向けて掻き込む回転リール２３を配備している。更に、その底部に、収穫対象穀稈の株元側を切断するバリカン形の切断機構２４を装備し、その切断機構２４の後方箇所に、切断機構２４による切断後の刈取穀稈を左右方向の所定位置に寄せ集めて、その所定位置から後方のフィーダ２１に向けて送り出すオーガドラム２５を配備している。 The harvesting and collecting unit 20 distributes left and right dividers 22 at both the left and right ends of the front end of the front and rear parts to separate the uncut harvested potatoes into harvested and unharvested grains. is doing. In addition, a rotating reel 23 is disposed at an upper portion of the front part, and the tip of the harvested grain culm divided by the left and right dividers 22 is scraped back. Furthermore, the bottom is equipped with a clipper-shaped cutting mechanism 24 that cuts the stock source side of the harvested cereal, and the harvested cereal after cutting by the cutting mechanism 24 is placed in the left-right direction at the rear portion of the cutting mechanism 24. An auger drum 25 that is gathered at a predetermined position and sent from the predetermined position toward the rear feeder 21 is provided.
　フィーダ２１は、刈取回収ユニット２０における所定位置の真後ろに形成した穀稈送出口（図示せず）から脱穀装置３の穀稈投入口（図示せず）にわたるように構成している。そして、その後端部に、刈取搬送装置２の入力軸を兼ねる左右向きのフィーダ駆動軸２６を装備し、このフィーダ駆動軸２６を脱穀装置３の前壁に相対回転可能に連結している。 The feeder 21 is configured to extend from a cereal feed outlet (not shown) formed immediately behind a predetermined position in the harvesting and collecting unit 20 to a cereal inlet (not shown) of the threshing apparatus 3. The rear end portion is equipped with a left-right feeder drive shaft 26 that also serves as an input shaft of the cutting and conveying device 2, and the feeder drive shaft 26 is connected to the front wall of the threshing device 3 so as to be relatively rotatable.
　図２に示すように、刈取搬送装置２は、昇降用の油圧制御ユニット２７の作動によってフィーダ駆動軸２６を支点にして昇降するように構成している。油圧制御ユニット２７には、オイルタンク２８に貯留したオイルを第１油圧ポンプ２９の作動によって供給している。油圧制御ユニット２７は、車体フレーム６とフィーダ２１とにわたって架設した油圧式の昇降シリンダ（図示せず）、及び、この昇降シリンダに対する操作圧を変更する昇降用のバルブユニット（図示せず）、などを備えている。昇降用のバルブユニットは、操縦レバー１６に昇降用の機械式連係機構（図示せず）を介して連係している。そして、操縦レバー１６の前後方向での揺動操作に基づいて、オイルタンク２８と第１油圧ポンプ２９と昇降シリンダとの間におけるオイルの流れを制御することにより、昇降シリンダに対する操作圧を変更するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to move up and down with the feeder drive shaft 26 as a fulcrum by the operation of a hydraulic control unit 27 for lifting and lowering. The oil stored in the oil tank 28 is supplied to the hydraulic control unit 27 by the operation of the first hydraulic pump 29. The hydraulic control unit 27 includes a hydraulic lift cylinder (not shown) installed over the vehicle body frame 6 and the feeder 21, a lift valve unit (not shown) for changing the operating pressure on the lift cylinder, and the like. It has. The raising / lowering valve unit is linked to the control lever 16 via a raising / lowering mechanical linkage mechanism (not shown). Based on the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the flow of oil between the oil tank 28, the first hydraulic pump 29, and the lifting cylinder is controlled to change the operating pressure on the lifting cylinder. It is configured as follows.
　この構成から、操縦レバー１６を前後方向に揺動操作することにより、刈取搬送装置２を、収穫対象の未刈り穀稈を収穫する下側の作業領域と収穫しない上側の非作業位置とに昇降させることができる。そして、作業領域においては、収穫対象穀稈に対する切断機構２４の高さ位置を変更する刈り高さ調節を行うことができ、これにより、刈取搬送装置２の作業位置を任意の高さ位置に設定変更することができる。 From this configuration, by swinging the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, the cutting and conveying device 2 is moved up and down to a lower work area for harvesting unharvested cereal to be harvested and an upper non-work position for not harvesting. Can be made. In the work area, the cutting height can be adjusted by changing the height position of the cutting mechanism 24 with respect to the harvest target cereal, thereby setting the work position of the cutting and conveying device 2 to an arbitrary height position. Can be changed.
　つまり、刈取搬送装置２は、操縦レバー１６の前後方向への揺動操作によって、下側の作業領域における任意の作業位置と上側の非作業位置とにわたって昇降変位するように構成している。 That is, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is configured to be displaced up and down over an arbitrary work position in the lower work area and an upper non-work position by a swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction.
　図１に示すように、刈取搬送装置２は、任意の作業位置に位置する場合には、少なくとも伝動装置１３における上部の前方を覆う状態（図１にて実線で示す状態）になり、非作業位置に位置する場合には、伝動装置１３における上下方向全域の前方を開放する状態（図１にて二点鎖線で示す状態）になるように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1, when the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is located at an arbitrary work position, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 is in a state of covering at least the front of the upper portion of the transmission device 13 (state indicated by a solid line in FIG. 1) When located at the position, the transmission device 13 is configured to open the front in the entire vertical direction (state indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1).
　尚、刈取搬送装置２は、例えば、前後揺動式で中立復帰型に構成した昇降操作専用の操作レバー、又は、昇降操作専用のスイッチ、などの操作に基づいて昇降するように構成してもよい。又、作業位置と伝動装置１３の前方を開放する非作業位置とにわたって、横方向に摺動変位又は揺動変位するように構成してもよい。 For example, the cutting and conveying apparatus 2 may be configured to move up and down based on an operation of an operation lever dedicated to lifting operation or a switch dedicated to lifting operation that is configured to swing back and forth and be in a neutral return type. Good. Moreover, you may comprise so that a sliding displacement or rocking | displacement may be carried out laterally over a working position and the non-working position which open | releases the front of the transmission device 13. FIG.
　図３～図７に示すように、ＨＳＴ１２は、変速ケース３０に油圧ポンプ３１と油圧モータ３２とを内蔵して構成している。又、油圧ポンプ３１のポンプ軸がＨＳＴ１２の入力軸３３になり、かつ、油圧モータ３２のモータ軸がＨＳＴ１２の出力軸３４になるように構成している。そして、その入力軸３３及び出力軸３４が左右向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ３１の真下に油圧モータ３２が位置する縦長の左右向き姿勢で走行車体１に装備している。 As shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7, the HST 12 is configured by incorporating a hydraulic pump 31 and a hydraulic motor 32 in a transmission case 30. The pump shaft of the hydraulic pump 31 is configured as the input shaft 33 of the HST 12, and the motor shaft of the hydraulic motor 32 is configured as the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. The traveling vehicle body 1 is mounted in a vertically long and horizontal posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 with the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 being left and right.
　変速ケース３０は、油圧ポンプ３１と油圧モータ３２とを収納する凹部３５Ａを備えたケース本体３５、及び、凹部３５Ａを塞ぐポートブロック３６、などを備えている。油圧ポンプ３１には、アキシャルプランジャ形の可変容量ポンプを採用している。油圧モータ３２には、アキシャルプランジャ形の固定容量モータを採用している。ＨＳＴ１２の入力軸３３及び出力軸３４は、ポートブロック３６を貫通してケース外に突出している。ＨＳＴ１２の入力軸３３には、ベルト式の伝動機構１１の出力プーリ３７を、中継軸３８などを介して、出力プーリ３７と入力軸３３とが入力軸３３の軸心を中心にして一体回転する状態に連動連結している。ポートブロック３６は、その上部側に入力軸３３が貫通する入力部を備え、かつ、その下部側に出力軸３４が貫通する出力部を備えている。そして、その入力部に、入力軸３３及び中継軸３８などを外囲する筒状の入力ケース３９の一端部をボルト連結している。又、その出力部を伝動装置１３の入力部に連接した状態で伝動装置１３の右側面の上部にボルト連結している。 The transmission case 30 includes a case body 35 having a recess 35A that houses the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32, a port block 36 that closes the recess 35A, and the like. As the hydraulic pump 31, an axial plunger type variable displacement pump is adopted. The hydraulic motor 32 is an axial plunger type fixed capacity motor. The input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 pass through the port block 36 and protrude out of the case. The output pulley 37 of the belt-type transmission mechanism 11 is integrally rotated with the input shaft 33 of the HST 12 around the axis of the input shaft 33 via the relay shaft 38 and the like. Linked to the state. The port block 36 includes an input portion through which the input shaft 33 penetrates at an upper portion thereof, and an output portion through which the output shaft 34 penetrates at a lower portion thereof. And the one end part of the cylindrical input case 39 which encloses the input shaft 33, the relay shaft 38, etc. is bolt-connected to the input part. Further, the output portion is connected to the upper portion of the right side surface of the transmission device 13 in a state where the output portion is connected to the input portion of the transmission device 13.
　ＨＳＴ１２は、油圧ポンプ３１のポンプ斜板（図示せず）を操作する変速操作軸４０を、変速ケース３０の前壁から前方に突出する状態で備えている。変速操作軸４０は、主変速レバー１７の前後方向での揺動操作に連動して、ポンプ斜板の操作角が主変速レバー１７の操作位置に対応した角度に変更されるように、その前端部に備えた連係アーム４１を、主変速用の機械式連係機構４２を介して主変速レバー１７に連係している。 The HST 12 includes a speed change operation shaft 40 for operating a pump swash plate (not shown) of the hydraulic pump 31 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. The speed change operation shaft 40 has its front end so that the operation angle of the pump swash plate is changed to an angle corresponding to the operation position of the main speed change lever 17 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the main speed change lever 17 in the front-rear direction. The linkage arm 41 provided in the section is linked to the main transmission lever 17 via a main transmission mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
　つまり、ＨＳＴ１２は、主変速装置として機能するように構成した状態で走行車体１に装備している。 That is, the HST 12 is mounted on the traveling vehicle body 1 in a state where it is configured to function as a main transmission.
　図２に示すように、ＨＳＴ１２は、その内部に備えたチャージポンプ（図示せず）などの作動により、オイルタンク２８に貯留したオイルを補充するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the HST 12 is configured to replenish oil stored in the oil tank 28 by operation of a charge pump (not shown) provided therein.
　尚、図示は省略するが、ＨＳＴ１２は、例えば、その入力軸３３及び出力軸３４が前後向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ３１の真下に油圧モータ３２が位置する縦長の前後向き姿勢、あるいは、その入力軸３３及び出力軸３４が左右向きになる状態で油圧ポンプ３１と油圧モータ３２とが前後に並ぶ前後に長い左右向き姿勢、などで走行車体１に装備してもよい。又、油圧モータ３２としてアキシャルプランジャ形の可変容量モータを装備してもよい。 Although not shown, the HST 12 is, for example, a vertically long front-and-back posture in which the hydraulic motor 32 is positioned directly below the hydraulic pump 31 in a state where the input shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 are front-back or the input thereof. The traveling vehicle body 1 may be mounted in a laterally long posture before and after the hydraulic pump 31 and the hydraulic motor 32 are arranged in the front-rear direction with the shaft 33 and the output shaft 34 facing left-right. Further, an axial plunger type variable displacement motor may be provided as the hydraulic motor 32.
　次に、伝動装置１３の全体構成及び伝動ケース４３の構成について説明する。 Next, the overall configuration of the transmission device 13 and the configuration of the transmission case 43 will be described.
　図３～図９に示すように、伝動装置１３は、鋳造性の伝動ケース４３に、左右向きの入力軸４４と従動軸４５とサイドクラッチ軸４６、コンスタントメッシュ式の選択歯車式に構成した変速機４７、一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８、及び、左右の伝動機構４９、などを内蔵して構成している。そして、伝動ケース４３の下部から左右の対応するクローラ７にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸５０、及び、左右の走行駆動軸５０を個別に外囲した状態で回転可能に支持する左右の駆動軸ケース５１、などを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 9, the transmission 13 includes a castable transmission case 43, a left-right input shaft 44, a driven shaft 45, a side clutch shaft 46, and a constant mesh type selection gear type. A machine 47, a pair of side clutch brake units 48, a left and right transmission mechanism 49, and the like are built in. The left and right traveling drive shafts 50 extending from the lower portion of the transmission case 43 to the corresponding crawlers 7 on the left and right sides, and the left and right drive shafts that rotatably support the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in an individually enclosed state. Case 51 is provided.
　伝動ケース４３は、主ケース部品５２と左右の補助ケース部品５３とを備えている。主ケース部品５２は、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５とに分割可能な左右二分割構造に構成している。そして、左右のケース部材５４，５５をボルト連結することにより、その内部空間として第１空間部５６と補助空間部５７とを備えるように構成している。又、その左右の側壁の下部側には、主ケース部品５２の内部に向けて凹入する凹入部５２Ａを備えている。そして、主ケース部品５２の左右の側壁に、それらの凹入部５２Ａを覆う状態で左右の補助ケース部品５３をボルト連結することにより、左右の側壁と左右の補助ケース部品５３との間に左右の第２空間部５８を備えるように構成している。 The transmission case 43 includes a main case part 52 and left and right auxiliary case parts 53. The main case component 52 has a left and right divided structure that can be divided into a left case member 54 and a right case member 55. The left and right case members 54 and 55 are connected to each other by bolts so that the first space 56 and the auxiliary space 57 are provided as internal spaces. In addition, on the lower side of the left and right side walls, a recessed portion 52A that is recessed toward the inside of the main case component 52 is provided. Then, the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are bolted to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 so as to cover the recessed portions 52A, so that the left and right side case and the left and right auxiliary case parts 53 are left and right. A second space 58 is provided.
　つまり、伝動ケース４３は、その内部空間として第１空間部５６と補助空間部５７と左右の第２空間部５８とを備えている。 That is, the transmission case 43 includes a first space 56, an auxiliary space 57, and left and right second spaces 58 as internal spaces.
　図３～図７、図９及び図１０に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その搭乗運転部側となる右側壁の上部に、ＨＳＴ１２のポートブロック３６に備えた出力部に連接する入力部を備えている。そして、その入力部にポートブロック３６の出力部を連接させた状態で、その右側壁の上部にＨＳＴ１２をボルト連結によって装備している。 As shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7, FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, the transmission case 43 has an input part connected to the output part provided in the port block 36 of the HST 12 at the upper part of the right side wall on the boarding operation part side. I have. And with the output part of the port block 36 connected to the input part, the HST 12 is equipped on the upper part of the right side wall by bolt connection.
　伝動装置１３の入力軸４４は、その入力側の端部となる右端部を、伝動ケース４３に連接する外部機器Ａとして備えたＨＳＴ１２の出力軸３４に、筒軸５９を介してスプライン嵌合することにより、出力軸３４の軸心を中心にして出力軸３４と一体回転するように構成している。伝動ケース４３は、その左側壁の上部側に、入力軸４４における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部となる左端部を露出させる第１開口４３Ａを備えている。 The input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is spline-fitted via the cylindrical shaft 59 to the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 provided with the right end portion serving as the input side end portion thereof as the external device A connected to the transmission case 43. Thus, the output shaft 34 is configured to rotate integrally with the output shaft 34 around the axis. The transmission case 43 includes a first opening 43 </ b> A that exposes a left end portion that is an end portion of the input shaft 44 opposite to the input side end portion on the upper side of the left side wall.
　これにより、ＨＳＴ１２の中立調節を行う場合には、主変速レバー１７を中立位置に操作した状態においてＨＳＴ１２の出力軸３４が停止しているか否かの確認を、第１開口４３Ａから露出している入力軸４４の左端部を目視することによって簡単に行うことができる。つまり、ＨＳＴ１２の中立調節を簡単かつ確実に行うことができる。 As a result, when the neutral adjustment of the HST 12 is performed, it is exposed from the first opening 43A whether or not the output shaft 34 of the HST 12 is stopped when the main transmission lever 17 is operated to the neutral position. This can be easily performed by visually observing the left end portion of the input shaft 44. That is, neutral adjustment of the HST 12 can be performed easily and reliably.
　尚、伝動ケース４３に連接する外部機器Ａとして、例えば、ベルト式の無段変速装置、油圧機械式の無段変速装置（ＨＭＴ）、ベルト式の伝動機構、あるいは、電動モータ、などを備えるようにしてもよい。 The external device A connected to the transmission case 43 includes, for example, a belt-type continuously variable transmission, a hydraulic mechanical continuously variable transmission (HMT), a belt-type transmission mechanism, or an electric motor. It may be.
　次に、伝動装置１３における変速機４７に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to the transmission 47 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図６、図７、図９及び図１０に示すように、変速機４７は、伝動ケース４３における第１空間部５６の上部に、畦越え走行時などに使用する使用頻度が最も低い低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤ６０と低速従動ギヤ６１、作業走行時などに使用する使用頻度が比較的高い中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤ６２と中速従動ギヤ６３、作業走行時や移動走行時などに使用する使用頻度が最も高い高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤ６４と高速従動ギヤ６５、及び、それらのギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構６６、などを配備して、シフト機構６６のギヤ選択操作による３段の変速が可能となるように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6, 7, 9, and 10, the transmission 47 is provided at the upper portion of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43 for low-speed transmission that is least frequently used when traveling over a bridge. The low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 for medium-speed transmission, which are used relatively frequently during work travel, and the like during work travel and travel travel. A high-speed drive gear 64 and a high-speed driven gear 65 for high-speed transmission, which are used most frequently, and a shift mechanism 66 that enables gear selection operation thereof are provided, and the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 is performed. It is configured so that a three-stage shift is possible.
　各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４は、低速駆動ギヤ６０を、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４にスプライン嵌合する筒軸５９に一体形成し、中速駆動ギヤ６２及び高速駆動ギヤ６４を伝動装置１３の入力軸４４にスプライン嵌合することにより、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４に、その軸心を中心にして伝動装置１３の入力軸４４と一体回転する状態で装備している。又、低速駆動ギヤ６０が入力軸４４の右端側に位置し、中速駆動ギヤ６２が入力軸４４の左端側に位置し、高速駆動ギヤ６４が入力軸４４の中央側に位置する状態に配置設定している。つまり、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４が、各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４を一体回転する状態に支持する変速機４７の駆動軸を兼ねるように構成している。 In each of the drive gears 60, 62, and 64, the low-speed drive gear 60 is integrally formed with a cylindrical shaft 59 that is spline-fitted to the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13. By being spline-fitted to the input shaft 44, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is equipped so as to rotate integrally with the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 around its axis. The low speed drive gear 60 is located on the right end side of the input shaft 44, the medium speed drive gear 62 is located on the left end side of the input shaft 44, and the high speed drive gear 64 is located on the center side of the input shaft 44. It is set. That is, the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 is configured to also serve as the drive shaft of the transmission 47 that supports the drive gears 60, 62, and 64 so as to rotate together.
　各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５は、入力軸４４の下方に隣接配備した従動軸４５に相対回転可能に外嵌装備している。又、それらの一端側に、対応する駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４と常に噛み合う状態のギヤ部６１Ａ，６３Ａ，６５Ａを備え、かつ、それらの他端側にギヤ選択用の連係部Ｂａとしてスプラインボス部６１Ｂ，６３Ｂ，６５Ｂを備えて、シフト機構６６に連係する連係ギヤＢに構成している。そして、低速従動ギヤ６１を、そのギヤ部６１Ａが従動軸４５の右端側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部６１Ｂが従動軸４５の中央側に位置する状態で従動軸４５の右端側に配備している。又、中速従動ギヤ６３を、そのギヤ部６３Ａが従動軸４５の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部６３Ｂが従動軸４５の左端側に位置する状態で従動軸４５の中央側に配備している。更に、高速従動ギヤ６５を、そのギヤ部６５Ａが従動軸４５の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部６５Ｂが従動軸４５の右端側に位置する状態で従動軸４５の中央側に配備している。 Each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is externally fitted to a driven shaft 45 disposed adjacently below the input shaft 44 so as to be relatively rotatable. Further, gear portions 61A, 63A, 65A that are always meshed with the corresponding drive gears 60, 62, 64 are provided at one end side thereof, and a spline boss is provided as a gear selection linkage portion Ba at the other end side thereof. The parts 61 </ b> B, 63 </ b> B, and 65 </ b> B are provided, and the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66. The low-speed driven gear 61 is disposed on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 61A positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 61B positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45. is doing. Further, the medium-speed driven gear 63 is moved to the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 63A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45. Have deployed. Further, the high-speed driven gear 65 is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45 with the gear portion 65A positioned on the center side of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 65B positioned on the right end side of the driven shaft 45. is doing.
　シフト機構６６は、従動軸４５と一体回転する状態で従動軸４５に備えた第１スプライン軸部４５Ａと第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂ、第１スプライン軸部４５Ａにスプライン嵌合する第１シフタ６７、第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂにスプライン嵌合する第２シフタ６８、第１シフタ操作用の第１フォーク部６９Ａと第２シフタ操作用の第２フォーク部６９Ｂとを備えたシフトフォーク６９、シフトフォーク６９を相対摺動可能に支持する左右向きの変速支軸７０、シフトフォーク６９と変速支軸７０との間に介装した位置保持用のデテント機構７１、シフトフォーク６９を左右方向に摺動操作する操作アーム７２、及び、操作アーム７２を支持する前後向きの変速操作軸７３、などを備えて構成している。 The shift mechanism 66 includes a first spline shaft portion 45A and a second spline shaft portion 45B provided on the driven shaft 45 in a state of rotating integrally with the driven shaft 45, a first shifter 67 that is spline-fitted to the first spline shaft portion 45A, Shift fork 69, shift fork 69 provided with second shifter 68 that is spline fitted to second spline shaft portion 45B, first fork portion 69A for operating the first shifter, and second fork portion 69B for operating the second shifter The left and right shift support shafts 70 that support the slidable movement, the shift fork 69 and the position maintaining detent mechanism 71 interposed between the shift support shafts 70 and the shift forks 69 are slid in the left and right directions. An operation arm 72, a front-rear shift operation shaft 73 that supports the operation arm 72, and the like are provided.
　第１スプライン軸部４５Ａは、従動軸４５における低速従動ギヤ６１と高速従動ギヤ６５との間に位置する右側部位に一体形成している。そして、その左右に、低速従動ギヤ６１のスプラインボス部６１Ｂと高速従動ギヤ６５のスプラインボス部６５Ｂとが隣接することにより、低速用と高速用との２つの従動ギヤ６１，６５を連係の対象とする状態に構成している。 The first spline shaft portion 45 </ b> A is integrally formed on the right side portion of the driven shaft 45 located between the low speed driven gear 61 and the high speed driven gear 65. The spline boss portion 61B of the low-speed driven gear 61 and the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 are adjacent to the left and right sides, so that the two driven gears 61 and 65 for low-speed and high-speed use are linked. It is configured in the state.
　第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂは、従動軸４５の左端部に着脱可能にスプライン嵌合したスプラインボス７４により構成している。そして、その右側に中速従動ギヤ６３のスプラインボス部６３Ｂが隣接することにより、中速従動ギヤ６３のみを連係の対象とする状態に構成している。 The second spline shaft portion 45B is configured by a spline boss 74 that is detachably splined to the left end portion of the driven shaft 45. And the spline boss | hub part 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 adjoins the right side, and it is comprised in the state which makes only the medium speed driven gear 63 the object of a cooperation.
　第１シフタ６７及び第２シフタ６８は、シフトフォーク６９が変速支軸７０の軸上で変速支軸７０に沿って摺動するのに伴って、変速機４７の変速状態を、第１シフタ６７にて低速従動ギヤ６１のスプラインボス部６１Ｂを従動軸４５の第１スプライン軸部４５Ａにスプライン連係する低速伝動状態と、第２シフタ６８にて中速従動ギヤ６３のスプラインボス部６３Ｂを従動軸４５の第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂにスプライン連係する中速伝動状態と、第１シフタ６７にて高速従動ギヤ６５のスプラインボス部６５Ｂを従動軸４５の第１スプライン軸部４５Ａにスプライン連係する高速伝動状態との３段に切り替えるように構成している。 The first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 change the shift state of the transmission 47 as the shift fork 69 slides along the shift support shaft 70 on the shift support shaft 70. The spline boss portion 61B of the low speed driven gear 61 is splined to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 and the spline boss portion 63B of the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven to the driven shaft by the second shifter 68. The medium-speed transmission state in which the second spline shaft portion 45B of the driven shaft 45 is spline-coupled, and the high-speed transmission in which the spline boss portion 65B of the high-speed driven gear 65 is spline-coupled to the first spline shaft portion 45A of the driven shaft 45 by the first shifter 67. It is configured to switch to three stages with the state.
　図９及び図１０に示すように、デテント機構７１は、シフトフォーク６９の凹部６９Ｃに備えたボール７５と圧縮バネ７６、及び、変速支軸７０の外周面に環状に形成した３つの係合溝７０Ａ，７０Ｂ，７０Ｃ、などにより、シフトフォーク６９を、変速機４７の低速伝動状態に対応する低速位置と、変速機４７の中速伝動状態に対応する中速位置と、変速機４７の高速伝動状態に対応する高速位置とに係合保持するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the detent mechanism 71 includes a ball 75 and a compression spring 76 provided in the recess 69 </ b> C of the shift fork 69, and three engagement grooves formed annularly on the outer peripheral surface of the transmission support shaft 70. 70A, 70B, 70C, etc., to shift the shift fork 69 at a low speed position corresponding to the low speed transmission state of the transmission 47, a medium speed position corresponding to the medium speed transmission state of the transmission 47, and a high speed transmission of the transmission 47. It is configured to engage and hold at a high speed position corresponding to the state.
　図３～図５、図９及び図１０に示すように、変速機４７の操作アーム７２は、変速操作軸７３の軸心を中心にして左右方向に揺動し、その遊端部をシフトフォーク６９の相対変位を許容する状態でシフトフォーク６９に係合している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, 9 and 10, the operation arm 72 of the transmission 47 swings in the left-right direction around the axis of the speed change operation shaft 73, and its free end is shifted to the shift fork. The shift fork 69 is engaged in a state in which the relative displacement of 69 is allowed.
　変速操作軸７３は、伝動ケース４３の前壁を貫通し、伝動ケース４３の内部に位置する内端部に操作アーム７２を備え、かつ、伝動ケース４３の前壁から前方に突出する外端部に連係アーム７７を備えて、操作アーム７２と連係アーム７７とを連動連結している。 The speed change operation shaft 73 passes through the front wall of the transmission case 43, has an operation arm 72 at the inner end located inside the transmission case 43, and has an outer end protruding forward from the front wall of the transmission case 43. The operation arm 72 and the linkage arm 77 are interlocked and connected to each other.
　連係アーム７７は、副変速レバー１８の前後方向での揺動操作に連動して、シフトフォーク６９の操作位置が副変速レバー１８の操作位置に対応した位置に変更されるように、その遊端部を、副変速用の機械式連係機構７８を介して副変速レバー１８に連係している。 The linkage arm 77 has its free end so that the operation position of the shift fork 69 is changed to a position corresponding to the operation position of the sub transmission lever 18 in conjunction with the swinging operation of the sub transmission lever 18 in the front-rear direction. This portion is linked to the auxiliary transmission lever 18 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
　つまり、変速機４７は副変速装置として機能するように構成した状態で伝動ケース４３に内蔵している。 That is, the transmission 47 is built in the transmission case 43 in a state configured to function as an auxiliary transmission.
　上記の構成から、変速機４７は、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４から従動軸４５に伝動する状態で、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４と従動軸４５とにわたって装備している。そして、副変速レバー１８の操作に連動したシフト機構６６のギヤ選択操作によって従動軸４５に連動連結する従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５を選択することにより、その伝動状態が、ＨＳＴ１２の出力軸３４からの動力を、低速駆動ギヤ６０及び低速従動ギヤ６１を介して従動軸４５に伝達する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ６２及び中速従動ギヤ６３を介して従動軸４５に伝達する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ６４及び高速従動ギヤ６５を介して従動軸４５に伝達する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるように構成している。 From the above configuration, the transmission 47 is equipped across the input shaft 44 and the driven shaft 45 of the transmission device 13 in a state where the transmission 47 is transmitted from the input shaft 44 of the transmission device 13 to the driven shaft 45. Then, by selecting the driven gears 61, 63, 65 linked to the driven shaft 45 by the gear selection operation of the shift mechanism 66 that is linked to the operation of the auxiliary transmission lever 18, the transmission state is changed from the output shaft 34 of the HST 12. Is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61, and is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63. It is configured to selectively switch between a state and a high-speed transmission state that is transmitted to the driven shaft 45 via the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65.
　そして、この変速機４７においては、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４を変速機４７の駆動軸に兼用することから、例えば、入力軸４４とは別構成の専用の駆動軸を入力軸４４と平行に設ける場合に比較して、入力軸４４から駆動軸に伝動するギヤなどの伝動構造を不要にすることができる。その結果、伝動ケース内での伝動構造の簡素化による製造の容易化や伝動装置１３の小型軽量化などを図ることができる。 In this transmission 47, since the input shaft 44 of the transmission 13 is also used as the drive shaft of the transmission 47, for example, a dedicated drive shaft different from the input shaft 44 is parallel to the input shaft 44. Compared with the case where it is provided, a transmission structure such as a gear that transmits from the input shaft 44 to the drive shaft can be eliminated. As a result, it is possible to facilitate manufacture by simplifying the transmission structure in the transmission case and reduce the size and weight of the transmission device 13.
　又、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５を相対回転可能に支持し、かつ、第１シフタ６７及び第２シフタ６８を相対摺動可能に支持する従動軸４５を入力軸４４よりも下方の位置に配備することにより、伝動ケース４３に貯留する潤滑オイルの表面高さを低くすることができ、伝動ケース４３におけるオイル貯留量を少なくすることができる。その結果、オイル交換に要する作業時間の短縮やコストの削減、及び、伝動装置１３の軽量化、などを図ることができる。 Further, the driven shaft 45 that supports the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to be relatively rotatable and supports the first shifter 67 and the second shifter 68 so as to be relatively slidable is located at a position below the input shaft 44. By deploying, the surface height of the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 can be reduced, and the amount of oil stored in the transmission case 43 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to shorten the work time required for the oil change, reduce the cost, and reduce the weight of the transmission device 13.
　更に、低速従動ギヤ６１と高速従動ギヤ６５との２つが、従動軸４５に備えた第１スプライン軸部４５Ａの連係対象となるように構成していることから、例えば、低速従動ギヤ６１を連係の対象とする低速専用のスプライン軸部と、高速従動ギヤ６５を連係の対象とする高速専用のスプライン軸部とを従動軸４５に備える場合に比較して、変速機４７におけるスプライン軸部及びシフタの装備数量を削減することができ、又、従動軸４５の長さを短くすることができる。その結果、変速機４７における構成の簡素化、及び、変速機４７の小型軽量化や伝動ケース４３に対する組み付け性の向上、などを図ることができる。 Furthermore, since the low-speed driven gear 61 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are configured to be linked with the first spline shaft portion 45A provided on the driven shaft 45, for example, the low-speed driven gear 61 is linked. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 has a spline shaft portion dedicated to low speed and a spline shaft portion dedicated to high speed driven gear 65, the spline shaft portion and shifter in the transmission 47 Can be reduced, and the length of the driven shaft 45 can be shortened. As a result, the configuration of the transmission 47 can be simplified, the transmission 47 can be reduced in size and weight, and the assembling property to the transmission case 43 can be improved.
　その上、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５のうち、入力軸４４の入力側端部である右端部から最も離れた位置に配置する中速従動ギヤ６３を、そのギヤ部６３Ａが従動軸４５の中央側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部６３Ｂが従動軸４５の左端側に位置する状態で従動軸４５に装備していることから、この中速従動ギヤ６３を、そのギヤ部６３Ａが従動軸４５の左端側に位置し、かつ、そのスプラインボス部６３Ｂが従動軸４５の中央側に位置する反対向きの状態で従動軸４５に装備する場合に比較して、この中速従動ギヤ６３に噛み合い連動する中速駆動ギヤ６２を右寄りに配置することができる。これにより、入力軸４４の左方への延出長さを従動軸４５よりも短くすることができる。又、入力軸４４の左端部を支持するために伝動ケース４３の左側壁に備えるベアリングなどの軸支部７９の位置を、その下方において従動軸４５の左端部を支持するために伝動ケース４３の左側壁に備えるベアリングなどの軸支部８０よりも右側に偏倚させることができる。その結果、伝動装置１３の上部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置１３の小型化を図ることができる。 In addition, among the driven gears 61, 63, 65, the medium-speed driven gear 63 disposed at the position farthest from the right end portion that is the input side end portion of the input shaft 44 is used. Since the driven shaft 45 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss portion 63B positioned on the left end side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is driven by the gear portion 63A. Compared with the case where the driven shaft 45 is mounted in the opposite direction in which the spline boss portion 63B is located on the left end side of the shaft 45 and located on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium speed driven gear 63 is The medium speed drive gear 62 that meshes with each other can be arranged on the right side. Thereby, the length of the input shaft 44 extending to the left can be made shorter than the driven shaft 45. Further, the position of the shaft support 79 such as a bearing provided on the left side wall of the transmission case 43 to support the left end portion of the input shaft 44, and the left side of the transmission case 43 to support the left end portion of the driven shaft 45 below it. It can be biased to the right side of the shaft support 80 such as a bearing provided on the wall. As a result, it is possible to reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left-right width at the top of the transmission device 13.
　そして、入力軸４４においては、各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４のうちの使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ６４を入力軸４４の中央側に配備し、この高速駆動ギヤ６４よりも使用頻度が低い低速駆動ギヤ６０と中速駆動ギヤ６２とを入力軸４４の軸端側に配備していることから、使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ６４を使用する高速伝動状態において入力軸４４にかかるトルクを、入力軸４４の両端部を支持するために伝動ケース４３の左右の側壁に備えた左右のベアリングなどの軸支部７９によってバランス良く受け止めることができる。つまり、左右の軸支部７９にかかるトルクが均等又は略均等になる時間を長くすることができ、その結果、使用頻度が最も高い高速駆動ギヤ６４を入力軸４４の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部７９にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部７９にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部７９の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 In the input shaft 44, the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency among the drive gears 60, 62, 64 is arranged on the center side of the input shaft 44, and the use frequency is lower than that of the high-speed drive gear 64. Since the low-speed drive gear 60 and the medium-speed drive gear 62 are arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44, the torque applied to the input shaft 44 in the high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 with the highest use frequency is used. In order to support both ends of the input shaft 44, the shaft support 79 such as left and right bearings provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 can be received in a balanced manner. That is, it is possible to lengthen the time during which the torque applied to the left and right shaft support portions 79 is equal or substantially equal, and as a result, when the high-speed drive gear 64 having the highest use frequency is provided on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44. Due to the fact that the time during which the torque applied to one shaft support 79 supporting the shaft end side is larger than the torque applied to the other shaft support 79 becomes longer, the durability of the one shaft support 79 is increased. It is possible to suppress the possibility that the replacement frequency will increase due to the decrease.
　又、従動軸４５においては、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５のうちの使用頻度が最も低い低速従動ギヤ６１を従動軸４５の右端側に配備し、この低速従動ギヤ６１よりも使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５とを従動軸４５の中央側に配備していることから、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ６３又は高速従動ギヤ６５を使用する中速伝動状態及び高速伝動状態において従動軸４５にかかるトルクを、従動軸４５の両端部を支持するために伝動ケース４３の左右の側壁に備えた左右のベアリングなどの軸支部８０によってバランス良く受け止めることができる。つまり、左右の軸支部８０にかかるトルクが均等又は略均等になる時間を長くすることができ、その結果、使用頻度が高い中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５とのいずれか一方又は双方を従動軸４５の軸端側に配備する場合に生じる、その軸端側を支持する一方の軸支部８０にかかるトルクが他方の軸支部８０にかかるトルクよりも大きくなる時間が長くなることに起因して、その一方の軸支部８０の耐久性が低下して交換頻度が高くなる虞を抑制することができる。 In the driven shaft 45, the low-speed driven gear 61 having the lowest usage frequency among the driven gears 61, 63, 65 is arranged on the right end side of the driven shaft 45, and the usage frequency is higher than that of the low-speed driven gear 61. Since the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are arranged on the center side of the driven shaft 45, the medium-speed transmission state and the high-speed transmission using the medium-speed driven gear 63 or the high-speed driven gear 65 that are frequently used are used. In this state, the torque applied to the driven shaft 45 can be received in a balanced manner by the shaft support portions 80 such as the left and right bearings provided on the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 in order to support both ends of the driven shaft 45. That is, it is possible to lengthen the time during which the torque applied to the left and right shaft support portions 80 is equal or substantially equal. As a result, either one or both of the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65 that are used frequently are reduced. This is because the time that the torque applied to one shaft support portion 80 that supports the shaft end side that occurs when the driven shaft 45 is arranged on the shaft end side becomes longer than the torque applied to the other shaft support portion 80 is longer. Thus, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the durability of one of the shaft support portions 80 is lowered and the replacement frequency is increased.
　ところで、この変速機４７において、第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂを構成するスプラインボス７４は、例えば、その外周面に形成する中速従動ギヤ６３に対する連係用の各スプライン７４ａを、スプラインボス７４の両端にわたる長さに形成すると、スプラインボス７４を従動軸４５にスプライン嵌合する際には、スプラインボス７４の向きを考慮することなく、そのスプライン嵌合を簡単に行うことができる。その反面、スプラインボス７４の向きにかかわらず、第２シフタ６８の摺動による中速従動ギヤ６３に対する連係操作を円滑に行えるようにするためには、各スプライン７４ａの両端部に加工費の高い面取り加工を施す必要があり、加工費の削減を図る上において改善の余地がある。 By the way, in this transmission 47, the spline boss 74 constituting the second spline shaft portion 45B includes, for example, each spline 74a linked to the medium-speed driven gear 63 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spline boss 74 over both ends of the spline boss 74. When the spline boss 74 is formed to have a length, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 by spline, the spline can be easily fitted without considering the direction of the spline boss 74. On the other hand, regardless of the orientation of the spline boss 74, in order to smoothly perform the linkage operation with respect to the medium speed driven gear 63 by the sliding of the second shifter 68, the processing cost is high at both ends of each spline 74a. Chamfering needs to be performed, and there is room for improvement in reducing processing costs.
　そこで、このスプラインボス７４においては、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプライン７４ａを形成し、これらのスプライン７４ａにおけるスプラインボス７４の端部に位置する一端部のみに前述した面取り加工を施すようにしている（図７及び図１０参照）。 Therefore, in the spline boss 74, a plurality of splines 74a for linking are formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface, and the chamfering process described above is performed only on one end portion of the spline 74a located at the end portion of the spline boss 74. (See FIGS. 7 and 10).
　これにより、各スプライン７４ａの両端部に面取り加工を施す場合に比較して加工費の削減を図れるようにしながら、スプラインボス７４を従動軸４５にスプライン嵌合する際には、このスプライン嵌合に適したスプラインボス７４の向きを、スプラインボス７４の外観から容易に視認することができ、スプラインボス７４の向きを間違えた状態でスプラインボス７４を従動軸４５にスプライン嵌合する誤組みの発生を防止することができる。 As a result, when the spline boss 74 is fitted to the driven shaft 45 while the chamfering process is performed on both ends of each spline 74a, it is possible to reduce the machining cost. Appropriate orientation of the spline boss 74 can be easily seen from the appearance of the spline boss 74, and the spline boss 74 can be mistakenly assembled to the driven shaft 45 with the spline boss 74 in the wrong direction. Can be prevented.
　尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔１〕～〔７〕に変速機４７に関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown, the following [1] to [7] illustrate other embodiments of the configuration related to the transmission 47.
〔１〕変速機４７は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、例えば、従動軸４５に相対摺動可能な状態で従動軸４５と一体回転するように外嵌した筒軸に、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５と、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構６６に連係するギヤ選択用の連係部とを備えて、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５を、それらがシフト機構６６の操作によって一体的に摺動する状態にシフト機構６６に連係される連係ギヤＢに構成して、シフト機構６６によるギヤ選択操作により、その変速状態が、低速駆動ギヤ６０と低速従動ギヤ６１とが噛み合い連動する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ６２と中速従動ギヤ６３とが噛み合い連動する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ６４と高速従動ギヤ６５とが噛み合い連動する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるスライディングメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [1] Instead of the constant mesh type, for example, the transmission 47 is configured so that each driven gear 61, 63 is mounted on a cylindrical shaft that is externally fitted so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 while being slidable relative to the driven shaft 45. , 65 and a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are slid integrally by operation of the shift mechanism 66. In the state, the linkage gear B is linked to the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 causes the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 to mesh with each other, A slice that selectively switches between a medium-speed transmission state in which the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are engaged and interlocked with each other, and a high-speed transmission state in which the high-speed drive gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 are engaged and interlocked. It may be configured to I ring mesh type.
〔２〕変速機４７は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、例えば、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５を、従動軸４５に個々に相対摺動可能な状態で従動軸４５と一体回転するように装備し、かつ、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５に、ギヤ選択操作用のシフト機構６６に連係するギヤ選択用の連係部を備えて、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５をシフト機構６６に連係する連係ギヤＢに構成するとともに、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５を、それらがシフト機構６６の操作によって一体的に摺動する状態にシフト機構６６に連係して、シフト機構６６によるギヤ選択操作により、その変速状態が、低速駆動ギヤ６０と低速従動ギヤ６１とが噛み合い連動する低速伝動状態と、中速駆動ギヤ６２と中速従動ギヤ６３とが噛み合い連動する中速伝動状態と、高速駆動ギヤ６４と高速従動ギヤ６５とが噛み合い連動する高速伝動状態とに、択一的に切り替わるスライディングメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [2] The transmission 47 is equipped with, for example, the driven gears 61, 63, 65 so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45 in a state where the driven gears 45 can slide relative to the driven shaft 45 instead of the constant mesh type. In addition, each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is provided with a gear selection linking portion linked to the gear selection operation shift mechanism 66, and each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is linked to the shift mechanism 66. The linked gear B is configured so that the driven gears 61, 63, 65 are linked to the shift mechanism 66 so that they are integrally slid by the operation of the shift mechanism 66, and the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66 is performed. The speed change state includes a low-speed transmission state in which the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are meshed and interlocked, a medium-speed transmission state in which the medium-speed drive gear 62 and the medium-speed driven gear 63 are meshed and interlocked, In the high-speed transmission state interlocked meshing with driven gear 64 and the high-speed driven gear 65 may be configured to sliding mesh type switching to alternative.
〔３〕変速機４７は、コンスタントメッシュ式に代えて、例えば、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５のスプラインボス部６１Ｂ，６３Ｂ，６５Ｂと、それらに隣接する第１スプライン軸部４５Ａ又は第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂとの間に、それらの周速度を同期させる同期部を備えるシンクロメッシュ式に構成してもよい。 [3] The transmission 47 is replaced with, for example, the spline boss portions 61B, 63B, and 65B of the driven gears 61, 63, and 65 and the first spline shaft portion 45A or the second spline adjacent thereto, instead of the constant mesh type. You may comprise in the synchromesh system provided with the synchronous part which synchronizes those peripheral speeds between the axial parts 45B.
〔４〕変速機４７は、３段変速式に代えて、例えば、作業走行用の低速伝動状態と移動走行用の高速伝動状態とに切り替え可能な２段変速式に構成してもよい。又、低速伝動状態よりも低速の微速伝動状態などを備えて４段以上の切り替えが可能な多段変速式に構成してもよい。 [4] The transmission 47 may be configured as a two-speed transmission that can be switched between a low-speed transmission state for work travel and a high-speed transmission state for mobile travel instead of the three-speed transmission. Further, it may be configured as a multi-speed transmission type that can switch at four or more stages by providing a low-speed transmission state that is lower than the low-speed transmission state.
〔５〕変速機４７は、各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５をシフト機構６６によるギヤ選択操作が可能な連係ギヤＢとして従動軸４５に装備する構成に代えて、各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４をシフト機構６６によるギヤ選択操作が可能な連係ギヤＢとして入力軸４４に装備するようにしてもよい。そして、この構成においては、入力軸４４を従動軸４５の下方に隣接配備するように構成してもよい。 [5] The transmission 47 replaces the configuration in which each driven gear 61, 63, 65 is mounted on the driven shaft 45 as a linkage gear B that can be selected by the shift mechanism 66, and each drive gear 60, 62, 64 is provided. May be provided on the input shaft 44 as a linkage gear B that allows a gear selection operation by the shift mechanism 66. In this configuration, the input shaft 44 may be arranged adjacently below the driven shaft 45.
〔６〕変速機４７における第１スプライン軸部４５Ａを、従動軸４５に着脱可能にスプライン嵌合するスプラインボスにより構成してもよい。又、変速機４７における第２スプライン軸部４５Ｂを従動軸４５に一体形成してもよい。 [6] The first spline shaft portion 45A in the transmission 47 may be constituted by a spline boss that is detachably splined to the driven shaft 45. Further, the second spline shaft portion 45B in the transmission 47 may be integrally formed with the driven shaft 45.
〔７〕入力軸４４又は従動軸４５における各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４及び各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５の配置は、各ギヤ６０～６５の使用頻度に応じて種々の変更が可能である。例えば、低速駆動ギヤ６０及び低速従動ギヤ６１の使用頻度が高い場合には、低速駆動ギヤ６０及び低速従動ギヤ６１を入力軸４４又は従動軸４５の中央側に配置してもよい。又、高速駆動ギヤ６４及び高速従動ギヤ６５の使用頻度が低い場合には、高速駆動ギヤ６４及び高速従動ギヤ６５を入力軸４４又は従動軸４５の軸端側に配置してもよい。 [7] The arrangement of the drive gears 60, 62, 64 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 on the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45 can be variously changed according to the frequency of use of the gears 60 to 65. . For example, when the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 are used frequently, the low-speed drive gear 60 and the low-speed driven gear 61 may be disposed on the center side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45. In addition, when the usage frequency of the high speed drive gear 64 and the high speed driven gear 65 is low, the high speed drive gear 64 and the high speed driven gear 65 may be arranged on the shaft end side of the input shaft 44 or the driven shaft 45.
　次に、伝動装置１３における変速機４７の従動軸４５からサイドクラッチ軸４６への伝動構造について説明する。 Next, a transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 to the side clutch shaft 46 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図６～図１１に示すように、従動軸４５は、その中央部における中速従動ギヤ６３と高速従動ギヤ６５との間の部位に、変速機４７の出力回転体８１として機能する小径の出力ギヤ８１を、従動軸４５と出力ギヤ８１とが一体回転するようにスプライン嵌合している。サイドクラッチ軸４６は、伝動ケース４３における第１空間部５６の上下中間部に配備している。そして、その左右中間位置に、出力ギヤ８１と噛み合い連動する伝動回転体８２としての大径の伝動ギヤ８２を、サイドクラッチ軸４６と伝動ギヤ８２とが相対摺動不能な状態で一体回転するようにスプライン嵌合している。つまり、従動軸４５からサイドクラッチ軸４６にわたる伝動構造を、出力ギヤ８１及び伝動ギヤ８２によるギヤ伝動式に構成して、変速機４７による変速後の動力を、従動軸４５からサイドクラッチ軸４６に減速伝達するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 11, the driven shaft 45 has a small-diameter output functioning as an output rotating body 81 of the transmission 47 at a central portion between the medium-speed driven gear 63 and the high-speed driven gear 65. The gear 81 is spline-fitted so that the driven shaft 45 and the output gear 81 rotate together. The side clutch shaft 46 is disposed in the upper and lower intermediate portions of the first space portion 56 in the transmission case 43. Then, a large-diameter transmission gear 82 as a transmission rotating body 82 meshing with and interlocking with the output gear 81 is integrally rotated at the left and right intermediate positions in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 and the transmission gear 82 are not relatively slidable. Is fitted with a spline. That is, the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is configured as a gear transmission type by the output gear 81 and the transmission gear 82, and the power after the shift by the transmission 47 is transferred from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to transmit deceleration.
　尚、図示は省略するが、従動軸４５からサイドクラッチ軸４６にわたる伝動構造は、ギヤ伝動式に代えて、例えば、従動軸４５に出力回転体８１として備えた小径のスプロケットと、サイドクラッチ軸４６に伝動回転体８２として備えた大径のスプロケットと、それらのスプロケットにわたって巻き掛けた伝動チェーンとからチェーン伝動式に構成してもよい。又、従動軸４５に出力回転体８１として備えた小径のプーリと、サイドクラッチ軸４６に伝動回転体８２として備えた大径のプーリと、それらのプーリにわたって巻き掛けた伝動ベルトとからベルト伝動式に構成してもよい。更に、出力回転体８１を、例えば、従動軸４５に一体形成してもよく、又、従動軸４５と一体回転するように従動軸４５にキーを介して連結してもよい。一方、伝動回転体８２を、例えば、サイドクラッチ軸４６に一体形成してもよく、又、サイドクラッチ軸４６と一体回転するようにサイドクラッチ軸４６にキーを介して連結してもよく、更に、サイドクラッチ軸４６に相対回転可能に外嵌してもよい。 Although illustration is omitted, the transmission structure from the driven shaft 45 to the side clutch shaft 46 is replaced with a gear transmission type, for example, a small-diameter sprocket provided on the driven shaft 45 as the output rotating body 81, and the side clutch shaft 46. Alternatively, a large-diameter sprocket provided as a transmission rotating body 82 and a transmission chain wound around these sprockets may be configured as a chain transmission type. Further, a belt transmission type is constituted by a small-diameter pulley provided as an output rotator 81 on the driven shaft 45, a large-diameter pulley provided as a transmission rotator 82 on the side clutch shaft 46, and a transmission belt wound around these pulleys. You may comprise. Further, the output rotating body 81 may be formed integrally with the driven shaft 45, for example, or may be connected to the driven shaft 45 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the driven shaft 45. On the other hand, the transmission rotating body 82 may be formed integrally with the side clutch shaft 46, for example, or may be connected to the side clutch shaft 46 via a key so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46. The side clutch shaft 46 may be externally fitted so as to be relatively rotatable.
　次に、伝動装置１３における左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the structure regarding the left and right side clutch brake units 48 in the transmission 13 will be described.
　図６～図９及び図１１～図１３に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８は、それぞれ、伝動ギヤ８２から対応するクローラ７への伝動を断続する噛み合い式のサイドクラッチ８３と、対応するクローラ７を制動する多板式のサイドブレーキ８４とを備えている。そして、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上において、伝動ギヤ８２を中心にした左右対称になるように伝動ギヤ８２を挟んだ状態で左右に分散配備して、左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８が、左側の伝動機構４９及び左側の走行駆動軸５０を介して左側のクローラ７に作用し、かつ、右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８が、右側の伝動機構４９及び右側の走行駆動軸５０を介して右側のクローラ７に作用するように構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 9 and FIGS. 11 to 13, each side clutch brake unit 48 corresponds to a meshing side clutch 83 that intermittently transmits power from the transmission gear 82 to the corresponding crawler 7. And a multi-plate type side brake 84 for braking the crawler 7. Then, on the side clutch shaft 46, the left side clutch brake unit 48 is arranged on the left side in a distributed manner so as to be symmetric with respect to the transmission gear 82. The left crawler 7 acts on the left crawler 7 via the transmission mechanism 49 and the left traveling drive shaft 50, and the right side clutch brake unit 48 is connected to the right crawler via the right transmission mechanism 49 and the right traveling drive shaft 50. 7 is configured to act.
　各サイドクラッチ８３は、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対するサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸４６に相対回転可能に外嵌する筒軸８５、一側端に噛合部８６Ａを備えた移動側回転体８６、被噛合部８７Ａを備えた固定側回転体８７、噛合部８６Ａと被噛合部８７Ａとが噛み合う入り位置に向けて移動側回転体８６を付勢する圧縮バネ８８、移動側回転体８６を入り位置にて受け止めるＣ字形の止め輪からなるストッパ８９、及び、圧縮バネ８８の一端部を受け止めるバネ受け９０、などを備えている。そして、対応する移動側回転体８６が、圧縮バネ８８の作用によって入り位置に摺動することにより、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａと固定側回転体８７の被噛合部８７Ａとが噛み合う伝動状態に切り替わり、かつ、圧縮バネ８８の作用に抗して切り位置に摺動することにより、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａと固定側回転体８７の被噛合部８７Ａとが噛み合いを解除する遮断状態に切り替わるように構成している。 Each side clutch 83 has a cylindrical shaft 85 that is externally fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 so as to be rotatable relative to the side clutch shaft 46 in a state in which the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. The moving-side rotating body 86 provided with the meshing portion 86A, the fixed-side rotating body 87 provided with the meshed portion 87A, and the moving-side rotating body 86 is biased toward the entering position where the meshing portion 86A and the meshed portion 87A mesh. A compression spring 88, a stopper 89 made of a C-shaped retaining ring that receives the moving side rotating body 86 at the entry position, a spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88, and the like. Then, when the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 slides to the entry position by the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the engaged portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 are engaged with each other. By switching to the state and sliding to the cutting position against the action of the compression spring 88, the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 and the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87 release the meshing. It is configured to switch to the shut-off state.
　各筒軸８５は、伝動ギヤ８２に近接する内端側に大径の第１スプライン軸部８５Ａを備えている。又、伝動ギヤ８２から離れる外端側に小径の第２スプライン軸部８５Ｂを備えている。そして、第１スプライン軸部８５Ａの内端に位置する段差部８５Ｃがバネ受け９０として機能するように構成している。又、第２スプライン軸部８５Ｂの外端部に、ストッパ８９が着脱可能に外嵌する環状の係合溝８５Ｄを形成している。 Each cylindrical shaft 85 includes a first spline shaft portion 85A having a large diameter on the inner end side close to the transmission gear 82. Further, a small-diameter second spline shaft portion 85B is provided on the outer end side away from the transmission gear 82. The step portion 85C located at the inner end of the first spline shaft portion 85A is configured to function as the spring receiver 90. Further, an annular engagement groove 85D into which the stopper 89 is detachably fitted is formed at the outer end portion of the second spline shaft portion 85B.
　各移動側回転体８６は、それらの内周部が、筒軸８５の第２スプライン軸部８５Ｂに相対摺動可能にスプライン嵌合するスプラインボス部８６Ｂとして機能するように構成している。又、それらの外周部を形成するリム部８６Ｃ（押圧部の一例。以下では「押圧部８６Ｃ」ともいう。）における外端側の内周部分に複数の内歯を周方向に一定ピッチで形成することにより、リム部８６Ｃの内周部分が噛合部８６Ａとして機能するように構成している。 Each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured such that its inner peripheral portion functions as a spline boss portion 86B that is spline-fitted to the second spline shaft portion 85B of the cylindrical shaft 85 so as to be relatively slidable. In addition, a plurality of internal teeth are formed at a constant pitch in the circumferential direction on the inner peripheral portion on the outer end side of the rim portion 86C (an example of a pressing portion; hereinafter, also referred to as “pressing portion 86C”) that forms the outer peripheral portion thereof. By doing so, the inner peripheral portion of the rim portion 86C functions as the meshing portion 86A.
　各固定側回転体８７は、複数の外歯を備えた平ギヤにより、その外周部が被噛合部８７Ａとして機能するように構成している。そして、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対するサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態でサイドクラッチ軸４６と一体回転するように、サイドクラッチ軸４６における対応する筒軸８５よりも軸端側の両端部位に、筒軸８５と隣接する状態でスプライン嵌合している。これにより、各固定側回転体８７が、左右のサイドクラッチ８３において、サイドクラッチ軸４６を介して伝動ギヤ８２と一体回転する駆動側回転体として機能する状態に構成している。 Each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured by a spur gear provided with a plurality of external teeth so that the outer peripheral portion functions as a meshed portion 87A. Then, the side clutch shaft 46 has a shaft more than the corresponding cylindrical shaft 85 so as to rotate integrally with the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the side clutch shaft 46 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. Spline fitting is performed at both end portions on the end side so as to be adjacent to the cylindrical shaft 85. Thus, each fixed-side rotating body 87 is configured to function as a driving-side rotating body that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 82 via the side clutch shaft 46 in the left and right side clutches 83.
　図１１～図１３に示すように、各サイドクラッチ８３においては、移動側回転体８６と圧縮バネ８８とストッパ８９とバネ受け９０とを、筒軸８５の外周部に、ストッパ８９とバネ受け９０との間に移動側回転体８６と圧縮バネ８８とが左右に並んで位置する配置で、かつ、移動側回転体８６が筒軸８５に対してサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で筒軸８５と一体回転するように装備して、筒軸８５と移動側回転体８６と圧縮バネ８８とストッパ８９とバネ受け９０とを、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対してサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に着脱可能に一体摺動する摺動ユニット９１に構成している。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, in each side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are disposed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shaft 85. The moving-side rotator 86 and the compression spring 88 are arranged side by side in between, and the moving-side rotator 86 can slide relative to the cylindrical shaft 85 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. In such a state, the cylinder shaft 85 and the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, and the spring receiver 90 are mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 with respect to the side clutch shaft 46. The sliding unit 91 is configured to slidably and detachably in the axial direction.
　各摺動ユニット９１は、対応するクローラ７に連動連結する駆動ギヤ９２（連動回転体の一例。以下では「連動回転体９２」ともいう。）を、構成部品の一つとして、筒軸８５と一体回転する状態で備えている。これにより、各摺動ユニット９１に備えた移動側回転体８６が、各サイドクラッチ８３において、筒軸８５を介して駆動ギヤ９２と一体回転する従動側回転体として機能する状態に構成している。 Each sliding unit 91 includes a drive shaft 92 (an example of an interlocking rotating body, hereinafter also referred to as an “interlocking rotating body 92”) that is interlocked and connected to the corresponding crawler 7 as one of the components, and a cylindrical shaft 85. It is provided in a state of rotating integrally. Thereby, the moving side rotating body 86 provided in each sliding unit 91 is configured to function as a driven side rotating body that rotates integrally with the drive gear 92 via the cylindrical shaft 85 in each side clutch 83. .
　サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上における伝動ギヤ８２と左右の摺動ユニット９１との間には、それらの間においてサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に働く力を受け止めるスラストカラー９３を介装している。 A thrust collar 93 is interposed between the transmission gear 82 and the left and right sliding units 91 on the side clutch shaft 46 to receive the force acting in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 therebetween. .
　各サイドブレーキ８４は、摺動ユニット９１と一体回転するブレーキハブ９４、ブレーキハブ９４に外嵌した複数のセパレータプレート９５、複数のセパレータプレート９５とサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に交互に配置する複数のブレーキディスク９６と単一のプレッシャプレート９７、及び、複数のブレーキディスク９６と単一のプレッシャプレート９７とを支持するブレーキハウジング９８、などを備えて構成している。 The side brakes 84 are alternately arranged in the axial direction of the brake hub 94 that rotates integrally with the sliding unit 91, the plurality of separator plates 95 that are externally fitted to the brake hub 94, and the plurality of separator plates 95 and the side clutch shaft 46. A plurality of brake disks 96 and a single pressure plate 97, a brake housing 98 that supports the plurality of brake disks 96 and the single pressure plate 97, and the like are configured.
　各ブレーキハブ９４は、対応する摺動ユニット９１に、その構成部品の一つとして外嵌装備している。そして、複数のセパレータプレート９５を、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で摺動ユニット９１と一体回転するように支持している。 Each brake hub 94 is fitted on the corresponding sliding unit 91 as one of its components. The plurality of separator plates 95 are supported so as to rotate integrally with the sliding unit 91 in a state in which the separator plates 95 can slide in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46.
　各ブレーキハウジング９８は、セパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６などを外囲する略筒状で、伝動ケース４３における左右の側壁の上下中間部位に一体形成している。そして、複数のブレーキディスク９６と単一のプレッシャプレート９７とを、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で回転不能に支持している。又、それらの内端部位に、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心に沿って伝動ケース４３の内部側に摺動するセパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６を受け止める受止部９８Ａを備えている。 Each brake housing 98 has a substantially cylindrical shape that surrounds the separator plate 95, the brake disc 96, and the like, and is integrally formed at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43. A plurality of brake discs 96 and a single pressure plate 97 are supported in a non-rotatable manner while being slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. In addition, a receiving portion 98A for receiving the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 that slide in the transmission case 43 along the axial center of the side clutch shaft 46 is provided at the inner end portions thereof.
　各摺動ユニット９１は、筒軸８５と一体回転するスプラインボス９９を備えている。各スプラインボス９９は、伝動ケース内の左右中央側に位置する内端側が駆動ギヤ９２として機能し、かつ、伝動ケース内の左右一端側に位置する外端側がブレーキハブ９４として機能する兼用部品に構成している。そして、駆動ギヤ側の内周面に、対応する筒軸８５の内端側に備えた第１スプライン軸部８５Ａに外嵌するスプライン穴部９９Ａを備え、かつ、ブレーキハブ側の内周面に、筒軸８５との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間１００を形成する拡径部９９Ｂを備えている。 Each sliding unit 91 includes a spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85. Each spline boss 99 serves as a dual-purpose part whose inner end located on the left and right center side in the transmission case functions as the drive gear 92 and whose outer end located on the left and right ends in the transmission case functions as the brake hub 94. It is composed. The drive gear side has an inner peripheral surface provided with a spline hole 99A that fits outside the first spline shaft portion 85A provided on the inner end side of the corresponding cylinder shaft 85, and on the inner peripheral surface on the brake hub side. A diameter-expanded portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for a compression spring is provided between the cylindrical shaft 85 and the cylindrical shaft 85.
　各筒軸８５は、第１スプライン軸部８５Ａを、筒軸８５の段差部８５Ｃから大径側の軸端にわたる長さに形成している。そして、大径側の軸端部における第１スプライン軸部８５Ａの外周側に略環状に凹入形成した係合部８５Ｅを備え、かつ、この係合部８５ＥにＣ字形の止め輪１０１を着脱可能に外嵌装備している。 Each cylindrical shaft 85 has a first spline shaft portion 85A formed from the stepped portion 85C of the cylindrical shaft 85 to a length extending from the shaft end on the large diameter side. Then, an engagement portion 85E is formed on the outer peripheral side of the first spline shaft portion 85A at the shaft end portion on the large diameter side, and the C-shaped retaining ring 101 is attached to and detached from the engagement portion 85E. Equipped with external fitting as possible.
　各スプラインボス９９は、そのスプライン穴部９９Ａを止め輪１０１から段差部８５Ｃにわたる長さに形成し、かつ、拡径部９９Ｂを段差部８５Ｃからブレーキハブ側のボス端（止め輪１０１から遠い側のボス端）にわたる長さに形成している。 Each spline boss 99 has its spline hole 99A formed in a length extending from the retaining ring 101 to the stepped portion 85C, and the enlarged diameter portion 99B from the stepped portion 85C to the boss end on the brake hub side (the side far from the retaining ring 101). The boss end).
　各移動側回転体８６は、それらのスプラインボス部８６Ｂとリム部８６Ｃとの間に、スプラインボス９９におけるブレーキハブ側の端部の係入を許容するリング状の凹部８６Ｄを形成している。これにより、各移動側回転体８６をスプラインボス側に移動させた場合には、それらのスプラインボス部８６Ｂの内端側が、対応するスプラインボス９９の拡径部９９Ｂに係入し、かつ、リム部８６Ｃの内端側がスプラインボス９９に外嵌して、リム部８６Ｃの内端が、スプラインボス９９のブレーキハブ側に外嵌配備した複数のセパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６を、プレッシャプレート９７を介してブレーキハウジング９８の受止部９８Ａに向けて押圧するように構成している。 Each moving-side rotating body 86 is formed with a ring-shaped recess 86D that allows the end of the spline boss 99 on the brake hub side to be engaged between the spline boss portion 86B and the rim portion 86C. Thereby, when each moving side rotating body 86 is moved to the spline boss side, the inner end side of the spline boss portion 86B is engaged with the enlarged diameter portion 99B of the corresponding spline boss 99, and the rim The inner end side of the portion 86C is externally fitted to the spline boss 99, and the inner end of the rim portion 86C is a plurality of separator plates 95 and brake discs 96 that are externally fitted to the brake hub side of the spline boss 99. It is comprised so that it may press toward the receiving part 98A of the brake housing 98.
　つまり、各移動側回転体８６のリム部８６Ｃが、対応するサイドブレーキ８４のセパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６に作用する押圧部８６Ｃとして機能する状態に構成している。これにより、各サイドブレーキ８４は、対応する移動側回転体８６が、圧縮バネ８８の作用に抗して、前述した切り位置から、入り位置とは反対方向に位置する制動位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、複数のセパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６が押圧部８６Ｃの作用による圧接を解除する制動解除状態から、複数のセパレータプレート９５及びブレーキディスク９６が押圧部８６Ｃの作用により圧接する制動状態に切り替わり、かつ、圧縮バネ８８の作用によって制動位置から切り位置に向けて摺動するのに伴って、制動状態から制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。 That is, the rim portion 86 </ b> C of each moving-side rotating body 86 is configured to function as a pressing portion 86 </ b> C that acts on the separator plate 95 and the brake disc 96 of the corresponding side brake 84. As a result, each side brake 84 slides from the cut position described above to the braking position located in the direction opposite to the entry position, against the action of the compression spring 88 by the corresponding moving side rotating body 86. As a result, the brake in which the plurality of separator plates 95 and the brake disc 96 are pressed by the action of the pressing portion 86C from the braking release state in which the pressure contacts by the action of the pressing portion 86C are released. It is configured to switch from the braking state to the braking release state as it switches to the state and slides from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88.
　図２～図８及び図１１～図１３に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その左右の側壁におけるサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向での各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８との対向箇所に、摺動ユニット９１、セパレータプレート９５、ブレーキディスク９６、及び、プレッシャプレート９７、などの通過を許容する第２開口４３Ｂを備え、かつ、これらの第２開口４３Ｂを塞ぐカバー部材１０２をボルト連結によって着脱可能に備えている。 As shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 to FIG. 13, the transmission case 43 is slid on the left and right side walls at positions facing the side clutch brake units 48 in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. A second opening 43B that allows passage of the unit 91, separator plate 95, brake disk 96, pressure plate 97, and the like is provided, and the cover member 102 that closes the second opening 43B is detachable by bolt connection. I have.
　各カバー部材１０２は、固定側回転体８７の通過を許容する補助開口１０２Ａを備え、かつ、この補助開口１０２Ａを塞ぐ補助カバー部材１０３をボルト連結によって着脱可能に備えている。各補助開口１０２Ａは、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心を中心とする円形に形成している。各補助カバー部材１０３は、補助開口１０２Ａに内嵌する大径部１０３Ａと、補助開口１０２Ａとの間に環状の空間１０４（以下では「油室１０４」ともいう。）を形成する小径部１０３Ｂとを、小径部１０３Ｂが伝動ケース４３の内部側に位置する状態で備えている。そして、その小径部１０３Ｂに、サイドクラッチ軸４６の端部を支持するベアリングなどの軸支部１０５を備えている。 Each cover member 102 includes an auxiliary opening 102A that allows passage of the fixed-side rotator 87, and an auxiliary cover member 103 that closes the auxiliary opening 102A is detachably attached by bolt connection. Each auxiliary opening 102 </ b> A is formed in a circular shape centered on the axis of the side clutch shaft 46. Each auxiliary cover member 103 includes a large-diameter portion 103A that fits in the auxiliary opening 102A and a small-diameter portion 103B that forms an annular space 104 (hereinafter also referred to as “oil chamber 104”) between the auxiliary opening 102A. In a state where the small diameter portion 103B is located on the inner side of the transmission case 43. The small-diameter portion 103B is provided with a shaft support portion 105 such as a bearing that supports the end portion of the side clutch shaft 46.
　各摺動ユニット９１は、移動側回転体８６のリム部８６Ｃがカバー部材１０２に備えた環状の空間１０４に対向する状態でサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上に装備している。各カバー部材１０２は、それらの環状の空間１０４に、移動側回転体８６を摺動操作する環状のピストン１０６を、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動可能な状態で嵌入装備している。そして、環状の空間１０４がピストン操作用の油室１０４として機能する状態に構成している。 Each sliding unit 91 is mounted on the side clutch shaft 46 in a state where the rim portion 86C of the moving side rotating body 86 faces the annular space 104 provided in the cover member 102. Each cover member 102 is fitted and fitted with an annular piston 106 that slides the moving side rotating body 86 in the annular space 104 so as to be slidable in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. . The annular space 104 is configured to function as an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
　各ピストン１０６は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７の作動によりサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体８６をサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心方向に摺動操作するように構成している。具体的には、バルブユニット１０７の作動による油室１０４の昇圧に伴って、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心に沿ってサイドクラッチ軸４６の中央側に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体８６を圧縮バネ８８の作用に抗して入り位置から切り位置に摺動操作し、その後、切り位置から制動位置に摺動操作する。又、バルブユニット１０７の作動による油室１０４の減圧に伴って、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心に沿ってサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸端側に摺動し、この摺動により、対応する移動側回転体８６を圧縮バネ８８の作用によって制動位置から切り位置に摺動操作し、その後、切り位置から入り位置に摺動操作する。 Each piston 106 slides in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46 by the operation of the steering valve unit 107, and by this sliding, the corresponding moving side rotating body 86 is slid in the axial direction of the side clutch shaft 46. It is configured to be operated dynamically. Specifically, as the pressure of the oil chamber 104 is increased by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the center side of the side clutch shaft 46. The side rotating body 86 is slid from the entry position to the cut position against the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cut position to the braking position. Further, as the oil chamber 104 is depressurized by the operation of the valve unit 107, it slides along the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 toward the shaft end side of the side clutch shaft 46, and this sliding causes the corresponding movement side rotation. The body 86 is slid from the braking position to the cutting position by the action of the compression spring 88, and then slid from the cutting position to the entry position.
　ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７は、操縦レバー１６の左右方向での揺動操作に基づいて作動状態が切り替わるように、操縦レバー１６にステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８を介して連係している。具体的には、操縦レバー１６が中立位置に位置する状態では、各ピストン１０６に対する操作圧を減圧する減圧状態を維持する。操縦レバー１６が中立位置から左方に揺動操作されると、減圧状態から左側のピストン１０６に対する操作圧を昇圧する左昇圧状態に切り替わる。操縦レバー１６が中立位置から右方に揺動操作されると、減圧状態から右側のピストン１０６に対する操作圧を昇圧する右昇圧状態に切り替わる。操縦レバー１６が中立位置に揺動操作されると、左昇圧状態又は右昇圧状態から減圧状態に切り替わる。 The steering valve unit 107 is linked to the steering lever 16 via the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108 so that the operating state is switched based on the swinging operation of the steering lever 16 in the left-right direction. Specifically, in a state where the control lever 16 is positioned at the neutral position, a reduced pressure state in which the operation pressure on each piston 106 is reduced is maintained. When the control lever 16 is swung to the left from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the left pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the left piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung rightward from the neutral position, the pressure is switched from the reduced pressure state to the right pressure increasing state in which the operating pressure on the right piston 106 is increased. When the control lever 16 is swung to the neutral position, the left pressure increasing state or the right pressure increasing state is switched to the pressure reducing state.
　この構成から、操縦レバー１６を中立位置に保持することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を減圧状態に維持することができ、これにより、各移動側回転体８６を入り位置に維持することができ、結果、走行状態を、左右のクローラ７を等速駆動する直進状態に維持することができる。又、操縦レバー１６を中立位置から左方に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を減圧状態から左昇圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、右側の移動側回転体８６を入り位置に維持しながら、左側の移動側回転体８６を入り位置から切り位置又は制動位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、直進状態から左側のクローラ７を従動又は制動させて車体を左方向に旋回させる左旋回状態に切り替えることができる。逆に、操縦レバー１６を中立位置から右方に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を減圧状態から右昇圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、左側の移動側回転体８６を入り位置に維持しながら、右側の移動側回転体８６を入り位置から切り位置又は制動位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、直進状態から右側のクローラ７を従動又は制動させて車体を右方向に旋回させる右旋回状態に切り替えることができる。そして、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態において、操縦レバー１６を中立位置に揺動操作することにより、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を左昇圧状態又は右昇圧状態から減圧状態に切り替えることができ、これにより、切り位置又は制動位置に位置する左右いずれか一方の移動側回転体８６を入り位置に摺動させることができ、結果、走行状態を、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態から直進状態に切り替えることができる。 With this configuration, by holding the control lever 16 in the neutral position, the valve unit 107 for steering can be maintained in a reduced pressure state, whereby each moving-side rotating body 86 can be maintained in the entering position. As a result, the traveling state can be maintained in a straight traveling state in which the left and right crawlers 7 are driven at a constant speed. Further, by swinging the control lever 16 to the left from the neutral position, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the left increased pressure state. While maintaining the position, the left-side moving rotating body 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the left crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight traveling state to the vehicle body. Can be switched to a left-turning state in which the is turned leftward. Conversely, by swinging the control lever 16 to the right from the neutral position, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the reduced pressure state to the right increased pressure state. While maintaining the entering position, the right moving rotator 86 can be slid from the entering position to the cutting position or the braking position. As a result, the right crawler 7 is driven or braked from the straight running state. It is possible to switch to a right turn state in which the vehicle body turns rightward. Then, by swinging the control lever 16 to the neutral position in the left turn state or the right turn state, the steering valve unit 107 can be switched from the left boosted state or the right boosted state to the reduced pressure state. Accordingly, either the left or right moving side rotating body 86 located at the cutting position or the braking position can be slid to the entering position, and as a result, the traveling state is switched from the left turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state. be able to.
　つまり、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８においては、各移動側回転体８６をサイドクラッチ８３とサイドブレーキ８４との双方の操作具に兼用する兼用構造を採用して、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化などを図りながら、サイドクラッチ８３とサイドブレーキ８４とを適切に連動させることができ、これにより、左右のクローラ７による走行状態を、直進状態から左旋回状態又は右旋回状態に、又、左旋回状態又は右旋回状態から直進状態に滑らかに移行させることができる。 In other words, each side clutch brake unit 48 employs a shared structure in which each moving side rotating body 86 is also used as an operating tool for both the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84, thereby simplifying the configuration by reducing the number of parts. The side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 can be appropriately interlocked with each other so that the traveling state of the left and right crawlers 7 can be changed from a straight traveling state to a left turning state or a right turning state. It is possible to smoothly shift from the turning state or the right turning state to the straight traveling state.
　そして、上記の構成から、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８においては、伝動ケース４３に内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸４６及び伝動ケース４３に備えた各ブレーキハウジング９８に対して、移動側回転体８６、固定側回転体８７、セパレータプレート９５、及び、ブレーキディスク９６、などを伝動ケース４３の各開口４３Ａから着脱することができる。又、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する操作用のピストン１０６、及び、サイドクラッチ軸用の軸支部１０５などは、各開口４３Ａを閉塞するカバー部材１０２とともに伝動ケース４３に対して着脱することができる。これにより、移動側回転体８６、固定側回転体８７、セパレータプレート９５、ブレーキディスク９６、ピストン１０６、及び、軸支部１０５の交換などのメンテナンス作業を行う場合には、伝動ケース４３から各カバー部材１０２を取り外すことにより、伝動ケース４３を分解する手間を要することなく簡単に行うことができる。又、固定側回転体８７、ピストン１０６、及び、軸支部１０５に対するメンテナンス作業に関しては、カバー部材１０２から補助カバー部材１０３を取り外すことにより、移動側回転体８６、セパレータプレート９５、及び、ブレーキディスク９６、などをカバー部材１０２によって伝動ケース内に保持した状態で、固定側回転体８７、ピストン１０６、及び、軸支部１０５に対するメンテナンス作業を行うことができる。 From the above configuration, in each side clutch brake unit 48, the moving side rotating body 86 and the fixed side rotation with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 built in the transmission case 43 and each brake housing 98 provided in the transmission case 43. The body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, and the like can be attached and detached from the openings 43A of the transmission case 43. Further, the operation piston 106 for each side clutch brake unit 48, the shaft support portion 105 for the side clutch shaft, and the like can be attached to and detached from the transmission case 43 together with the cover member 102 that closes each opening 43A. Accordingly, when performing maintenance work such as replacement of the moving-side rotating body 86, the fixed-side rotating body 87, the separator plate 95, the brake disk 96, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the transmission case 43 is connected to each cover member. By removing 102, it can carry out easily, without requiring the effort which disassembles the transmission case 43. FIG. Further, regarding the maintenance work for the fixed-side rotator 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105, the moving-side rotator 86, the separator plate 95, and the brake disk 96 are removed by removing the auxiliary cover member 103 from the cover member 102. , And the like can be maintained in the transmission case by the cover member 102, and maintenance work can be performed on the fixed-side rotating body 87, the piston 106, and the shaft support portion 105.
　又、サイドクラッチ８３の筒軸８５と移動側回転体８６と圧縮バネ８８とストッパ８９とバネ受け９０、駆動ギヤ９２、及び、サイドブレーキ８４のブレーキハブ９４、などを、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対して一体的に着脱可能な摺動ユニット９１としてユニット化していることから、移動側回転体８６や圧縮バネ８８などをサイドクラッチ軸４６に対して個々に着脱する場合に比較して、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対する着脱性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the cylinder shaft 85 of the side clutch 83, the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, the stopper 89, the spring receiver 90, the drive gear 92, the brake hub 94 of the side brake 84, and the like are connected to the side clutch shaft 46. Since the sliding unit 91 is detachably integrated as a unit, the side clutch shaft is compared with the case where the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46. The detachability with respect to 46 can be improved.
　特に、移動側回転体８６や圧縮バネ８８などをサイドクラッチ軸４６に対して個々に着脱する場合には、狭い伝動ケース４３の各開口４３Ａから、圧縮バネ８８の作用に抗する大きい力で、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対する移動側回転体８６やストッパ８９などの着脱を行う必要があることから、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対する移動側回転体８６やストッパ８９などの着脱が困難になる。これに対し、このサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８においては、移動側回転体８６や圧縮バネ８８などをユニット化した状態でサイドクラッチ軸４６に対して着脱することから、圧縮バネ８８の作用に抗した移動側回転体８６やストッパ８９などの着脱は、作業領域が制限されない伝動ケース４３の外側において筒軸５９に対して行えば良く、その結果、サイドクラッチ軸４６に対する移動側回転体８６やストッパ８９などの着脱性を大幅に向上させることができる。 In particular, when the moving side rotating body 86, the compression spring 88, and the like are individually attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46, a large force that resists the action of the compression spring 88 from each opening 43A of the narrow transmission case 43, Since it is necessary to attach / detach the moving side rotating body 86, the stopper 89, and the like to / from the side clutch shaft 46, it becomes difficult to attach / detach the moving side rotating body 86, the stopper 89, etc. to / from the side clutch shaft 46. On the other hand, in the side clutch brake unit 48, the moving side rotating body 86 and the compression spring 88 are attached to and detached from the side clutch shaft 46 in a united state, so that the movement against the action of the compression spring 88 is achieved. The side rotator 86, the stopper 89, and the like may be attached to and detached from the cylindrical shaft 59 outside the transmission case 43 where the work area is not limited. As a result, the moving side rotator 86, the stopper 89, etc. with respect to the side clutch shaft 46 The detachability of the can be greatly improved.
　更に、各摺動ユニット９１においては、筒軸８５と一体回転するスプラインボス９９が駆動ギヤ９２とブレーキハブ９４とを兼ねる兼用部品であることから、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化及び組み付け性の向上などを図ることができる。又、そのスプラインボス９９におけるブレーキハブ側の内周面に、筒軸８５との間に圧縮バネ用の収納空間１００を形成する拡径部９９Ｂを備えることにより、筒軸８５と圧縮バネ８８とスプラインボス９９とを筒軸８５の径方向に重ね合わせた状態で装備することができる。これにより、各摺動ユニット９１が軸心方向に長くなるのを防止することができ、結果、サイドクラッチ軸４６の短尺化、及び、伝動装置１３の上下中間部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置１３の小型化を図ることができる。 Furthermore, in each sliding unit 91, since the spline boss 99 that rotates integrally with the cylinder shaft 85 is a dual-purpose part that also serves as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94, the structure can be simplified and assembled by reducing the number of parts. Can be improved. In addition, the spline boss 99 has an enlarged diameter portion 99B that forms a storage space 100 for the compression spring between the inner surface of the brake hub side of the spline boss 99 and the cylindrical shaft 85. The spline boss 99 can be equipped in a state where the spline boss 99 is overlapped in the radial direction of the cylinder shaft 85. As a result, the sliding units 91 can be prevented from becoming longer in the axial direction. As a result, the side clutch shaft 46 is shortened and the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the transmission device 13 are reduced. Therefore, the transmission device 13 can be downsized.
　図１１～図１３に示すように、各移動側回転体８６は、そのスプラインボス部８６Ｂにおけるストッパ側の内周面に、移動側回転体８６が入り位置に摺動する際にストッパ８９の入り込みを許容する拡径部８６Ｅを形成している。各拡径部８６Ｅは、ストッパ８９の係合溝８５Ｄからの離脱を阻止する大きさに形成している。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, each moving side rotating body 86 is inserted into the stopper 89 when the moving side rotating body 86 slides into the stopper position on the inner peripheral surface on the stopper side of the spline boss portion 86B. The enlarged-diameter portion 86E that allows the above is formed. Each enlarged diameter portion 86E is formed in a size that prevents the stopper 89 from being detached from the engaging groove 85D.
　これにより、例えば、各筒軸８５の係合溝８５Ｄに対するストッパ８９の係合が不完全で、ストッパ８９が係合溝８５Ｄから浮き上がっている場合には、圧縮バネ８８の作用によって移動側回転体８６が入り位置に摺動する際に、その入り位置への摺動がストッパ８９との接触によって阻止される。つまり、各筒軸８５の係合溝８５Ｄに対するストッパ８９の組み付け状態を、その組み付け後の圧縮バネ８８の作用による移動側回転体８６の摺動によって容易に判別することができる。これにより、各筒軸８５の係合溝８５Ｄに対するストッパ８９の係合が不完全である場合には、その係合を直ちに改善することができる。 Thereby, for example, when the engagement of the stopper 89 with the engagement groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 is incomplete and the stopper 89 is lifted from the engagement groove 85D, the moving side rotating body is acted on by the action of the compression spring 88. When 86 is slid into the entry position, sliding into the entry position is prevented by contact with the stopper 89. That is, the assembled state of the stopper 89 with respect to the engaging groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 can be easily determined by the sliding of the moving side rotating body 86 due to the action of the compression spring 88 after the assembly. Thereby, when the engagement of the stopper 89 with the engagement groove 85D of each cylindrical shaft 85 is incomplete, the engagement can be immediately improved.
　又、拡径部８６Ｅを形成しない場合に比較して、各摺動ユニット９１の軸心方向での長さを更に短くすることができ、これにより、サイドクラッチ軸４６の短尺化、及び、伝動装置１３の上下中間部での左右幅を狭くすることによる伝動装置１３の小型化を更に図ることができる。 Further, the length of each sliding unit 91 in the axial direction can be further reduced as compared with the case where the enlarged diameter portion 86E is not formed, thereby shortening the length of the side clutch shaft 46 and transmission. It is possible to further reduce the size of the transmission device 13 by narrowing the left and right widths at the upper and lower intermediate portions of the device 13.
　図７及び図１１～図１３に示すように、各固定側回転体８７は、それらの被噛合部８７Ａを形成する各外歯が、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａとの噛み合い長さの２倍以上の歯幅を有する状態に構成している。 As shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 11 to FIG. 13, each fixed-side rotating body 87 has an engagement length of each external tooth forming the engaged portion 87A with the engaging portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86. The tooth width is twice or more.
　これにより、固定側回転体８７における被噛合部８７Ａの摩耗に起因して、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａとの間においてガタツキが生じる場合には、補助カバー部材１０３を取り外して補助開口１０２Ａを開放し、この補助開口１０２Ａを利用してサイドクラッチ軸４６から取り外した固定側回転体８７を、その左右を反転させた後に、補助開口１０２Ａからサイドクラッチ軸４６に再び組み付けることにより、固定側回転体８７を交換することなく、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａとの間でのガタツキを解消することができる。 As a result, when the ratchet occurs between the meshing portion 86A of the moving side rotating body 86 due to wear of the meshed portion 87A of the fixed side rotating body 87, the auxiliary cover member 103 is removed and the auxiliary opening 102A is removed. The fixed-side rotating body 87 removed from the side clutch shaft 46 using the auxiliary opening 102A is reversed and then reassembled from the auxiliary opening 102A to the side clutch shaft 46. It is possible to eliminate rattling with the meshing portion 86 </ b> A of the moving-side rotator 86 without exchanging the rotator 87.
　つまり、固定側回転体８７の寿命を２倍にすることができ、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に要するランニングコストの削減を図ることができる。 That is, the life of the fixed side rotating body 87 can be doubled, and the running cost required for the side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced.
　図２に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８の油室１０４には、伝動ケース４３に貯留した潤滑用のオイルを作動用として、第２油圧ポンプ１０９の作動によってステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を介して供給している。ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７は、操縦レバー１６の左右方向での操作に基づいて各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８の油室１０４に対するオイルの流れを切り替える切替バルブ１１０、及び、操縦レバー１６の操作に基づいて左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８の油室１０４に対するリリーフ圧を変更する可変リリーフバルブ１１１、などを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 2, in the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48, the lubricating oil stored in the transmission case 43 is used for operation, and the steering valve unit 107 is operated by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109. Is supplied through. The steering valve unit 107 is based on the switching valve 110 that switches the flow of oil to the oil chamber 104 of each side clutch brake unit 48 based on the operation of the control lever 16 in the left-right direction, and on the operation of the control lever 16. A variable relief valve 111 for changing the relief pressure for the oil chamber 104 of the left and right side clutch brake units 48 is provided.
　尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔１〕～〔１７〕に一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８などのステアリングに関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown in the drawings, the following [1] to [17] illustrate another embodiment of the configuration relating to the steering such as the pair of side clutch brake units 48.
〔１〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８が、左右揺動式で中立復帰型に構成したステアリング専用の操作レバー、又は、ステアリングホイール、などの操作に基づいて作動状態が切り替わるように構成してもよい。 [1] The pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured such that the operating state is switched based on an operation of a steering-dedicated operation lever or a steering wheel that is configured to be a left-right swinging and neutral return type. Good.
〔２〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を、例えば、電動シリンダの作動によってサイドクラッチ８３及びサイドブレーキ８４の作動状態を切り替える電動式などに構成してもよい。 [2] The pair of side clutch brake units 48 may be configured to be, for example, an electric type that switches the operating states of the side clutch 83 and the side brake 84 by operating an electric cylinder.
〔３〕一対のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に代えて一対のサイドクラッチ８３のみを備えるように構成してもよい。 [3] Instead of the pair of side clutch brake units 48, only a pair of side clutches 83 may be provided.
〔４〕一対のサイドクラッチ８３を、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上において伝動回転体８２を挟まずに左右に並べて配備して、サイドクラッチ軸４６からの動力を断続するように構成し、伝動回転体８２をサイドクラッチ軸４６の左右一端側に配備するように構成してもよい。 [4] A pair of side clutches 83 are arranged side by side on the side clutch shaft 46 side by side without the transmission rotating body 82 interposed therebetween, and the power from the side clutch shaft 46 is intermittently configured. The body 82 may be arranged on the left and right ends of the side clutch shaft 46.
〔５〕一対のサイドクラッチ８３を、移動側回転体８６が駆動側回転体として機能し、固定側回転体８７が従動側回転体として機能するように構成してもよい。 [5] The pair of side clutches 83 may be configured such that the moving side rotating body 86 functions as a driving side rotating body and the fixed side rotating body 87 functions as a driven side rotating body.
〔６〕サイドクラッチ軸４６を固定装備し、サイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上において、一対のサイドクラッチ８３が伝動回転体８２から対応する連動回転体９２への伝動を断続するように構成してもよい。 [6] The side clutch shaft 46 may be fixedly installed, and the pair of side clutches 83 may be configured to intermittently transmit power from the transmission rotating body 82 to the corresponding interlocking rotating body 92 on the side clutch shaft 46. Good.
〔７〕各摺動ユニット９１を、移動側回転体８６が伝動回転体８２に隣接するようにサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸上に配備した上で、伝動回転体８２が、被噛合部８７Ａを備える固定側回転体８７を兼用し、かつ、噛合部８６Ａを備える移動側回転体８６が連動回転体９２を兼用するように構成して、部品点数の削減による構成の簡素化などを図るようにしてもよい。又、伝動回転体８２が固定側回転体８７を兼用する構成に代えて、サイドクラッチ軸４６に着脱可能に外嵌した固定側回転体８７を、伝動回転体８２と一体回転する状態に伝動回転体８２に係合連結するように構成してもよい。 [7] After each sliding unit 91 is arranged on the side clutch shaft 46 so that the moving-side rotator 86 is adjacent to the transmission rotator 82, the transmission rotator 82 includes an engaged portion 87A. The moving side rotating body 86 that also serves as the fixed side rotating body 87 and includes the meshing portion 86A is also configured to function as the interlocking rotating body 92 so that the configuration can be simplified by reducing the number of parts. Also good. Further, instead of the configuration in which the transmission rotator 82 also serves as the fixed rotator 87, the fixed rotator 87 that is detachably fitted to the side clutch shaft 46 is rotated in a state of rotating integrally with the transmission rotator 82. The body 82 may be configured to be engaged and connected.
〔８〕各摺動ユニット９１は、駆動ギヤ９２とブレーキハブ９４とを個別に備えるように構成してもよい。又、その構成部品として、駆動ギヤ９２とブレーキハブ９４とのいずれか一方又は双方を含まないように構成してもよい。 [8] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured to include the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 individually. Moreover, you may comprise so that either one or both of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may not be included as the component.
〔９〕各摺動ユニット９１においては、筒軸８５に、駆動ギヤ９２とブレーキハブ９４とを兼ねるスプラインボス９９を一体形成するように構成してもよい。又、筒軸８５に駆動ギヤ９２とブレーキハブ９４とのいずれか一方を一体形成するように構成してもよい。 [9] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that a spline boss 99 serving as the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 is integrally formed on the cylindrical shaft 85. In addition, either one of the drive gear 92 and the brake hub 94 may be formed integrally with the cylindrical shaft 85.
〔１０〕各摺動ユニット９１においては、収納空間１００を備えずに、筒軸８５の軸心方向に圧縮バネ８８とスプラインボス９９とを並べて配備するように構成してもよい。 [10] Each sliding unit 91 may be configured such that the compression spring 88 and the spline boss 99 are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the cylindrical shaft 85 without providing the storage space 100.
〔１１〕各筒軸８５に、移動側回転体８６を入り位置にて受け止めるストッパ８９として機能する段差部を形成してもよい。又、各移動側回転体８６にストッパ８９の入り込みを許容する拡径部８６Ｅを備えないようにしてもよい。 [11] A stepped portion that functions as a stopper 89 for receiving the moving side rotating body 86 at the entering position may be formed on each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, each moving-side rotating body 86 may not be provided with a diameter-expanded portion 86E that allows the stopper 89 to enter.
〔１２〕圧縮バネ８８の一端部を受け止めるバネ受け９０を、各筒軸８５に外嵌固定したＣ字形の止め輪によって構成してよい。又、スプラインボス９９の内周面におけるスプライン穴部９９Ａと拡径部９９Ｂとの境界に位置する段差部がバネ受け９０として機能するように構成してもよい。 [12] The spring receiver 90 that receives one end of the compression spring 88 may be configured by a C-shaped retaining ring that is externally fitted to each cylindrical shaft 85. Further, a step portion located at the boundary between the spline hole 99A and the enlarged diameter portion 99B on the inner peripheral surface of the spline boss 99 may be configured to function as the spring receiver 90.
〔１３〕各固定側回転体８７として、移動側回転体８６の噛合部８６Ａとの噛み合い長さと同じ歯幅を有する平ギヤなどを採用してもよい。 [13] As each fixed-side rotating body 87, a spur gear having the same tooth width as the meshing length with the meshing portion 86A of the moving-side rotating body 86 may be adopted.
〔１４〕カバー部材１０２に補助開口１０２Ａと補助カバー部材１０３とを備えないように構成してもよい。 [14] The cover member 102 may not be provided with the auxiliary opening 102A and the auxiliary cover member 103.
〔１５〕伝動ケース４３と各カバー部材１０２との間に軸支部１０５を備えるように構成してもよい。 [15] A shaft support portion 105 may be provided between the transmission case 43 and each cover member 102.
〔１６〕伝動ケース４３に、各移動側回転体８６を摺動操作する環状のピストン１０６とピストン操作用の油室１０４とを備えるように構成してもよい。 [16] The transmission case 43 may include an annular piston 106 for slidingly operating each moving-side rotating body 86 and an oil chamber 104 for operating the piston.
〔１７〕連動回転体９２として、駆動ギヤ９２に代えて駆動スプロケット又は駆動プーリを備えるように構成してもよい。 [17] The interlocking rotating body 92 may be configured to include a driving sprocket or a driving pulley instead of the driving gear 92.
　次に、伝動装置１３における駐車ブレーキ１１２に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to the parking brake 112 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図３、図５～図７及び図１１に示すように、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８は、搭乗運転部側に位置する右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に備えたサイドブレーキ８４が駐車ブレーキ１１２として機能するように、右側のサイドブレーキ８４を、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構１１３及び駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構１１４を介してブレーキペダル１９に連係している。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 5 to 7, and 11, each side clutch brake unit 48 has a side brake 84 provided on the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation side functioning as a parking brake 112. As described above, the right side brake 84 is linked to the brake pedal 19 via the parking brake operating mechanism 113 and the parking brake mechanical linkage mechanism 114.
　駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構１１３は、プレッシャプレート９７に作用するように右側のカバー部材１０２に内嵌したリング状の操作部材１１５、操作部材１１５をサイドクラッチ軸４６の軸心を中心にして回動操作する制動操作軸１１６、制動操作軸１１６の右端部に連結した連係アーム１１７、及び、操作部材１１５の回動を操作部材１１５の左右方向への摺動に変換するように右側のカバー部材１０２と操作部材１１５との間に形成した乗り上げ式のカム機構１１８、などを備えている。 The parking brake operating mechanism 113 rotates the ring-shaped operating member 115 and the operating member 115 fitted in the right cover member 102 around the axis of the side clutch shaft 46 so as to act on the pressure plate 97. The brake operation shaft 116 to be operated, the linkage arm 117 connected to the right end of the brake operation shaft 116, and the right cover member 102 so as to convert the rotation of the operation member 115 into the sliding of the operation member 115 in the left-right direction. And an operating member 115 are provided.
　駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構１１４は、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構１１３における連係アーム１１７の遊端部をブレーキペダル１９に連係している。そして、この連係により、ブレーキペダル１９の踏み込み解除位置から踏み込み位置への踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動して制動操作軸１１６が正転し、この正転に連動して操作部材１１５が正転するとともに左方向に摺動して右側のプレッシャプレート９７を押圧することにより、右側のサイドブレーキ８４が制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替わるように構成している。又、ブレーキペダル１９の踏み込み位置から踏み込み解除位置への踏み込み解除操作を行うと、その操作に連動して制動操作軸１１６が逆転し、この逆転に連動して操作部材１１５が逆転するとともに右方向に摺動して右側のプレッシャプレート９７に対する押圧を解除することにより、右側のサイドブレーキ８４が制動状態から制動解除状態に切り替わるように構成している。 The mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake links the free end portion of the linkage arm 117 in the operation mechanism 113 for parking brake to the brake pedal 19. When the depression operation of the brake pedal 19 from the depression release position to the depression position is performed by this linkage, the braking operation shaft 116 is rotated forward in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 is moved in conjunction with the forward rotation. By rotating forward and sliding in the left direction and pressing the right pressure plate 97, the right side brake 84 is configured to switch from the brake released state to the brake state. In addition, when a depression release operation from the depression position of the brake pedal 19 to the depression release position is performed, the braking operation shaft 116 reverses in conjunction with the operation, and the operation member 115 reverses in conjunction with the reverse rotation and the right direction. The right side brake 84 is configured to be switched from the braking state to the braking release state by releasing the pressure applied to the right pressure plate 97 by sliding to the right side.
　ブレーキペダル１９は、踏み込み位置への踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動する保持機構（図示せず）の作用により、踏み込み解除位置へのバネ付勢に抗して踏み込み位置にて位置保持することができる。又、この位置保持状態においてブレーキペダル１９の踏み込み操作を行うと、その操作に連動する保持機構の作用により、踏み込み位置でのブレーキペダル１９の位置保持を解除することができ、バネ付勢を利用したブレーキペダル１９の踏み込み位置から踏み込み解除位置への踏み込み解除操作を行うことができる。 When the brake pedal 19 is depressed to the depressed position, the brake pedal 19 is held at the depressed position against the spring bias to the depressed release position by the action of a holding mechanism (not shown) linked to the operation. be able to. Further, when the brake pedal 19 is depressed in this position holding state, the holding of the brake pedal 19 at the depressed position can be released by the action of a holding mechanism linked to the operation, and spring bias is used. The depression release operation from the depressed position of the brake pedal 19 to the depressed release position can be performed.
　つまり、操縦レバー１６を中立位置に保持した直進状態において、ブレーキペダル１９を踏み込み位置に踏み込み操作することにより、ブレーキペダル１９を踏み込み位置に保持することができるとともに、右側のサイドブレーキ８４を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替え保持することができ、右側のサイドブレーキ８４による制動力を左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を介して左右のクローラ７に作用させることができる。その結果、右側のサイドブレーキ８４を駐車ブレーキ１１２として機能させることができる。 That is, in the straight traveling state in which the control lever 16 is held at the neutral position, the brake pedal 19 can be held at the depressed position by depressing the brake pedal 19 to the depressed position, and the brake on the right side brake 84 is released. The braking state can be switched from the state to the braking state, and the braking force by the right side brake 84 can be applied to the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48. As a result, the right side brake 84 can function as the parking brake 112.
　尚、図示は省略するが、以下の〔１〕～〔４〕に駐車ブレーキ１１２に関する構成の別実施形態を例示する。 Although not shown in the drawings, the following [1] to [4] illustrate another embodiment of the configuration related to the parking brake 112.
〔１〕左側のサイドブレーキ８４が駐車ブレーキ１１２として機能するように構成してもよい。又、左右両方のサイドブレーキ８４が駐車ブレーキ１１２として機能するように構成してもよい。 [1] The left side brake 84 may function as the parking brake 112. Further, both the left and right side brakes 84 may function as the parking brake 112.
〔２〕左右のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を介して左右のクローラ７を制動する専用の駐車ブレーキ１１２を装備してもよい。 [2] A dedicated parking brake 112 that brakes the left and right crawlers 7 via the left and right side clutch brake units 48 may be provided.
〔３〕駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構１１３を、通電の遮断により右側のサイドブレーキ８４を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替える電気式、又は、減圧により右側のサイドブレーキ８４を制動解除状態から制動状態に切り替える油圧式に構成してもよい。 [3] The parking brake operation mechanism 113 is an electric type that switches the right side brake 84 from the brake released state to the braked state by turning off the power supply, or the right side brake 84 is changed from the brake released state to the braked state by depressurization. You may comprise the hydraulic type to switch.
〔４〕ブレーキペダル１９に代えて、駐車位置と駐車解除位置とに位置切り替え保持可能に構成したブレーキレバー、又は、駐車ブレーキ操作用のスイッチ、などを装備してもよい。 [4] Instead of the brake pedal 19, a brake lever configured to be able to switch and hold between a parking position and a parking release position, a switch for operating a parking brake, or the like may be provided.
　次に、伝動装置１３における左右の伝動機構４９及び左右の走行駆動軸５０に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the configuration related to the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 in the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図３～図９及び図１４に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、サイドクラッチ軸４６と左右の走行駆動軸５０との間の位置に、左右の中継軸１１９を、第１空間部５６と対応する第２空間部５８とにわたる左右向きの姿勢で配備している。そして、その主ケース部品５２における左右の側壁に、対応する中継軸１１９における伝動ケース４３の左右中央側に位置する内端部を支持するベアリングなどの第１軸支部１２０を備えている。又、各補助ケース部品５３に、対応する中継軸１１９における伝動ケース４３の左右両端側に位置する外端部を支持するベアリングなどの第２軸支部１２１を備えている。これにより、各中継軸１１９を、それらの両端部を支持する両持ち状態で安定性良く回転可能に支持することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 9 and 14, the transmission case 43 corresponds to the first space portion 56 with the left and right relay shafts 119 positioned at a position between the side clutch shaft 46 and the left and right traveling drive shafts 50. The second space 58 is arranged in a horizontal orientation. The left and right side walls of the main case component 52 are provided with first shaft support portions 120 such as bearings that support inner end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 located on the left and right center sides of the transmission case 43. In addition, each auxiliary case component 53 includes a second shaft support portion 121 such as a bearing that supports outer end portions of the corresponding relay shaft 119 positioned on the left and right ends of the transmission case 43. Thereby, each relay shaft 119 can be supported in a stable manner so as to be rotatable in a both-side supported state in which both end portions thereof are supported.
　各伝動機構４９は、伝動ケース４３の左右中央側に位置する第１空間部５６においてサイドクラッチ軸４６と対応する中継軸１１９とにわたる第１伝動部１２２と、伝動ケース４３の左右両端側に位置する左右の第２空間部５８において対応する中継軸１１９と走行駆動軸５０とにわたる第２伝動部１２３とを備えている。そして、第１伝動部１２２が第２伝動部１２３よりも上方に位置する状態で、伝動ギヤ８２を中心にして左右対称になるように構成している。 Each transmission mechanism 49 is positioned at the first transmission portion 122 extending across the side clutch shaft 46 and the relay shaft 119 corresponding to the side clutch shaft 46 in the first space portion 56 positioned on the left and right center side of the transmission case 43, and on both left and right ends of the transmission case 43. The left and right second space portions 58 are provided with corresponding relay shafts 119 and second transmission portions 123 extending across the travel drive shaft 50. The first transmission unit 122 is configured to be symmetrical with respect to the transmission gear 82 in a state where the first transmission unit 122 is positioned above the second transmission unit 123.
　各第１伝動部１２２は、対応する摺動ユニット９１に備えた駆動ギヤ９２と、この駆動ギヤ９２よりも大径で対応する中継軸１１９と一体回転する従動ギヤ１２４（従動回転体の一例）とを備えて、これらのギヤ９２，１２４が噛み合い連動するギヤ連動式で、対応するサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を経由した動力を減速する第１減速部として機能するように構成している。各従動ギヤ１２４は、第１空間部５６に位置する中継軸１１９の内端部にスプライン嵌合している。 Each first transmission portion 122 includes a driving gear 92 provided in a corresponding sliding unit 91 and a driven gear 124 that is larger in diameter than the driving gear 92 and rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 (an example of a driven rotating body). The gears 92 and 124 are meshed and interlocked to function as a first reduction part that decelerates the power via the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48. Each driven gear 124 is spline-fitted to the inner end portion of the relay shaft 119 located in the first space portion 56.
　各第２伝動部１２３は、対応する中継軸１１９に一体形成した小径の駆動ギヤ（駆動回転体の一例）１２５と、対応する走行駆動軸５０と一体回転する大径の従動ギヤ（従動回転体の一例）１２６とを備えて、これらのギヤ１２５，１２６が噛み合い連動するギヤ連動式で、対応する第１伝動部１２２から走行駆動軸５０に減速伝動する第２減速部として機能するように構成している。 Each of the second transmission parts 123 includes a small-diameter drive gear (an example of a drive rotator) 125 integrally formed with the corresponding relay shaft 119 and a large-diameter driven gear (driven rotator) that rotates integrally with the corresponding travel drive shaft 50. And a gear interlocking type in which these gears 125 and 126 are meshed and interlocked with each other, and function as a second speed reducing portion that performs a speed reduction transmission from the corresponding first power transmission portion 122 to the travel drive shaft 50. is doing.
　つまり、各伝動機構４９は、対応するサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を経由した動力を２段階に減速して対応する走行駆動軸５０に伝達する減速機構として機能するように構成している。 That is, each transmission mechanism 49 is configured to function as a deceleration mechanism that decelerates the power that has passed through the corresponding side clutch brake unit 48 in two stages and transmits it to the corresponding travel drive shaft 50.
　伝動ケース４３は、その主ケース部品５２における左右の側壁に、対応する従動ギヤ１２６における主ケース部品側のボス部１２６Ａを回転可能に支持するベアリングなどの支持部１２７を備えている。又、各補助ケース部品５３に、対応する従動ギヤ１２６における補助ケース部品側のボス部１２６Ｂを回転可能に支持するベアリングなどの支持部１２８を備えている。これにより、各従動ギヤ１２６を、それらの両端部を支持する両持ち状態で安定性良く回転可能に支持することができる。 The transmission case 43 includes support portions 127 such as bearings that rotatably support the boss portions 126A on the main case component side of the corresponding driven gear 126 on the left and right side walls of the main case component 52. Each auxiliary case component 53 is provided with a support portion 128 such as a bearing for rotatably supporting the boss portion 126B on the auxiliary case component side in the corresponding driven gear 126. Thereby, each driven gear 126 can be supported in a stable manner so as to be rotatable in a both-side supported state in which both end portions thereof are supported.
　各従動ギヤ１２６は、それらの中心部に、対応する走行駆動軸５０との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部としてのスプライン穴部１２６Ｃを備えている。各走行駆動軸５０は、それらにおける伝動ケース側の端部に、対応する従動ギヤ１２６との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部５０Ａとしてのスプライン軸部を備えている。これにより、対応する従動ギヤ１２６と走行駆動軸５０とを、走行駆動軸５０の軸心方向での摺動による着脱が可能な状態で連動連結することができる。 Each driven gear 126 is provided with a spline hole portion 126C as a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 at the center thereof. Each travel drive shaft 50 is provided with a spline shaft portion as a spline fitting portion 50 </ b> A that enables interlocking connection with the corresponding driven gear 126 at the end portion on the transmission case side thereof. As a result, the corresponding driven gear 126 and the travel drive shaft 50 can be linked and connected in a state where the drive drive shaft 50 can be attached and detached by sliding in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
　各走行駆動軸５０は、それらの外端部に、対応するクローラ７の駆動スプロケット１２９をスプライン嵌合した状態で抜け止め固定している。各駆動軸ケース５１は、対応する走行駆動軸５０を回転可能かつ走行駆動軸５０の軸心方向に摺動不能に支持している。 The traveling drive shafts 50 are fixed to the outer ends of the traveling drive shafts 50 so that the drive sprockets 129 of the corresponding crawlers 7 are spline-fitted. Each drive shaft case 51 supports the corresponding travel drive shaft 50 so that it can rotate and cannot slide in the axial direction of the travel drive shaft 50.
　各補助ケース部品５３は、従動ギヤ１２６に連動連結する走行駆動軸５０が通る開口５３Ａと、対応する駆動軸ケース５１における伝動ケース側の端部に備えたフランジ部５１Ａが着脱可能にボルト連結される被連結部５３Ｂとを備えている。 Each auxiliary case component 53 is detachably bolted to an opening 53A through which the traveling drive shaft 50 linked to the driven gear 126 passes and a flange portion 51A provided at the end of the corresponding drive shaft case 51 on the transmission case side. Connected portion 53B.
　上記の構成から、各第２空間部５８に備えた各伝動機構４９の第２伝動部１２３などに対するメンテナンスを行う場合には、主ケース部品５２に対する各補助ケース部品５３のボルト連結を解除して、各補助ケース部品５３を主ケース部品５２の左右の側壁から主ケース部品５２の横外方に離間させることにより、各第２伝動部１２３の駆動ギヤ１２５及び従動ギヤ１２６を主ケース部品５２の各凹入部５２Ａに残した状態で、主ケース部品５２から各補助ケース部品５３とともに走行駆動軸５０及び駆動軸ケース５１を取り外すことができる。これにより、主ケース部品５２を左右に分割する場合のような大きな手間を要することなく、比較的簡単に各第２伝動部１２３を露出させることができる。その結果、各第２伝動部１２３などに対するメンテナンス、特に、従動ギヤ１２６あるいは補助ケース部品側の第２軸支部（ベアリング）１２１や支持部（ベアリング）１２８の交換などを容易に行うことができる。 From the above configuration, when performing maintenance on the second transmission portion 123 of each transmission mechanism 49 provided in each second space portion 58, the bolt connection of each auxiliary case component 53 to the main case component 52 is released. Then, the auxiliary case parts 53 are separated from the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 laterally outward of the main case part 52, so that the drive gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each second transmission portion 123 are connected to the main case part 52. The traveling drive shaft 50 and the drive shaft case 51 can be removed from the main case component 52 together with the auxiliary case components 53 while remaining in the respective recessed portions 52A. Thereby, each 2nd transmission part 123 can be exposed comparatively easily, without requiring big effort like the case where the main case component 52 is divided | segmented into right and left. As a result, it is possible to easily perform maintenance on each second transmission portion 123 and the like, in particular, replacement of the driven gear 126 or the second shaft support portion (bearing) 121 and the support portion (bearing) 128 on the auxiliary case component side.
　そして、各第２伝動部１２３を露出させた状態においても、各中継軸１１９及び各第２伝動部１２３の駆動ギヤ１２５や従動ギヤ１２６を、主ケース部品５２の各凹入部５２Ａにおける適正位置に、主ケース部品側の各第１軸支部１２０又は各支持部１２７によって安定的に支持することができる。これにより、従動ギヤ１２６に対する走行駆動軸５０のスプライン嵌合、並びに、補助ケース部品側の第２軸支部１２１又は支持部１２８による中継軸１１９及び従動ギヤ１２６の支持などを行いながら、各補助ケース部品５３を主ケース部品５２の左右の側壁にボルト連結する組み付け作業を容易に行うことができる。 Even in the state where each second transmission portion 123 is exposed, the driving gear 125 and the driven gear 126 of each relay shaft 119 and each second transmission portion 123 are placed at appropriate positions in the respective recessed portions 52A of the main case component 52. Further, it can be stably supported by the first shaft support portions 120 or the support portions 127 on the main case component side. As a result, the spline fitting of the travel drive shaft 50 to the driven gear 126 and the support of the relay shaft 119 and the driven gear 126 by the second shaft support portion 121 or the support portion 128 on the auxiliary case component side are performed. Assembling work for bolting the part 53 to the left and right side walls of the main case part 52 can be easily performed.
　又、伝動ケース４３から各駆動軸ケース５１を取り外す場合には、各補助ケース部品５３に対する各駆動軸ケース５１のボルト連結を解除して、各駆動軸ケース５１を対応する補助ケース部品５３の被連結部５３Ｂから補助ケース部品５３の横外方に離間させることにより、伝動ケース４３から各駆動軸ケース５１とともに走行駆動軸５０を簡単に取り外すことができる。逆に、伝動ケース４３に各駆動軸ケース５１を取り付ける場合には、各走行駆動軸５０を対応する従動ギヤ１２６にスプライン嵌合することにより、各補助ケース部品５３に対する適正位置に駆動軸ケース５１を安定的に位置させることができる。これにより、各補助ケース部品５３に対する各駆動軸ケース５１のボルト連結を簡単に行うことができ、この連結により、対応する走行駆動軸５０と従動ギヤ１２６とをスプライン嵌合状態に維持することができる。 Further, when removing each drive shaft case 51 from the transmission case 43, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 is released, and each drive shaft case 51 is covered with the corresponding auxiliary case component 53. The travel drive shaft 50 can be easily removed from the transmission case 43 together with each drive shaft case 51 by separating the auxiliary case part 53 from the connecting portion 53B to the laterally outward direction. Conversely, when each drive shaft case 51 is attached to the transmission case 43, the drive shaft case 51 is placed at an appropriate position with respect to each auxiliary case component 53 by spline fitting each travel drive shaft 50 to the corresponding driven gear 126. Can be positioned stably. Thereby, the bolt connection of each drive shaft case 51 to each auxiliary case component 53 can be easily performed, and the corresponding traveling drive shaft 50 and the driven gear 126 can be maintained in the spline fitting state by this connection. it can.
　つまり、伝動ケース４３に対する各走行駆動軸５０及び各駆動軸ケース５１の着脱を容易に行うことができる。その結果、伝動装置１３を輸送する場合には、伝動ケース４３から各走行駆動軸５０及び各駆動軸ケース５１を取り外すことにより、伝動装置１３を、各走行駆動軸５０及び各駆動軸ケース５１の左右方向への張り出しを無くしたコンパクトな状態にすることができ、輸送の面において有利にすることができる。又、各走行駆動軸５０及び各駆動軸ケース５１を長さの異なるものに付け替えることにより、伝動装置１３としては同じものを使用しながら、左右のクローラ７のトレッド幅を機種などに応じて容易に変更することができる。 That is, each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 can be easily attached to and detached from the transmission case 43. As a result, when transporting the transmission device 13, each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51 are removed from the transmission case 43, so that the transmission device 13 is connected to each traveling drive shaft 50 and each drive shaft case 51. It is possible to achieve a compact state with no overhang in the left-right direction, which is advantageous in terms of transportation. In addition, by replacing the traveling drive shafts 50 and the drive shaft cases 51 with different lengths, the tread width of the left and right crawlers 7 can be easily adjusted depending on the model while using the same transmission device 13. Can be changed.
　更に、左右の伝動機構４９を左右対称に構成していることにより、左右それぞれの伝動機構４９に使用する各駆動ギヤ９２，１２５、各従動ギヤ１２４，１２６、及び、中継軸１１９、などを共通部品にすることができる。これにより、部品管理の容易化、及び、各伝動機構４９の組み付け工程などが同じになることによる組み付け性の向上、などを図ることができる。 Further, since the left and right transmission mechanisms 49 are configured symmetrically, the drive gears 92 and 125, the driven gears 124 and 126 used for the left and right transmission mechanisms 49, and the relay shaft 119 are shared. Can be a part. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the parts management and improve the assembling performance due to the same assembling process of each transmission mechanism 49.
　その上、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する伝動方向下手側に減速機構として機能する伝動機構４９を備えることにより、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８にかかるトルクを軽減することができ、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８の操作を行い易くすることができる。又、入力軸４４と変速機４７との間に減速機構を備えない構成でありながら、左右の走行駆動軸５０において大きいトルクを発生させることができる。 In addition, by providing a transmission mechanism 49 that functions as a speed reduction mechanism on the lower side in the transmission direction with respect to each side clutch brake unit 48, torque applied to each side clutch brake unit 48 can be reduced, and each side clutch brake unit 48. It is possible to facilitate the operation. In addition, a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50 even though the speed reduction mechanism is not provided between the input shaft 44 and the transmission 47.
　尚、図示は省略するが、各伝動機構４９は、対応する中継軸１１９と一体回転する第２伝動部１２３の駆動ギヤ１２５を、中継軸１１９に着脱可能に外嵌装備するように構成してもよい。又、伝動ケース４３に単一の中継軸１１９を左右向きに固定装備し、この中継軸１１９に、第１伝動部１２２の従動ギヤ１２４と第２伝動部１２３の駆動ギヤ１２５とを一体形成した筒軸を相対回転可能に外嵌装備するように構成してもよい。 Although not shown in the drawings, each transmission mechanism 49 is configured such that the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 that rotates integrally with the corresponding relay shaft 119 is detachably fitted to the relay shaft 119. Also good. In addition, a single relay shaft 119 is fixed to the transmission case 43 in the left-right direction, and the driven gear 124 of the first transmission portion 122 and the drive gear 125 of the second transmission portion 123 are integrally formed on the relay shaft 119. You may comprise so that a cylindrical shaft may be externally fitted so that relative rotation is possible.
　図３～図６、図８及び図１４に示すように、左右の補助ケース部品５３、左右の走行駆動軸５０、及び、左右の駆動軸ケース５１は、それぞれ、左右に兼用可能な左右同一形状の共通部品に構成している。これにより、左右の補助ケース部品５３、左右の走行駆動軸５０、及び、左右の駆動軸ケース５１を、それぞれ、左右固有の形状に個別に構成する場合に比較して、部品管理の容易化などを図りながら、左右の組み違えを防止することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3 to 6, 8 and 14, the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 have the same left and right shapes that can be used in the left and right directions, respectively. It is composed of common parts. Thereby, compared with the case where the left and right auxiliary case parts 53, the left and right traveling drive shafts 50, and the left and right drive shaft cases 51 are individually configured in a shape unique to the left and right, parts management is facilitated, etc. It is possible to prevent the left and right from being combined with each other.
　次に、伝動装置１３の伝動ケース４３に関する構成について説明する。 Next, the configuration related to the transmission case 43 of the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図３、図６、図８及び図９に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その底部における左右の第２伝動部１２３の間に位置する左右中央側部位に、その左右中央側部位を左右の第１伝動部１２２に近接させる上向きの凹部４３Ｃを備えて、その底部を逆Ｕ字形に形成している。又、その凹部４３Ｃの凹入端側が、伝動ケース４３の底部における左右の走行駆動軸５０の間に位置して、主ケース部品５２の左右の側壁にわたるように形成している。これにより、泥の深い作業地での走行において、伝動ケース４３に接触する泥などの抜けを円滑にすることができ、伝動ケース４３に作用する走行抵抗を軽減することができる。又、左右の走行駆動軸５０を支持する伝動ケース４３の底部に対する補強を、走行駆動軸５０の支持位置を考慮した適切な状態で効果的に行うことができる。 As shown in FIGS. 3, 6, 8, and 9, the transmission case 43 has a left and right central side portion located between the left and right second transmission portions 123 at the bottom thereof, An upward concave portion 43 </ b> C that is brought close to the first transmission portion 122 is provided, and its bottom portion is formed in an inverted U shape. Further, the recess 43 </ b> C is formed so that the recessed end side is located between the left and right travel drive shafts 50 at the bottom of the transmission case 43 and extends to the left and right side walls of the main case component 52. As a result, in traveling in a deep mud work area, mud etc. coming into contact with the transmission case 43 can be smoothly removed, and traveling resistance acting on the transmission case 43 can be reduced. In addition, the bottom of the transmission case 43 that supports the left and right travel drive shafts 50 can be effectively reinforced in an appropriate state in consideration of the support position of the travel drive shaft 50.
　次に、伝動装置１３の伝動に関する構成について説明する。 Next, a configuration related to transmission of the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図８、図９及び図１５に示すように、伝動装置１３は、各中継軸１１９を走行駆動軸５０に対する前上方の位置に配備している。又、サイドクラッチ軸４６を各中継軸１１９に対する後上方の位置に配備している。これにより、図１５において実線で示すように、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、各中継軸１１９にかかるサイドクラッチ軸４６からの駆動力Ｆ１と各走行駆動軸５０からの駆動反力Ｆ２とが、互いの鉛直成分Ｆ１ａ，Ｆ２ａが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、各中継軸１１９の従動ギヤ１２４とサイドクラッチ軸４６の各駆動ギヤ９２、及び、各中継軸１１９の駆動ギヤ１２５と各走行駆動軸５０の従動ギヤ１２６、を介してサイドクラッチ軸４６と各走行駆動軸５０とに分散するようになる。逆に、図１５において破線で示すように、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、各中継軸１１９にかかる駆動力Ｆ１と駆動反力Ｆ２とが、互いの鉛直成分Ｆ１ａ，Ｆ２ａが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、各中継軸１１９のみにかかるようになる。その結果、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力Ｆ１と駆動反力Ｆ２とが各中継軸１１９のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、各中継軸１１９を支持する各軸支部（ベアリング）１２０，１２１にかかる負荷を軽減することができ、各軸支部１２０，１２１の耐久性を向上させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 15, the transmission device 13 has the relay shafts 119 disposed at the front upper position with respect to the travel drive shaft 50. In addition, the side clutch shaft 46 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to each relay shaft 119. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 15, during forward traveling with high use frequency, the driving force F1 from the side clutch shaft 46 applied to each relay shaft 119 and the driving reaction force F2 from each traveling drive shaft 50 are: While the vertical components F1a and F2a are reduced by canceling each other, the driven gear 124 of each relay shaft 119 and each drive gear 92 of the side clutch shaft 46, and the drive gear 125 and each travel drive shaft of each relay shaft 119 are reduced. The side clutch shaft 46 and the travel drive shafts 50 are distributed via the 50 driven gears 126. Conversely, as shown by the broken line in FIG. 15, during reverse travel that is less frequently used, the driving force F <b> 1 and the driving reaction force F <b> 2 applied to each relay shaft 119 decrease as the vertical components F <b> 1 a and F <b> 2 a cancel each other. However, only the relay shaft 119 is applied. As a result, compared to a case where the driving force F1 and the driving reaction force F2 are applied only to each relay shaft 119 during forward traveling with high use frequency, each shaft supporting portion (bearing) supporting each relay shaft 119 is compared. ) The load on 120, 121 can be reduced, and the durability of each pivotal support 120, 121 can be improved.
　図７、図９及び図１５に示すように、伝動装置１３は、変速機４７の従動軸４５をサイドクラッチ軸４６に対する前上方の位置に配備している。又、変速機４７の駆動軸を兼ねる入力軸４４を従動軸４５に対する後上方の位置に配備している。これにより、図１５において実線で示すように、使用頻度の高い前進走行時には、従動軸４５にかかる入力軸４４からの駆動力Ｆ３とサイドクラッチ軸４６からの駆動反力Ｆ４とが、互いの鉛直成分Ｆ３ａ，Ｆ４ａが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸４５の各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５と入力軸４４の各駆動ギヤ６０，６２，６４、及び、従動軸４５の出力ギヤ８１とサイドクラッチ軸４６の伝動ギヤ８２、を介して入力軸４４とサイドクラッチ軸４６とに分散するようになる。逆に、図１５において破線で示すように、使用頻度の低い後進走行時には、従動軸４５にかかる駆動力Ｆ３と駆動反力Ｆ４とが、互いの鉛直成分Ｆ３ａ，Ｆ４ａが打ち消し合うことによって低下しながら、従動軸４５のみにかかるようになる。その結果、使用頻度の高い前進走行時に、駆動力Ｆ３と駆動反力Ｆ４とが従動軸４５のみにかかるように構成する場合に比較して、従動軸４５を支持する各軸支部（ベアリング）８０にかかる負荷を軽減することができ、各軸支部８０の耐久性を向上させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 15, the transmission device 13 is provided with a driven shaft 45 of the transmission 47 at a front upper position with respect to the side clutch shaft 46. In addition, an input shaft 44 that also serves as a drive shaft of the transmission 47 is disposed at a rear upper position with respect to the driven shaft 45. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 15, during forward traveling with high use frequency, the driving force F3 from the input shaft 44 applied to the driven shaft 45 and the driving reaction force F4 from the side clutch shaft 46 are perpendicular to each other. The driven gears 61, 63, 65 of the driven shaft 45 and the drive gears 60, 62, 64 of the input shaft 44, and the output gear 81 of the driven shaft 45 and the side are lowered while the components F 3 a, F 4 a are canceled out. The input shaft 44 and the side clutch shaft 46 are dispersed via the transmission gear 82 of the clutch shaft 46. Conversely, as shown by the broken line in FIG. 15, during reverse travel that is less frequently used, the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 applied to the driven shaft 45 decrease as the vertical components F3a and F4a cancel each other. However, only the driven shaft 45 is applied. As a result, each shaft support (bearing) 80 that supports the driven shaft 45 is compared with a case where the driving force F3 and the driving reaction force F4 are applied only to the driven shaft 45 during forward traveling with high use frequency. Thus, the durability of each shaft support 80 can be improved.
　図９及び図１５に示すように、伝動装置１３は、サイドクラッチ軸４６を入力軸４４及び各走行駆動軸５０よりも後方の位置に配備している。又、各中継軸１１９を従動軸４５よりも前方の位置に配備している。これにより、伝動装置１３の上下長さが長くなることを抑制しながら、サイドクラッチ軸４６と各中継軸１１９との間の離間距離、及び、各中継軸１１９と各走行駆動軸５０との間の離間距離を大きくすることができる。その結果、サイドクラッチ軸４６と各中継軸１１９との間での各駆動ギヤ９２と各従動ギヤ１２４との減速比、及び、各中継軸１１９と各走行駆動軸５０との間での各駆動ギヤ１２５と各従動ギヤ１２６との減速比を大きくすることができ、左右の走行駆動軸５０において大きいトルクを発生させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 9 and 15, the transmission device 13 has the side clutch shaft 46 disposed behind the input shaft 44 and each travel drive shaft 50. Further, each relay shaft 119 is arranged at a position ahead of the driven shaft 45. Thereby, while suppressing that the vertical length of the transmission device 13 becomes long, the separation distance between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The separation distance can be increased. As a result, the reduction ratio between each drive gear 92 and each driven gear 124 between the side clutch shaft 46 and each relay shaft 119, and each drive between each relay shaft 119 and each travel drive shaft 50. The reduction ratio between the gear 125 and each driven gear 126 can be increased, and a large torque can be generated in the left and right traveling drive shafts 50.
　次に、伝動装置１３に関係する伝動ケース４３の周辺構造について説明する。 Next, the peripheral structure of the transmission case 43 related to the transmission device 13 will be described.
　図１～図５及び図９に示すように、刈取搬送装置２は、前述したように、操縦レバー１６の前後方向への揺動操作により、伝動装置１３の前方を覆う作業位置と伝動装置１３の前方を開放する非作業位置とにわたって昇降変位するように構成している。 As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 5 and FIG. 9, the cutting and conveying device 2 has a working position covering the front of the transmission device 13 and the transmission device 13 by the swinging operation of the control lever 16 in the front-rear direction, as described above. It is configured to move up and down over a non-working position where the front of the door is opened.
　伝動ケース４３は、大径の従動ギヤ１２４を備える各中継軸１１９を、入力軸４４、従動軸４５、サイドクラッチ軸４６、及び、各走行駆動軸５０よりも前方の位置に配備することにより、その前壁における各中継軸１１９の配置対応箇所となる下部側を前方に膨出させている。これにより、その前壁の上部側が下部側よりも後方に偏倚した形状になっている。そして、その前壁の上部側に、伝動ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタ１３０と、このオイルフィルタ１３０からのオイルを制御する前述したステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７とを、搭乗運転部側となる右側にバルブユニット１０７が位置するように左右に並べた状態で着脱可能に配備している。 In the transmission case 43, the relay shafts 119 including the large-diameter driven gears 124 are arranged at positions ahead of the input shaft 44, the driven shaft 45, the side clutch shaft 46, and the travel drive shafts 50, The lower side of the front wall that corresponds to the location of each relay shaft 119 is bulged forward. Thereby, the upper side of the front wall has a shape that is biased rearward than the lower side. An oil filter 130 that filters the oil stored in the transmission case and the steering valve unit 107 that controls the oil from the oil filter 130 are installed on the front side of the front wall. In such a state that the valve unit 107 is positioned on the right side, the left and right sides are arranged detachably.
　ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７は、そのバルブ操作軸１３１を、バルブユニット１０７の上部側においてバルブケース１３２の前壁から前方に突出する状態で装備している。そして、そのバルブ操作軸１３１の突出端部となる前端部に、バルブ操作軸１３１と一体で動く連係アーム１３３を、搭乗運転部側となる右側に延出させた状態で装備し、その延出端側を操縦レバー１６にステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８を介して連係している。 The steering valve unit 107 is equipped with the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of protruding forward from the front wall of the valve case 132 on the upper side of the valve unit 107. Then, a linkage arm 133 that moves integrally with the valve operating shaft 131 is mounted on the front end portion that is the protruding end portion of the valve operating shaft 131 in a state of extending to the right side that is the boarding operation portion side. The end side is linked to the control lever 16 through a mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
　ＨＳＴ１２は、前述したように、搭乗運転部側となる伝動ケース４３における右側壁の上部に配備するとともに、その変速操作軸４０を、変速ケース３０の前壁から前方に突出する状態で装備している。そして、変速操作軸４０の突出端部となる前端部に備えた連係アーム４１を、主変速レバー１７に主変速用の機械式連係機構４２を介して連係している。 As described above, the HST 12 is provided on the upper portion of the right side wall of the transmission case 43 on the boarding operation unit side, and is equipped with the speed change operation shaft 40 so as to protrude forward from the front wall of the speed change case 30. Yes. The linkage arm 41 provided at the front end portion which is the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 40 is linked to the main speed change lever 17 via a main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42.
　変速機４７は、その変速操作軸７３が伝動ケース４３の前壁におけるオイルフィルタ１３０の上方箇所を貫通し、変速操作軸７３の突出端部となる前端部が、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７よりも前方に位置するように構成している。そして、その変速操作軸７３の前端部に、変速操作軸７３と一体で動く連係アーム７７を、搭乗運転部側となる右側に延出させた状態で装備し、その延出端側を副変速レバー１８に副変速用の機械式連係機構７８を介して連係している。 In the transmission 47, the speed change operation shaft 73 passes through an upper portion of the oil filter 130 on the front wall of the transmission case 43, and the front end portion serving as the protruding end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 is more than the valve unit 107 for steering. It is configured to be located in the front. Then, a linkage arm 77 that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft 73 is provided at the front end portion of the speed change operation shaft 73 so as to extend to the right side, which is the boarding operation portion side, and the extension end side is sub-shifted. The lever 18 is linked via a mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission.
　駐車ブレーキ１１２は、搭乗運転部側に位置する右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に備えたサイドブレーキ８４を利用して構成している。そして、駐車ブレーキ用の操作機構１１３に備えた制動操作軸１１６を、搭乗運転部側に位置する伝動ケース４３の右側壁から搭乗運転部側となる右外方に突出させ、その突出端部となる右端部に備えた連係アーム１１７を、ブレーキペダル１９に駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構１１４を介して連係している。 The parking brake 112 is configured by using a side brake 84 provided in the right side clutch brake unit 48 located on the boarding operation unit side. Then, the braking operation shaft 116 provided in the parking brake operating mechanism 113 is protruded from the right side wall of the transmission case 43 located on the boarding driving part side to the right outer side on the boarding driving part side, The linkage arm 117 provided at the right end portion is linked to the brake pedal 19 via a mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake.
　上記の構成から、オイルフィルタ１３０やステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７の交換、又は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８、主変速用の機械式連係機構４２、及び、副変速用の機械式連係機構７８の調整、などのメンテナンス作業を行う場合には、刈取搬送装置２を非作業位置まで上昇させることにより、オイルフィルタ１３０、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８、主変速用の機械式連係機構４２、及び、副変速用の機械式連係機構７８の前方を開放することができ、それらの前方から前述したメンテナンス作業を容易に行うことができる。 From the above configuration, the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be replaced, or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for auxiliary transmission. When performing maintenance work such as adjustment of the oil pressure, the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, whereby the oil filter 130, the steering valve unit 107, the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108, and the main transmission The front of the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-transmission can be opened, and the above-described maintenance work can be easily performed from the front thereof.
　又、主変速用の機械式連係機構４２、副変速用の機械式連係機構７８、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８、及び、駐車ブレーキ用の機械式連係機構１１４のそれぞれを、搭乗運転部８と伝動ケース４３との間において、それらの連係長さを極力短くした状態で構成することができる。そして、各変速操作軸４０，７３及びバルブ操作軸１３１が前方に突出していることにより、これらの操作軸４０，７３，１３１に対する主変速用の機械式連係機構４２、副変速用の機械式連係機構７８、又は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８の接続を、それらの前方から容易に行うことができる。 In addition, the mechanical linkage mechanism 42 for main transmission, the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for sub-shift, the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering, and the mechanical linkage mechanism 114 for parking brake are respectively connected to the boarding operation unit 8. And the transmission case 43 can be configured in a state in which their linkage length is shortened as much as possible. Since each of the speed change operation shafts 40 and 73 and the valve operation shaft 131 protrude forward, the main gear shift mechanical linkage mechanism 42 and the sub gear shift mechanical linkage with respect to the operation shafts 40, 73, and 131 are provided. The mechanism 78 or the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering can be easily connected from the front thereof.
　しかも、変速機４７の変速操作軸７３がオイルフィルタ１３０よりも上方に位置することにより、副変速レバー１８と変速機４７の変速操作軸７３との副変速用の機械式連係機構７８を介した連係を、オイルフィルタ１３０により阻害されることなく簡単に行うことができる。 In addition, since the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 is positioned above the oil filter 130, the auxiliary transmission lever 18 and the transmission operation shaft 73 of the transmission 47 are connected via the mechanical linkage mechanism 78 for the auxiliary transmission. The linkage can be easily performed without being obstructed by the oil filter 130.
　更に、オイルフィルタ１３０及びステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７に対する泥などの付着を、前方に膨出する伝動ケース４３の下部側によって抑制することができる。又、オイルフィルタ１３０及びステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７を伝動ケース４３の下部側に配備する場合に比較して、オイルフィルタ１３０やステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７の交換などを行う際の作業姿勢を無理の少ない楽な姿勢にすることができる。その結果、オイルフィルタ１３０及びステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７に対するメンテナンス性を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, adhesion of mud or the like to the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be suppressed by the lower side of the transmission case 43 that bulges forward. Compared with the case where the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 are provided on the lower side of the transmission case 43, the working posture when replacing the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 is unreasonable. It can be a less comfortable posture. As a result, the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the steering valve unit 107 can be improved.
　図１～図５に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７よりも後方の位置に各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を備えている。そして、その各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８を覆う左右のケース部分となる左右のカバー部材１０２に、各サイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８の油室１０４に連通する配管用の接続部１０２Ｂを備えている。各接続部１０２Ｂは、左右のカバー部材１０２におけるオイルフィルタ１３０よりも下方の位置に配備している。ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７は、その左側の側壁に左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する配管用の接続部１０７Ａを備え、その上側の側壁に右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する配管用の接続部１０７Ｂを備えている。そして、左側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する伝動ケース側の接続部１０２Ｂとバルブユニット側の接続部１０７Ａとにわたる左側の油圧管１３４を、バルブユニット１０７の前壁から前方に突出しない状態でオイルフィルタ１３０の下方を通るように配管している。又、右側のサイドクラッチブレーキユニット４８に対する伝動ケース側の接続部１０２Ｂとバルブユニット側の接続部１０７Ｂとにわたる右側の油圧管１３５を、バルブユニット１０７の前壁から前方に突出しない状態でバルブユニット１０７の右側方を通るように配管している。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, the transmission case 43 is provided with each side clutch brake unit 48 at a position rearward of the valve unit 107 for steering. The left and right cover members 102 that are the left and right case portions covering the side clutch brake units 48 are provided with pipe connection portions 102 </ b> B communicating with the oil chambers 104 of the side clutch brake units 48. Each connection part 102B is arranged at a position below the oil filter 130 in the left and right cover members 102. The steering valve unit 107 includes a pipe connection 107A for the left side clutch brake unit 48 on the left side wall, and a pipe connection 107B for the right side clutch brake unit 48 on the upper side wall. I have. The left side hydraulic pipe 134 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102 </ b> B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107 </ b> A to the left side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass below. Further, the right hydraulic pipe 135 extending between the transmission case side connecting portion 102B and the valve unit side connecting portion 107B with respect to the right side clutch brake unit 48 does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit 107. Piping to pass right side of.
　これにより、泥の深い作業地での作業走行などにおいて、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット用の各油圧管１３４，１３５を作業地の泥などからの抵抗を受け難くすることができる。その結果、それらの油圧管１３４，１３５が泥などに押されて変形するなどの不都合が生じる虞を抑制することができる。又、左側の油圧管１３４は、オイルフィルタ１３０の着脱に支障を来さない状態で配管することができ、右側の油圧管１３５は、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８の後方において、ステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８による操縦レバー１６とバルブ操作軸１３１との連係に支障を来さない状態で配管することができる。つまり、オイルフィルタ１３０やステアリング用の機械式連係機構１０８に対するメンテナンス性を損なうことなく、サイドクラッチブレーキユニット用の各油圧管１３４，１３５を良好に配管することができる。 This makes it possible to make the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 for the side clutch brake unit less susceptible to resistance from mud and the like in the work place when working in a deep work place and the like. As a result, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 are deformed by being pushed by mud or the like. Further, the left hydraulic pipe 134 can be piped in a state that does not interfere with the attachment / detachment of the oil filter 130, and the right hydraulic pipe 135 is disposed behind the steering mechanical linkage mechanism 108. It is possible to perform piping in a state where the linkage between the control lever 16 and the valve operating shaft 131 by the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 is not hindered. In other words, the hydraulic pipes 134 and 135 for the side clutch brake unit can be satisfactorily piped without impairing the maintainability of the oil filter 130 and the mechanical linkage mechanism 108 for steering.
　図２、図９及び図１６に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その主ケース部品５２の前壁における下部側の内面に、第２油圧ポンプ１０９の作動による伝動ケース４３に貯留したオイルの吸い込みを可能にするオイル吸込口４３Ｄを形成している。又、その主ケース部品５２の前壁に、オイル吸込口４３Ｄからオイルフィルタ１３０のオイル流入口１３０Ａにわたる内部油路４３Ｅを形成している。これにより、例えば、伝動ケース４３に伝動ケース４３に貯留したオイルの取り出しを可能にするオイル取出口を形成し、このオイル取出口からオイルフィルタ１３０のオイル流入口１３０Ａにわたる油圧管を伝動ケース４３の外部に配管する場合に比較して、部品点数の削減による配管構造の簡素化及び配管に要する手間の削減などを図ることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 9, and 16, the transmission case 43 sucks oil stored in the transmission case 43 by the operation of the second hydraulic pump 109 on the inner surface of the lower side of the front wall of the main case part 52. The oil suction port 43D that enables the above is formed. Further, an internal oil passage 43 </ b> E extending from the oil suction port 43 </ b> D to the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130 is formed on the front wall of the main case part 52. Thereby, for example, an oil outlet that enables the oil stored in the transmission case 43 to be taken out is formed in the transmission case 43, and a hydraulic pipe extending from the oil outlet to the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130 is connected to the transmission case 43. Compared to the case of piping outside, it is possible to simplify the piping structure by reducing the number of parts and reduce the labor required for piping.
　オイル吸込口４３Ｄ及び内部油路４３Ｅは、伝動ケース４３の右ケース部材５５における左ケース部材５４との合わせ面５５Ａに凹入形成した溝５５Ｂを、左ケース部材５４における右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５４Ａにて塞ぐことにより、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５５Ａ，５５Ｂに形成している。これにより、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５５Ａ，５５Ｂに介装するガスケット１３６を、右ケース部材５５の合わせ面５５Ａに形成する溝５５Ｂの形状を考慮する必要のない、左ケース部材５４の合わせ面５４Ａの全面に接合する単純な形状に形成することができる。つまり、例えば、オイル吸込口４３Ｄ及び内部油路４３Ｅを、左ケース部材５４の合わせ面５４Ａと右ケース部材５５の合わせ面５５Ａとの双方に凹入形成した溝によって左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５５Ａ，５５Ｂを跨いだ状態に形成する場合にガスケット１３６に備える必要が生じる、左ケース部材側の溝と右ケース部材側の溝とを連通させるための長穴、を不要にすることができる。その結果、左ケース部材５４と右ケース部材５５との合わせ面５４Ａ，５５Ａに対するガスケット１３６のシール性、及び、ガスケット１３６の強度を容易に確保することができる。 The oil suction port 43 </ b> D and the internal oil passage 43 </ b> E are provided with a groove 55 </ b> B that is recessed and formed in the mating surface 55 </ b> A of the right case member 55 of the transmission case 43 with the left case member 54. By closing with the surface 54A, the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 are formed. Thereby, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the groove 55B formed in the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55 for the gasket 136 interposed between the mating surfaces 55A and 55B of the left case member 54 and the right case member 55. It can be formed in a simple shape that is bonded to the entire mating surface 54A of the case member 54. That is, for example, the left case member 54 and the right case member 43D and the internal oil passage 43E are formed by recessing both the mating surface 54A of the left case member 54 and the mating surface 55A of the right case member 55. When the mating surfaces 55A and 55B with 55 are formed across the mating surfaces 55A and 55B, it is necessary to provide the gasket 136, and there is no need for an elongated hole for communicating the groove on the left case member side and the groove on the right case member side. can do. As a result, the sealing property of the gasket 136 with respect to the mating surfaces 54A and 55A between the left case member 54 and the right case member 55 and the strength of the gasket 136 can be easily ensured.
　オイル吸込口４３Ｄは、左右の伝動機構４９の間における第１空間部５６において回転数が最も低い左右の従動ギヤ１２６の間に形成している。つまり、左右の従動ギヤ１２６は、第１空間部５６において回転数が最も低いことから、それらの駆動時の回転に伴って発生する気泡も少なくなっており、そして、それらの従動ギヤ１２６から最も離れた位置になる左右の従動ギヤ１２６の間にオイル吸込口４３Ｄを形成することから、各従動ギヤ１２６の回転に伴って発生する気泡がオイルとともにオイル吸込口４３Ｄから吸い込まれる不都合の発生を効果的に抑制することができる。 The oil suction port 43 </ b> D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 having the lowest rotation speed in the first space 56 between the left and right transmission mechanisms 49. That is, the left and right driven gears 126 have the lowest number of rotations in the first space portion 56, and therefore, the number of bubbles generated along with the rotation during driving thereof is reduced. Since the oil suction port 43D is formed between the left and right driven gears 126 that are separated from each other, it is possible to effectively prevent the occurrence of inconvenience that bubbles generated with the rotation of each driven gear 126 are sucked from the oil suction port 43D together with oil. Can be suppressed.
　図３及び図９に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その下部側を前方に膨出させていることを利用して、その前壁におけるオイルフィルタ１３０の下方箇所に、オイルを受け止めて伝動ケース４３の左側壁に案内するオイルガイド４３Ｆを形成している。これにより、オイルフィルタ１３０を取り外す際に、オイルフィルタ１３０のオイル流入口１３０Ａや伝動ケース４３の内部油路４３Ｅなどから漏れ出したオイルを伝動ケース４３の左側壁に沿って流下させることができる。これにより、その漏れ出したオイルが伝動ケース４３の前壁や左右の側壁などに広域にわたって流下する場合に比較して、オイルフィルタ１３０の交換などを行った後の清掃作業を容易にすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 9, the transmission case 43 utilizes the fact that the lower side is bulged forward, and receives the oil at the lower part of the oil filter 130 on the front wall to transmit the transmission case 43. An oil guide 43F is formed to guide the left side wall of 43. Thereby, when the oil filter 130 is removed, the oil leaked from the oil inlet 130 </ b> A of the oil filter 130, the internal oil passage 43 </ b> E of the transmission case 43, etc. can flow down along the left side wall of the transmission case 43. Thereby, compared with the case where the leaked oil flows down to the front wall and the left and right side walls of the transmission case 43 over a wide area, the cleaning work after the oil filter 130 is replaced can be facilitated. it can.
　図２、図３、図５～図７及び図１０に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、油圧機器であるステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７から伝動ケース４３の内部に戻すオイルを、従動軸４５及び従動軸４５と相対回転する各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５に供給する潤滑用の油路１３７を備えている。潤滑用の油路１３７は、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７から伝動ケース４３にわたる油圧管１３８、及び、従動軸４５に形成した内部油路４５Ｃ、などによって形成している。これにより、例えば、伝動ケース４３に対するオイルの補給を怠ることにより、伝動ケース４３に貯留したオイルの表面高さが各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５の下端よりも低くなった場合であっても、ステアリング用のバルブユニット１０７からのオイルを各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５に供給することができ、従動軸４５に対する各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５の焼き付きを防止することができる。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, 5 to 7 and 10, the transmission case 43 supplies oil returned from the steering valve unit 107, which is a hydraulic device, to the inside of the transmission case 43. An oil passage 137 for lubrication is provided to each driven gear 61, 63, 65 that rotates relative to the shaft 45. The lubricating oil passage 137 is formed by a hydraulic pipe 138 extending from the steering valve unit 107 to the transmission case 43, an internal oil passage 45C formed in the driven shaft 45, and the like. Thereby, for example, even if the surface height of the oil stored in the transmission case 43 is lower than the lower ends of the driven gears 61, 63, 65 by neglecting oil supply to the transmission case 43, Oil from the steering valve unit 107 can be supplied to each driven gear 61, 63, 65, and seizure of each driven gear 61, 63, 65 with respect to the driven shaft 45 can be prevented.
　尚、昇降用のバルブユニット又はＨＳＴなどの油圧機器からのオイルを、潤滑用の油路４５Ｃなどを介して従動軸４５及び各従動ギヤ６１，６３，６５に供給するように構成してもよい。 It should be noted that oil from hydraulic equipment such as a lifting valve unit or HST may be supplied to the driven shaft 45 and the driven gears 61, 63, 65 via a lubricating oil passage 45C. .
　図４、図６、図７及び図９に示すように、伝動ケース４３は、その後上部に備える補助空間部５７を、作業装置用の補助伝動機構（図示せず）を内蔵することが可能な形状に形成している。そして、その入力用の第３開口４３Ｇを備える右側壁とは反対側の左側壁における所定位置に、補助伝動機構からの補助動力の取り出しを可能にする第４開口４３Ｈを形成し、かつ、この第４開口４３Ｈを塞ぐ蓋部材１３９を着脱可能に装備している。これにより、この伝動装置１３を、例えば、伝動装置１３の入力軸４４から分岐した動力を伝動ケース４３の第４開口４３Ｈから取り出して作業装置の一例である刈取搬送装置に伝達する構成を採用する自脱型コンバインなどに適用する場合には、補助空間部５７に、刈取搬送装置に対する動力分配用の補助伝動機構を内蔵することにより、自脱型コンバインなどに適した伝動構造に簡単に仕様変更することができる。つまり、自脱型コンバインなどにも適用することができる汎用性の高い伝動装置１３を得ることができる。そして、自脱型コンバインなどに適用した場合には、伝動ケース４３の第４開口４３Ｈから取り出した動力を作業装置に伝達する作業伝動系と、伝動装置１３に対する入力系となるＨＳＴ１２などとの干渉を回避し易くなる。その上、前述したように、変速機４７における入力軸４４の左方への延出長さが従動軸４５よりも短くなって伝動装置１３の上部での左右幅が右寄りに狭くなることにより、伝動ケース４３における左側壁の上部側に形成した第４開口４３Ｈから取り出した動力を作業装置に伝達することから伝動装置１３の左上部側に配備することが一般的になる作業伝動系の配置空間を、伝動装置１３の左上部側において確保し易くなる。その結果、自脱型コンバインなどへの適用を促進させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 4, 6, 7, and 9, the transmission case 43 can incorporate an auxiliary space portion 57 provided in the upper portion thereof and an auxiliary transmission mechanism (not shown) for the working device. It is formed into a shape. And the 4th opening 43H which enables taking out of auxiliary power from an auxiliary power transmission mechanism is formed in the predetermined position in the left side wall opposite to the right side wall provided with the 3rd opening 43G for input, and this A lid member 139 that closes the fourth opening 43H is detachably mounted. Thereby, this transmission apparatus 13 employ | adopts the structure which takes out the power branched from the input shaft 44 of the transmission apparatus 13, for example, from the 4th opening 43H of the transmission case 43, and transmits to the cutting conveyance apparatus which is an example of a working device. When applied to a self-removing combine, etc., the auxiliary space 57 has a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for power distribution to the cutting and conveying device, so that the specification can be easily changed to a transmission structure suitable for self-removing combine. can do. That is, it is possible to obtain a highly versatile transmission 13 that can be applied to a self-removing combine. When applied to a self-removing combine, etc., the interference between the work transmission system that transmits the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H of the transmission case 43 to the work apparatus and the HST 12 that is the input system to the transmission apparatus 13 or the like It becomes easy to avoid. In addition, as described above, the extension length of the input shaft 44 to the left in the transmission 47 is shorter than the driven shaft 45, and the left-right width at the top of the transmission 13 is narrowed to the right. An arrangement space for a work transmission system that is generally arranged on the upper left side of the transmission device 13 because the power extracted from the fourth opening 43H formed on the upper side of the left side wall of the transmission case 43 is transmitted to the work device. Is easily secured on the upper left side of the transmission device 13. As a result, it is possible to promote the application to a self-removing combine.
　図１及び図３～図５に示すように、ＨＳＴ１２は、そのケース本体３５の上部にオイルフィルタ１４０を着脱可能に装備している。そして、刈取搬送装置２を非作業位置まで上昇させた場合には、オイルフィルタ１４０の前方を開放することができ、これにより、その前方からオイルフィルタ１４０の交換などのオイルフィルタ１４０に対するメンテナンス作業を容易に行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 1 and FIGS. 3 to 5, the HST 12 is detachably equipped with an oil filter 140 at the upper part of the case body 35. When the cutting and conveying device 2 is raised to the non-working position, the front of the oil filter 140 can be opened, and maintenance work for the oil filter 140 such as replacement of the oil filter 140 can be performed from the front. It can be done easily.
［第２実施形態］
　以下、図１７～図２７を参照しながら、第２実施形態について説明する。 [Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
［１］
　図１７は農作業車の一例である普通型のコンバインに備えられた右及び左のクローラ走行装置を示している。先ず、クローラ走行装置の概要について説明する。
　図１７に示すように、クローラ走行装置は、機体フレーム２０１に支持されたトラックフレーム２０２、トラックフレーム２０２に支持された複数の転輪２０３、誘導輪２０４及びクロ－ラガイド２０５、機体フレーム２０１に支持された上部転輪２０６、機体フレーム２０１に支持された駆動輪２０７（回転輪に相当）、クローラベルト２０８等を備えて構成されている。 [1]
FIG. 17 shows right and left crawler traveling devices provided in a normal combine that is an example of an agricultural work vehicle. First, an outline of the crawler traveling device will be described.
As shown in FIG. 17, the crawler traveling device is supported by the track frame 202 supported by the fuselage frame 201, the plurality of rolling wheels 203 supported by the track frame 202, the guide wheel 204 and the crawler guide 205, and the fuselage frame 201. The upper rolling wheel 206, a driving wheel 207 (corresponding to a rotating wheel) supported by the machine frame 201, a crawler belt 208, and the like are provided.
［２］
　次に、駆動輪２０７について説明する。
　図１７及び図１８に示すように、機体フレーム２０１にミッションケース２０９が支持され、ミッションケース２０９から右及び左の駆動軸２１１（支持軸に相当）が横方向に延出されており、ミッションケース２０９に固定された円筒状の右及び左の車軸ケース２１０（支持ケースに相当）により、駆動軸２１１の外側が覆われている。車軸ケース２１０の中央側よりも大径の円筒状の端部２１０ａ（支持ケースにおける回転輪側の端部に相当）が車軸ケース２１０に固定されて、駆動軸２１１の外周部と車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部との間にベアリング２１２が備えられており、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部に備えられたストッパーリング２１３によってベアリング２１２の位置が決められている。 [2]
Next, the drive wheel 207 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, a mission case 209 is supported on the body frame 201, and right and left drive shafts 211 (corresponding to support shafts) extend laterally from the mission case 209. A cylindrical right and left axle case 210 (corresponding to a support case) fixed to 209 covers the outside of the drive shaft 211. A cylindrical end 210a (corresponding to the end on the rotating wheel side in the support case) having a diameter larger than the center side of the axle case 210 is fixed to the axle case 210, and the outer periphery of the drive shaft 211 and the axle case 210 are fixed. A bearing 212 is provided between the end portion 210a and the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a, and a position of the bearing 212 is determined by a stopper ring 213 provided on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210.
　図１８に示すように、駆動輪２０７は、外側部２０７ａ及び内側部２０７ｂ（回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分に相当）を備え、外側部２０７ａ及び内側部２０７ｂがボルト２０７ｃ及びピン２０７ｄにより連結されて構成されている。クローラベルト２０８に内装された芯金（図示せず）に当たる爪部２０７ｅが外側部２０７ａに備えられて、内側部２０７ｂの内周部にスプライン部２０７ｆが備えられている。 As shown in FIG. 18, the driving wheel 207 includes an outer portion 207a and an inner portion 207b (corresponding to a rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel), and the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b are connected by a bolt 207c and a pin 207d. Has been configured. A claw portion 207e that hits a cored bar (not shown) provided in the crawler belt 208 is provided in the outer portion 207a, and a spline portion 207f is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the inner portion 207b.
　図１８に示すように、駆動軸２１１の端部にスプライン部２１１ａが備えられて、駆動輪２０７のスプライン部２０７ｆが駆動軸２１１のスプライン部２１１ａに取り付けられている。駆動軸２１１の外周部において、駆動軸２１１の内側部２０７ｂとベアリング２１２との間に、リング状のカラー部材２１４が取り付けられており、カラー部材２１４とベアリング２１２とが接触して、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとカラー部材２１４とが接触している。 18, a spline portion 211a is provided at the end of the drive shaft 211, and the spline portion 207f of the drive wheel 207 is attached to the spline portion 211a of the drive shaft 211. On the outer periphery of the drive shaft 211, a ring-shaped collar member 214 is attached between the inner portion 207b of the drive shaft 211 and the bearing 212, and the collar member 214 and the bearing 212 come into contact with each other to drive the drive wheel 207. The inner part 207b of the color plate and the collar member 214 are in contact with each other.
　図１８に示すように、駆動軸２１１の端部にネジ軸部２１１ｂが備えられており、駆動軸２１１のネジ軸部２１１ｂの外周部にリング部材２１５が取り付けられて、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとリング部材２１５が接触している。駆動軸２１１のネジ軸部２１１ｂにナット２１６を取り付け、ナット２１６をリング部材２１５に接触させて締め込むことにより、駆動軸２１１に対する駆動輪２０７の位置が決められて、駆動輪２０７が駆動軸２１１の端部に固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 18, a screw shaft portion 211 b is provided at the end of the drive shaft 211, and a ring member 215 is attached to the outer periphery of the screw shaft portion 211 b of the drive shaft 211, so 207b and the ring member 215 are in contact with each other. The nut 216 is attached to the screw shaft portion 211b of the drive shaft 211, and the nut 216 is brought into contact with the ring member 215 and tightened, whereby the position of the drive wheel 207 with respect to the drive shaft 211 is determined. It is fixed to the end of the.
［３］
　次に、シール部材２１７について説明する。
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、カラー部材２１４の外周部にシール部材２１７が取り付けられており、駆動軸２１１の外周部と車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部との間で、ベアリング２１２よりも駆動輪２０７側にシール部材２１７が備えられている。 [3]
Next, the seal member 217 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, a seal member 217 is attached to the outer peripheral portion of the collar member 214, and a bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211 and the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210. A seal member 217 is provided closer to the drive wheel 207 than 212.
　図１９に示すように、シール部材２１７は、内周面にゴムが取り付けられた金属製の内側環状部材２１７ａ、外周面にゴムが取り付けられた金属製の外側環状部材２１７ｂ、及び、内側環状部材２１７ａと外側環状部材２１７ｂとの間のシールリップ部材２１７ｃを備えて構成されている。内側環状部材２１７ａと外側環状部材２１７ｂとの間における駆動輪２０７側（後述する凸部２１８及び凹部２１９側）の隙間２１７ｄが、シール部材２１７の半径方向において車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部側に位置している。 As shown in FIG. 19, the seal member 217 includes a metal inner annular member 217a with rubber attached to the inner peripheral surface, a metal outer annular member 217b with rubber attached to the outer peripheral surface, and an inner annular member. A seal lip member 217c between the outer ring member 217b and the outer ring member 217b is provided. A gap 217d between the inner annular member 217a and the outer annular member 217b on the driving wheel 207 side (a convex portion 218 and a concave portion 219 described later) is an inner circumference of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 in the radial direction of the seal member 217. It is located on the part side.
　図１９に示すように、カラー部材２１４の外周部にリング状で凸状の位置決め部２１４ａが備えられ、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部に段部２１０ｂが備えられている。シール部材２１７の内側環状部材２１７ａがカラー部材２１４の位置決め部２１４ａに接触し、シール部材２１７の外側環状部材２１７ｂが車軸ケース２１０の段部２１０ｂに接触することにより、シール部材２１７の位置が決められている。 19, a ring-shaped and convex positioning portion 214a is provided on the outer peripheral portion of the collar member 214, and a step portion 210b is provided on the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210. The position of the seal member 217 is determined by the inner annular member 217 a of the seal member 217 contacting the positioning portion 214 a of the collar member 214 and the outer annular member 217 b of the seal member 217 contacting the step portion 210 b of the axle case 210. ing.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、シール部材２１７における駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向（図１９の紙面左右方向）の長さよりも、カラー部材２１４における駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向（図１９の紙面左右方向）の長さが長いものになっている。これによって、ナット２１６を締め付けても、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂがシール部材２１７に接触することは少なく、シール部材２１７が駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂにより押圧されることはない。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the length of the seal member 217 in the axis P1 direction of the drive shaft 211 (the left and right direction in FIG. 19) of the seal member 217 is the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 of the collar member 214 (FIG. 19). The length in the horizontal direction of the paper is long. As a result, even when the nut 216 is tightened, the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207 rarely contacts the seal member 217, and the seal member 217 is not pressed by the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207.
［４］
　次に、駆動輪２０７と車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａとの間に備えられたラビリンス部について説明する。
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａと駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとが互いに対向する部分において、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１を中心とするリング状で駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向に突出する凸部２１８を、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂに向くように備えている。 [4]
Next, the labyrinth part provided between the drive wheel 207 and the end part 210a of the axle case 210 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the shaft center P <b> 1 of the drive shaft 211 is placed on the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 at a portion where the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the inner side portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 face each other. A convex portion 218 that is ring-shaped at the center and protrudes in the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 is provided so as to face the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａと駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとが互いに対向する部分において、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂに、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１を中心とするリング状で駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向に開放された凹部２１９を、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに向くように備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the shaft center P <b> 1 of the drive shaft 211 is placed on the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 at a portion where the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 face each other. A concave portion 219 that is ring-shaped at the center and is opened in the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211 is provided so as to face the end 210a of the axle case 210.
　図１９に示すように、凹部２１９は外側のリング状の第１凸部２１９ａ、内側のリング状の第２凸部２１９ｂ、第１及び第２凸部２１９ａ，２１９ｂの間の底部２１９ｃを備えて構成されており、第２凸部２１９ｂが第１凸部２１９ａよりも車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ側に出ている。凸部２１８が凹部２１９（第１凸部２１９ａ及び第２凸部２１９ｂの間）に入り込むように、凸部２１８及び凹部２１９の向きと位置とが設定されて、凸部２１８に対して凹部２１９が回転する状態となるのであり、凸部２１８と凹部２１９とにより、泥や水が外側から車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内側に侵入するのを防止するラビリンス部が構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 19, the concave portion 219 includes an outer ring-shaped first convex portion 219a, an inner ring-shaped second convex portion 219b, and a bottom portion 219c between the first and second convex portions 219a and 219b. It is comprised, and the 2nd convex part 219b has come out to the edge part 210a side of the axle case 210 rather than the 1st convex part 219a. The direction and position of the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are set so that the convex portion 218 enters the concave portion 219 (between the first convex portion 219a and the second convex portion 219b), and the concave portion 219 with respect to the convex portion 218 is set. The convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 constitute a labyrinth portion that prevents mud and water from entering the inside of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 from the outside.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂにおいて凸部２１８及び凹部２１９と駆動軸２１１の外周部との間の部分に、シール部材２１７に向けて開放されたリング状の凹状の内側凹部２２０を備えている。
　これにより、泥や水が外側から凸部２１８及び凹部２１９の間を通過して車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内側に侵入しても、泥や水が内側凹部２２０に留められるようにして、泥や水がシール部材２１７（隙間２１７ｄ）に到達し難いようにしている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, a ring-like shape that is opened toward the seal member 217 at the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 and the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211. A concave inner recess 220 is provided.
Thereby, even if mud or water passes between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 from the outside and enters the inside of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210, the mud or water is retained in the inner concave portion 220, Mud and water are difficult to reach the seal member 217 (gap 217d).
［５］
　次に、駆動輪２０７及び駆動軸２１１のスプライン部２０７ｆ，２１１ａに泥や水が入り込むのを防止する構造について説明する。
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、カラー部材２１４の内周部におけるベアリング２１２側の端部が切り欠かれて、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１に対して斜めの傾斜面２１４ｂが形成されており、駆動軸２１１の外周面とベアリング２１２とカラー部材２１４の傾斜面２１４ｂとの間の断面三角形状の空間に、Ｏリング２２１が取り付けられている。 [5]
Next, a structure for preventing mud and water from entering the drive wheels 207 and the spline portions 207f and 211a of the drive shaft 211 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the end portion on the bearing 212 side in the inner peripheral portion of the collar member 214 is notched, and an inclined surface 214 b that is inclined with respect to the axis P <b> 1 of the drive shaft 211 is formed. An O-ring 221 is attached to a space having a triangular cross section between the outer peripheral surface of the drive shaft 211, the bearing 212, and the inclined surface 214 b of the collar member 214.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとカラー部材２１４との接触部分において、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂの内周部のカラー部材２１４側の端部に断面Ｌ字状の収納溝部２２２が備えられている。収納溝部２２２は、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１を中心とする半径方向と平行なリング状の第１面部２２２ａと、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向に沿ったリング状の第２面部２２２ｂとを備えて構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, at the contact portion between the inner portion 207 b of the driving wheel 207 and the collar member 214, the end portion on the collar member 214 side of the inner peripheral portion of the inner portion 207 b of the driving wheel 207 is L-shaped. A shaped storage groove 222 is provided. The storage groove 222 includes a ring-shaped first surface portion 222a parallel to the radial direction centered on the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and a ring-shaped second surface portion 222b along the direction of the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211. It is prepared for.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、Ｏリング２２３が収納溝部２２２に取り付けられており、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内側に侵入した泥や水が、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとカラー部材２１４との接触部分から駆動輪２０７及び駆動軸２１１のスプライン部２０７ｆ，２１１ａに到達するのを、Ｏリング２２３により防止している。
　この場合、収納溝部２２２を駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂではなく、カラー部材２１４の内周部の駆動輪２０７側の端部に備えてもよく、収納溝部２２２を駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂ及びカラー部材２１４の内周部の両方に備えてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the O-ring 223 is attached to the storage groove 222, and mud and water that have entered the inner side of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 are separated from the inner portion 207 b of the driving wheel 207 and the collar member. The O-ring 223 prevents the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207 f and 211 a of the drive shaft 211 from reaching the contact portion with the O ring 223.
In this case, the storage groove 222 may be provided not at the inner side 207b of the drive wheel 207 but at the end of the inner periphery of the collar member 214 on the drive wheel 207 side. You may provide in both the inner peripheral parts of the collar member 214. FIG.
　図１８に示すように、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂと駆動軸２１１とリング部材２１５との間の空間に、パッキン（packing element）２２４を備えている。これにより、泥や水が駆動軸２１１のネジ軸部２１１ｂとリング部材２１５との間から駆動輪２０７及び駆動軸２１１のスプライン部２０７ｆ，２１１ａに到達するのを、パッキン２２４により防止しており、泥や水が駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとリング部材２１５との間から駆動輪２０７及び駆動軸２１１のスプライン部２０７ｆ，２１１ａに到達するのを、パッキン２２４により防止している。 As shown in FIG. 18, a packing (element) 224 is provided in a space between the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207, the drive shaft 211, and the ring member 215. Thus, the packing 224 prevents mud and water from reaching the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207f and 211a of the drive shaft 211 from between the screw shaft portion 211b of the drive shaft 211 and the ring member 215. The packing 224 prevents mud and water from reaching the drive wheel 207 and the spline portions 207f and 211a of the drive shaft 211 from between the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207 and the ring member 215.
　図１８及び図１９に示すように、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂにおいて車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ側の部分に、凹部２１９（第１及び第２凸部２１９ａ，２１９ｂ、底部２１９ｃ）、内側凹部２２０及び収納溝部２２２という加工部分を、集約して備えている。このように、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂにおいて車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ側の部分という一つの部分に、複数の加工部分を集約することによって、加工コストの低減を図っている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, a recess 219 (first and second protrusions 219 a, 219 b, bottom 219 c), an inner recess is formed in the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207 on the end 210 a side of the axle case 210. The processing parts 220 and the storage groove part 222 are collectively provided. As described above, the machining cost is reduced by consolidating a plurality of machining portions into one portion of the inner side 207b of the drive wheel 207 on the end portion 210a side of the axle case 210.
［第２実施形態の別実施形態］
［発明の実施の第１別形態］
　前述の［発明を実施するための形態］において、以下に示すような壁部材２２５を追加してもよい。
　図２０に示すように、壁部材２２５はリング状の円板状でゴム製等の可撓性部材により一体的に構成されており、壁部材２２５（内周部２２５ａ及び外周部２２５ｂ）は駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向（図２０の紙面左右方向）に所定の幅（厚み）を備えている。 [Another embodiment of the second embodiment]
[First Alternative Embodiment of the Invention]
In the above-mentioned [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], a wall member 225 as shown below may be added.
As shown in FIG. 20, the wall member 225 is a ring-shaped disk and is integrally formed of a flexible member made of rubber or the like, and the wall members 225 (the inner peripheral portion 225a and the outer peripheral portion 225b) are driven. The shaft 211 has a predetermined width (thickness) in the direction of the axis P1 (the left-right direction in FIG. 20).
　図２０に示すように、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部に、壁部材２２５の外周部２２５ｂが入り込む溝部２１０ｃが備えられており、壁部材２２５の外周部２２５ｂが車軸ケース２１０の溝部２１０ｃに入り込むことにより、壁部材２２５が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部に取り付けられている。 As shown in FIG. 20, a groove portion 210 c into which the outer peripheral portion 225 b of the wall member 225 enters is provided in the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210, and the outer peripheral portion 225 b of the wall member 225 is a groove portion of the axle case 210. The wall member 225 is attached to the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 by entering the 210 c.
　図２０に示す状態において、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部と駆動軸２１１の外周部との間で、且つ、凸部２１８及び凹部２１９とシール部材２１７との間に、壁部材２２５が備えられた状態となっている。壁部材２２５の外周部２２５ｂが車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部（溝部２１０ｃ）に接触した状態で、壁部材２２５が内側凹部２２０に対向する状態（塞ぐような状態）となっており、壁部材２２５の内周部２２５ａが駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂ及びカラー部材２１４から少し離れた状態となっている。 In the state shown in FIG. 20, the wall member 225 is provided between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211 and between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 and the seal member 217. It is in a state equipped. In a state where the outer peripheral portion 225b of the wall member 225 is in contact with the inner peripheral portion (groove portion 210c) of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210, the wall member 225 is in a state facing (in a state of closing) the inner concave portion 220. The inner peripheral portion 225a of the wall member 225 is slightly away from the inner portion 207b of the driving wheel 207 and the collar member 214.
　これにより、図２０に示すように、泥や水が外側から凸部２１８及び凹部２１９の間を通過して車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内側に侵入しても、泥や水が壁部材２２５により遮られてシール部材２１７の隙間２１７ｄに到達せずに内側凹部２２０に案内される。
　内側凹部２２０の泥や水が内側凹部２２０から出てシール部材２１７側に行こうとしても、壁部材２２５の内周部２２５ａと駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂ及びカラー部材２１４との間の隙間が小さいことにより、内側凹部２２０の泥や水が内側凹部２２０から出て行き難くシール部材２１７側に行き難い状態になっている。
　泥や水が壁部材２２５の内周部２２５ａをシール部材２１７側に越えても、シール部材２１７の隙間２１７ｄは壁部材２２５の内周部２２５ａから車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａの内周部側の遠い位置にあるので、泥や水はシール部材２１７の隙間２１７ｄに到達し難い。 Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 20, even if mud or water passes between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 from the outside and enters the inner side of the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210, mud or water is not removed from the wall member 225. And is guided to the inner recess 220 without reaching the gap 217d of the seal member 217.
Even if mud or water in the inner recess 220 comes out of the inner recess 220 and goes to the seal member 217 side, there is a gap between the inner peripheral portion 225a of the wall member 225, the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207, and the collar member 214. Due to the small size, mud and water in the inner concave portion 220 hardly come out of the inner concave portion 220 and hardly reach the seal member 217 side.
Even if mud or water passes the inner peripheral portion 225a of the wall member 225 toward the seal member 217 side, the gap 217d of the seal member 217 remains on the inner peripheral portion side of the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 from the inner peripheral portion 225a of the wall member 225. Therefore, it is difficult for mud and water to reach the gap 217d of the seal member 217.
［発明の実施の第２別形態］
　前述の［発明の実施の第１別形態］の壁部材２２５に代えて、以下に示すような壁部材２２６を備えてもよい。
　図２１に示すように、壁部材２２６は駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１を中心とする半径方向と平行な内側の第１リング部分２２６ａ（リング部分に相当）、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１方向に沿った第２リング部分２２６ｂ（リング部分に相当）、駆動軸２１１の軸心Ｐ１を中心とする半径方向と平行な外側の第３リング部分２２６ｃ及びシール部分２２６ｄを備えて構成されている。
　第１，２，３リング部分２２６ａ，２２６ｂ，２２６ｃは、金属製や硬質プラスティック製等で剛性且つ一体的に構成されて非可撓性であり、シール部分２２６ｄはゴム製等により可撓性に構成されており、第２リング部分２２６ｂの外周部にシール部分２２６ｄが取り付けられている。 [Second Embodiment of the Invention]
A wall member 226 as shown below may be provided in place of the wall member 225 of the above-mentioned [first another embodiment of the invention].
As shown in FIG. 21, the wall member 226 has an inner first ring portion 226a (corresponding to the ring portion) parallel to the radial direction centering on the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and the axis P1 direction of the drive shaft 211. A second ring portion 226b (corresponding to the ring portion) along the outer periphery, a third ring portion 226c on the outer side parallel to the radial direction around the axis P1 of the drive shaft 211, and a seal portion 226d are provided.
The first, second, and third ring portions 226a, 226b, and 226c are made of metal, hard plastic, or the like and are rigidly and integrally configured, and the seal portion 226d is made of rubber or the like to be flexible. The seal portion 226d is attached to the outer peripheral portion of the second ring portion 226b.
　図２１に示すように、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄが車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の内周部に接触し、壁部材２２６の第３リング部分２２６ｃが車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の先端部に接触するように、壁部材２２６が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに取り付けられる。この状態において、凸部２１８と壁部材２２６の第２及び第３リング部分２２６ｂ，２２６ｃ、シール部分２２６ｄが凹部２１９に入り込んでいる。 As shown in FIG. 21, the seal portion 226 d of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210 a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the third ring portion 226 c of the wall member 226 is the end of the axle case 210. The wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so as to contact the tip portion of the portion 210a (the convex portion 218). In this state, the convex portion 218, the second and third ring portions 226 b and 226 c of the wall member 226, and the seal portion 226 d enter the concave portion 219.
　図２１において図２０と同様に、駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂにおいて凸部２１８及び凹部２１９と駆動軸２１１の外周部との間の部分に、シール部材２１７に向けて開放されたリング状の凹状の内側凹部２２０を備えてもよい。 In FIG. 21, as in FIG. 20, in the inner portion 207 b of the drive wheel 207, a ring-shaped concave shape opened toward the seal member 217 in the portion between the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 and the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211. The inner recess 220 may be provided.
［発明の実施の第３別形態］
　前述の［発明の実施の第２別形態］の壁部材２２６を以下に示すように構成してもよい。
　図２２に示すように、壁部材２２６は図２１と同様な第１リング部分２２６ａ、第２リング部分２２６ｂ、第３リング部分２２６ｃ及びシール部分２２６ｄを備えて構成されており、第３リング部分２２６ｃにシール部分２２６ｄが取り付けられている。
　これにより、壁部材２２６の第２リング部分２２６ｂが車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の内周部に接触して、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第３リング部分２２６ｃ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の先端部に接触するように、壁部材２２６が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに取り付けられる。 [Third Another Embodiment of the Invention]
The wall member 226 of the above-mentioned [second alternative embodiment of the invention] may be configured as follows.
As shown in FIG. 22, the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. 21, and the third ring portion 226c. A seal portion 226d is attached to the front.
Accordingly, the second ring portion 226b of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring portion 226c) of the wall member 226 becomes the axle. The wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so as to come into contact with the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the case 210.
　図２３に示すように、壁部材２２６は図２１と同様な第１リング部分２２６ａ、第２リング部分２２６ｂ、第３リング部分２２６ｃ及びシール部分２２６ｄを備えて構成されており、第２及び第３リング部分２２６ｂ，２２６ｃに亘って一連のシール部分２２６ｄが取り付けられている。
　これにより、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第２リング部分２２６ｂ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の内周部に接触して、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第３リング部分２２６ｃ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の先端部に接触するように、壁部材２２６が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに取り付けられる。 As shown in FIG. 23, the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. A series of seal portions 226d are attached over the ring portions 226b and 226c.
As a result, the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring) of the wall member 226 is contacted. The wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so that the portion 226c) contacts the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210.
　図２４に示すように、壁部材２２６は図２１と同様な第１リング部分２２６ａ、第２リング部分２２６ｂ、第３リング部分２２６ｃ及びシール部分２２６ｄを備えて構成されており、第２及び第３リング部分２２６ｂ，２２６ｃに、別々のシール部分２２６ｄが取り付けられている。
　これにより、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第２リング部分２２６ｂ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の内周部に接触して、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第３リング部分２２６ｃ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の先端部に接触するように、壁部材２２６が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに取り付けられる。 As shown in FIG. 24, the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, a third ring portion 226c, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. Separate seal portions 226d are attached to the ring portions 226b and 226c.
As a result, the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 contacts the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210, and the seal portion 226d (third ring) of the wall member 226 is contacted. The wall member 226 is attached to the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 so that the portion 226c) contacts the tip end portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210.
　図２５に示すように、壁部材２２６は図２１と同様な第１リング部分２２６ａ、第２リング部分２２６ｂ及びシール部分２２６ｄを備えて構成されて、第３リング部分２２６ｃを備えてはおらず、第２リング部分２２６ｂにシール部分２２６ｄが取り付けられている。
　これにより、壁部材２２６のシール部分２２６ｄ（第２リング部分２２６ｂ）が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ（凸部２１８）の内周部に接触するように、壁部材２２６が車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａに取り付けられる。
　前述の［発明を実施するための形態］［発明の実施の第１別形態］［発明の実施の第２別形態］及びこの［発明の実施の第３別形態］において、壁部材２２５及び壁部材２２６の両方を備えてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 25, the wall member 226 includes a first ring portion 226a, a second ring portion 226b, and a seal portion 226d similar to those in FIG. 21, and does not include the third ring portion 226c. A seal portion 226d is attached to the two-ring portion 226b.
Accordingly, the wall member 226 is in the end portion of the axle case 210 so that the seal portion 226d (second ring portion 226b) of the wall member 226 is in contact with the inner peripheral portion of the end portion 210a (convex portion 218) of the axle case 210. It is attached to 210a.
In the above-mentioned [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] [First Another Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] [Second Another Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] and [Third Another Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the wall member 225 and the wall Both members 226 may be provided.
［発明の実施の第４別形態］
　前述の［発明を実施するための形態］において、以下に示すように構成してもよい。
　図２６に示すように、駆動輪２０７と車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａとの間において、駆動輪２０７とは別体のリング状のカバー部材２２７（回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分に相当）を、駆動輪２０７及び駆動軸２１１と一体で回転するように駆動軸２１１の外周部に取り付けた場合、凹部（第１及び第２凸部２１９ａ，２１９ｂ、底部２１９ｃ）並びに内側凹部２２０を、カバー部材２２７に備えるように構成してもよい。この場合、凹部２１９の第１凸部２１９ａが第２凸部２１９ｂよりも車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ側に出ている。 [Fourth Embodiment of the Invention]
In the above-mentioned [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], the following configuration may be adopted.
As shown in FIG. 26, a ring-shaped cover member 227 separate from the driving wheel 207 between the driving wheel 207 and the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 (corresponding to a rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel). Are attached to the outer peripheral portion of the drive shaft 211 so as to rotate integrally with the drive wheel 207 and the drive shaft 211, the concave portions (first and second convex portions 219a, 219b, bottom portion 219c) and the inner concave portion 220 are covered. The member 227 may be provided. In this case, the 1st convex part 219a of the recessed part 219 has come out to the edge part 210a side of the axle case 210 rather than the 2nd convex part 219b.
　図２６において、前述の［発明の実施の第１別形態］［発明の実施の第２別形態］［発明の実施の第３別形態］の壁部材２２５又は壁部材２２６を備えてもよく、壁部材２２５及び壁部材２２６の両方を備えてもよい。
　図２６において、壁部材２２５，２２６を備えた場合、凸部２１８及び凹部２１９を廃止し、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａがカバー部材２２７に対して小さな隙間を開けて対向するように構成したり、特許文献４及び５のように凸部と凸部とによるインロー構造のラビリンス部を、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａとカバー部材２２７との間で構成してもよい。図２６において、壁部材２２５，２２６を備えた場合、内側凹部２２０を廃止してもよい。 In FIG. 26, the wall member 225 or the wall member 226 of the above-mentioned [first alternative embodiment of the invention] [second alternative embodiment of the invention] [third alternative embodiment of the invention] may be provided. Both the wall member 225 and the wall member 226 may be provided.
In FIG. 26, when the wall members 225 and 226 are provided, the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated, and the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is configured to face the cover member 227 with a small gap therebetween. As in Patent Documents 4 and 5, a labyrinth portion having an inlay structure including a convex portion and a convex portion may be configured between the end portion 210 a of the axle case 210 and the cover member 227. In FIG. 26, when the wall members 225 and 226 are provided, the inner recess 220 may be eliminated.
［発明の実施の第５別形態］
　前述の［発明の実施の第１別形態］［発明の実施の第２別形態］［発明の実施の第３別形態］（図２０～図２５）において、凸部２１８及び凹部２１９を廃止し、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａが駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂに対して小さな隙間を開けて対向するように構成したり、特許文献４及び５のように凸部と凸部とによるインロー構造のラビリンス部を、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａと駆動輪２０７の内側部２０７ｂとの間で構成したりして、壁部材２２５又は壁部材２２６だけを備えてもよい。この場合、前述の構成において、壁部材２２５及び壁部材２２６の両方を備えてもよい。
　前述の［発明の実施の第１別形態］［発明の実施の第２別形態］［発明の実施の第３別形態］（図２０～図２５）において、内側凹部２２０を廃止してもよい。 [Fifth Embodiment of the Invention]
In the above-mentioned [first alternative embodiment of the invention] [second alternative embodiment of the invention] [third alternative embodiment of the invention] (FIGS. 20 to 25), the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated. In addition, the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is configured to face the inner portion 207b of the drive wheel 207 with a small gap therebetween, or an inlay structure with convex portions and convex portions as in Patent Documents 4 and 5. The labyrinth portion may be configured between the end portion 210a of the axle case 210 and the inner side portion 207b of the drive wheel 207, and may include only the wall member 225 or the wall member 226. In this case, in the above-described configuration, both the wall member 225 and the wall member 226 may be provided.
In the above-mentioned [first alternative embodiment of the invention] [second alternative embodiment of the invention] [third alternative embodiment of the invention] (FIGS. 20 to 25), the inner recess 220 may be eliminated. .
［発明の実施の第６別形態］
　本発明を転輪２０３（回転輪に相当）に適用した場合に、図２７に示すように構成してもよい。
　図２７に示すように、円筒状の支持ケース２２８にブラケット２２８ａが溶接によって固定されており、支持ケース２２８のブラケット２２８ａがトラックフレーム２０２にボルト２２９により固定されている。支持ケース２２８の両方の端部の内部に備えられた一対のベアリング２１２により、支持軸２３０が回転自在に支持されており、支持軸２３０の両方の端部に一対の転輪２０３がナット３３１により固定されている。支持ケース２２８の両方の端部の内部においてベアリング２１２よりも転輪２０３側に一対のシール部材２１７が備えられている。 [Sixth Embodiment of the Invention]
When the present invention is applied to a roller wheel 203 (corresponding to a rotating wheel), it may be configured as shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 27, a bracket 228 a is fixed to the cylindrical support case 228 by welding, and the bracket 228 a of the support case 228 is fixed to the track frame 202 with bolts 229. A support shaft 230 is rotatably supported by a pair of bearings 212 provided inside both ends of the support case 228, and a pair of rolling wheels 203 are provided by nuts 331 at both ends of the support shaft 230. It is fixed. A pair of seal members 217 are provided closer to the roller wheel 203 than the bearing 212 inside both ends of the support case 228.
　図２７に示すように、図１８及び図１９に示す凸部２１８が支持ケース２２８の両方の端部に備えられ、図１８及び図１９に示す凹部２１９が両方の転輪２０３に備えられている。
　この場合、図２７において、図１９に示す内側凹部２２０を両方の転輪２０３に備えたり、図２０～図２５に示す壁部材２２５，２２６を支持ケース２２８の両方の端部に備えてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 27, convex portions 218 shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 are provided at both ends of the support case 228, and concave portions 219 shown in FIGS. .
In this case, in FIG. 27, the inner concave portion 220 shown in FIG. 19 may be provided on both the rollers 203, or the wall members 225 and 226 shown in FIGS. 20 to 25 may be provided on both ends of the support case 228. .
　図２７において、図２０～図２５に示す壁部材２２５，２２６を支持ケース２２８の両方の端部に備えた場合、凸部２１８及び凹部２１９を廃止し、支持ケース２２８の両方の端部が転輪２０３に対して小さな隙間を開けて対向するように構成したり、特許文献４及び５のように凸部と凸部とによるインロー構造のラビリンス部を、支持ケース２２８の両方の端部と転輪２０３との間で構成してもよい。図２７において、壁部材２２５，２２６を備えた場合、内側凹部２２０を備えないように構成してもよい。 In FIG. 27, when the wall members 225 and 226 shown in FIGS. 20 to 25 are provided at both ends of the support case 228, the convex portion 218 and the concave portion 219 are eliminated, and both ends of the support case 228 are turned. It is configured so as to be opposed to the ring 203 with a small gap, or as described in Patent Documents 4 and 5, the labyrinth portion of the inlay structure with the convex portion and the convex portion is turned on both ends of the support case 228. You may comprise between the ring | wheels 203. FIG. In FIG. 27, when the wall members 225 and 226 are provided, the inner concave portion 220 may not be provided.
［発明の実施の第７別形態］
　前述の［発明を実施するための形態］［発明の実施の第１別形態］～［発明の実施の第６別形態］において、以下のように構成してもよい。
（１）駆動輪２０７（外側部２０７ａ又は内側部２０７ｂ）、転輪２０３及びカバー部材２２７に凸部２１８を備え、車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａ及び支持ケース２２８の端部に凹部２１９を備える。
（２）駆動輪２０７を外側部２０７ａ及び内側部２０７ｂの分割構造とせずに、外側部２０７ａ及び内側部２０７ｂを一体的に形成して、駆動輪２０７を構成する。
（３）車軸ケース２１０の端部２１０ａを分割構造とせずに、車軸ケース２１０に端部２１０ａを一体的に構成する。
（４）駆動輪２０７及び転輪２０３ばかりではなく、誘導輪２０４や上部転輪２０６に図１８～図２７に示す構造を適用する。この場合、誘導輪２０４や上部転輪２０６が回転輪となり、誘導輪２０４や上部転輪２０６を回転自在に支持する軸が支持軸となる。
（５）凸部２１８を一連の連続したリング状に形成するのではなく、一部分が切り欠かれたリング状に形成したり、複数の円弧状の凸部を所定間隔を置きながら円状に並べて、一つの凸部２１８を形成してもよい。 [Seventh Embodiment of the Invention]
In the above-mentioned [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] [First Alternative Embodiment of the Invention] to [Sixth Alternative Embodiment of the Invention], the following configuration may be adopted.
(1) The driving wheel 207 (outer part 207a or inner part 207b), the roller wheel 203, and the cover member 227 are provided with a convex part 218, and the end part 210a of the axle case 210 and the end part of the support case 228 are provided with a concave part 219.
(2) The driving wheel 207 is formed by integrally forming the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b without the driving wheel 207 having a divided structure of the outer portion 207a and the inner portion 207b.
(3) The end portion 210a of the axle case 210 is integrally formed with the axle case 210 without using the split structure of the end portion 210a.
(4) The structure shown in FIGS. 18 to 27 is applied not only to the drive wheel 207 and the roller wheel 203 but also to the guide wheel 204 and the upper roller wheel 206. In this case, the guide wheel 204 and the upper wheel 206 are rotating wheels, and the shaft that rotatably supports the guide wheel 204 and the upper wheel 206 is a support shaft.
(5) The convex portions 218 are not formed in a series of continuous ring shapes, but are formed in a ring shape in which a part is cut out, or a plurality of arc-shaped convex portions are arranged in a circle at predetermined intervals. A single convex portion 218 may be formed.
［第３実施形態］
　以下、図２８～図３８に示す第３実施形態について説明する。ここでは、作業機の一例としての普通型コンバイン（以下、単に「コンバイン」と称する。）を参照しながら説明する。 [Third Embodiment]
The third embodiment shown in FIGS. 28 to 38 will be described below. Here, a description will be given with reference to an ordinary combine as an example of a work machine (hereinafter simply referred to as “combine”).
　図２８及び図２９に示すように、コンバインは、左右一対のクローラ走行装置３０１を備えた走行機体３０２に、軸流型の脱穀装置３０３と穀粒回収用の穀粒タンク３０４が左右に並列して配備されるとともに、穀粒タンク３０４の前方に運転部３０５が配備されている。脱穀装置３０３の前部に横軸心周りに上下揺動自在に刈取穀稈搬送用のフィーダ３０６が連結され、このフィーダ３０６の前端に略機体横幅に相当する刈幅を有する刈取り部３０７が連結されている。又、穀粒タンク３０４に貯留される穀粒を機体外部に搬出する穀粒排出装置３０８が備えられている。 As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the combine has a traveling machine body 302 having a pair of left and right crawler traveling devices 301, an axial flow type threshing device 303 and a grain tank 304 for grain recovery arranged in parallel on the left and right. The operation unit 305 is provided in front of the grain tank 304. A feeder 306 for conveying the harvested cereal rice cake is connected to the front part of the threshing device 303 so as to be swingable up and down around the horizontal axis, and a cutting part 307 having a cutting width substantially equivalent to the horizontal width of the machine body is connected to the front end of the feeder 306. Has been. In addition, a grain discharging device 308 for carrying out the grains stored in the grain tank 304 to the outside of the machine body is provided.
　刈取り部３０７は、植立穀稈を後方に向けて掻き込む回転リール３０９、バリカン型の刈取装置３１０、刈取構成を機体横幅方向中間側へ移送する横送りオーガ３１１等を備えて構成されており、刈取装置３１０により刈り取った穀稈を横送りオーガ３１１によって横送りしてフィーダ３０６に供給できるように構成されている。 The mowing unit 307 includes a rotary reel 309 that scrapes the planted cereals backward, a clipper-type mowing device 310, a transverse auger 311 that transfers the mowing configuration to the intermediate side in the lateral direction of the machine body, and the like. The cereals harvested by the reaping device 310 can be laterally fed by the lateral feed auger 311 and supplied to the feeder 306.
　運転部３０５には、運転部３０５の上方を覆うキャノピー３１２が備えられている。このキャノピー３１２は、機体に支持されるフレーム体３１３と、そのフレーム体３１３に張設されてルーフ部３１４を形成するとともに、可撓性を有する材質の一例である布帛からなる柔軟性シート体３１５とを備えて構成されている。 The operation unit 305 is provided with a canopy 312 that covers the upper part of the operation unit 305. The canopy 312 includes a frame body 313 supported by the machine body and a roof portion 314 that is stretched over the frame body 313 and a flexible sheet body 315 made of a cloth that is an example of a flexible material. And is configured.
　図２９及び図３０に示すように、フレーム体３１３は、コンバインの走行機体３０２に支持される支柱３１６と、その支柱３１６の上端部から片持ち状に機体前方に向けて延設されたルーフ支持部３１７とを備えて構成され、柔軟性シート体３１５がルーフ支持部３１７に張設される状態で備えられている。支柱３１６は、角筒状に形成されており、穀粒タンク３０４の前壁部３０４Ａに固定状態で取り付けられている角筒状の支持部材３１８に上方側から差し込み挿入して支持されている。 As shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the frame body 313 includes a support column 316 supported by the traveling machine body 302 of the combine, and a roof support that extends from the upper end of the support column 316 in a cantilevered manner toward the front of the machine body. The flexible sheet body 315 is provided in a state of being stretched on the roof support portion 317. The support column 316 is formed in a rectangular tube shape, and is supported by being inserted and inserted from above into a rectangular tube-shaped support member 318 attached to the front wall portion 304A of the grain tank 304 in a fixed state.
　図２８及び図３０に示すように、支持部材３１８は、下端部が断面略Ｌ字形のブラケット３１９を介して穀粒タンク３０４の前壁部３０４Ａに連結され、上下方向の途中部が断面略Ｕ字形のブラケット３３２０を介して穀粒タンク３０４の前壁部３０４Ａに連結されている。 As shown in FIGS. 28 and 30, the support member 318 is connected to the front wall portion 304 </ b> A of the grain tank 304 via a bracket 319 having a substantially L-shaped cross section at the lower end, and a middle portion in the vertical direction has a substantially U cross section. It is connected to the front wall portion 304 </ b> A of the grain tank 304 via a letter-shaped bracket 3320.
　支柱３１６は、支持部材３１８に対して上方側から差し込み挿入され、抜け止めピン３２１により上下位置が固定されて抜け外れが阻止されるように構成されている。又、支柱３１６側の抜け止めピン３２１が挿通する挿通孔３２２は、上下方向に間隔をあけて複数個形成されており、抜け止めピン３２１を抜き外して支柱３１６側の挿通孔３２２を変更することで、支柱３１６すなわちキャノピー３１２全体の上下位置を複数段階に変更することができるようになっている。 The support column 316 is inserted and inserted into the support member 318 from the upper side, and the vertical position is fixed by a retaining pin 321 so that the removal is prevented. Further, a plurality of insertion holes 322 through which the retaining pins 321 on the support column 316 are inserted are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. The retaining pins 321 are removed to change the insertion holes 322 on the support column 316 side. Thus, the vertical position of the column 316, that is, the entire canopy 312 can be changed in a plurality of stages.
　図２９及び図３４に示すように、ルーフ支持部３１７は、丸パイプ材を平面視で後方側が開放する姿勢で略Ｕ字形に折り曲げて形成されたルーフフレーム３２３を備えて構成され、そのルーフフレーム３２３の後部側同士が丸パイプ材からなる横向きの支持フレーム３２４にて連結され、平面視で略矩形状の周枠が形成されている。又、支持フレーム３２４には、横幅方向全長にわたって、前部側に位置する状態で水平板状の補強板３２５が一体的に連設されている。
　又、この周枠におけるルーフフレーム３２３と支持フレーム３２４との連結箇所において、補強板３２５とルーフフレーム３２３とにわたって斜め方向に沿って補強部材３２６を連結して強度を補強している。 As shown in FIGS. 29 and 34, the roof support portion 317 is configured to include a roof frame 323 formed by bending a round pipe material into a substantially U shape in a posture in which the rear side is opened in a plan view. The rear sides of H.323 are connected by a lateral support frame 324 made of a round pipe material, and a substantially rectangular peripheral frame is formed in plan view. Further, a horizontal plate-like reinforcing plate 325 is integrally connected to the support frame 324 so as to be positioned on the front side over the entire length in the lateral width direction.
In addition, at the connection portion between the roof frame 323 and the support frame 324 in the peripheral frame, the reinforcing member 326 is connected along the oblique direction across the reinforcing plate 325 and the roof frame 323 to reinforce the strength.
　図３０～図３４に示すように、ルーフフレーム３２３における左右両側の前後方向に延びる前後延設部３２３Ａ（一対の支持杆に相当）にわたって、車体横幅方向に沿う幅の中央部側が上方に向けて膨出する状態で柔軟性シート体３１５を支持する前後一対の上向き膨出体３２７が架設連結されている。前後一対の上向き膨出体３２７は、夫々、丸パイプ材を上向きに湾曲するように曲げて形成されており、前後方向に適宜間隔をあけて並ぶ状態で設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 to 34, across the longitudinally extending portion 323A (corresponding to a pair of support rods) extending in the longitudinal direction on both the left and right sides of the roof frame 323, the central portion side of the width along the vehicle body lateral direction faces upward. A pair of front and rear upward bulging bodies 327 that support the flexible sheet body 315 in a bulging state are constructed and connected. Each of the front and rear pair of upward bulges 327 is formed by bending a round pipe material so as to be curved upward, and is provided in a state of being arranged with an appropriate interval in the front-rear direction.
　ルーフ支持部３１７は、支柱３１６に対して横向き軸心Ｐ２周りで揺動自在に且つ複数（４段階）の揺動姿勢のいずれかに姿勢変更調節自在に支持されている。
　すなわち、図３１及び図３２に示すように、支柱３１６は、上部側が機体前方側に向けて湾曲しており、その先端部に、横向き方向に延びる状態で、角パイプ材からなる横フレーム３２８が連結されている。この横フレーム３２８の左右両側部には、縦向き姿勢で前後方向に沿って延びる支持板３２９が連結されている。又、左右の支持板３２９にわたって支持軸３３０が架設されており、この支持軸３３０に略全長にわたる筒部材３３１が回動自在に外嵌され、この筒部材３３１と支持フレーム３２４とが左右一対のブラケット３３２を介して連結されている。従って、ルーフ支持部３１７は、支柱３１６の上部において、支持軸３３０の軸心Ｐ２周りに回動自在に支持されることになる。 The roof support portion 317 is supported so as to be swingable about the lateral axis P2 with respect to the support column 316 and to be capable of changing its posture in any of a plurality of (four stages) swinging postures.
That is, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the support column 316 is curved with its upper side facing toward the front side of the machine body, and a horizontal frame 328 made of a square pipe material is formed at the tip of the column 316 in a state of extending in the horizontal direction. It is connected. Support plates 329 extending along the front-rear direction in a vertical orientation are connected to the left and right sides of the horizontal frame 328. Further, a support shaft 330 is installed over the left and right support plates 329, and a cylindrical member 331 extending over substantially the entire length is rotatably fitted on the support shaft 330, and the cylindrical member 331 and the support frame 324 are paired with left and right. It is connected via a bracket 332. Accordingly, the roof support portion 317 is supported on the upper portion of the support column 316 so as to be rotatable around the axis P <b> 2 of the support shaft 330.
　図３１に示すように、左右の支持板３２９に形成された挿通孔３３３には、４つの係合溝３３４が横軸心周りの所定の角度毎に形成されており、これにより、ルーフ部３１４の傾斜角度を所定の角度毎に４段階に変更調節できるように構成されている。また、挿通孔３３３における係合溝３３４の反対側箇所には、横軸心Ｐ２を中心とした円周上に位置する案内溝３３５が形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 31, four engagement grooves 334 are formed at predetermined angles around the horizontal axis in the insertion holes 333 formed in the left and right support plates 329, whereby the roof portion 314 is formed. The tilt angle can be changed and adjusted in four steps for each predetermined angle. In addition, a guide groove 335 is formed on the circumference of the insertion hole 333 opposite to the engagement groove 334 on the circumference centered on the horizontal axis P2.
　左右一対のブラケット３３２における前部上部側箇所同士にわたって支軸３３６が回動自在に架設支持されており、この支軸３３６における左右のブラケット３３２よりも横幅方向内方側において、左右一対のアーム部材３３７Ｒ，３３７Ｌが支持されている。一対のアーム部材３３７Ｒ，３３７Ｌの遊端側箇所同士にわたって丸棒材からなる係止ロッド３３８が架設されており、この係止ロッド３３８は、左右の支持板３２９に形成されている挿通孔３３３を夫々挿通する状態で設けられている。 A support shaft 336 is rotatably supported over the front upper side portions of the pair of left and right brackets 332, and a pair of left and right arm members on the inner side of the left and right brackets 332 in the lateral width direction. 337R and 337L are supported. A locking rod 338 made of a round bar is installed over the free end side portions of the pair of arm members 337R and 337L. The locking rod 338 has an insertion hole 333 formed in the left and right support plates 329. Each is provided in a state of insertion.
　左右一対のアーム部材３３７Ｒ，３３７Ｌのうちの一方（左側）のアーム部材３３７Ｌは、他方（右側）のアーム部材３３７Ｒよりも下方に長く側面視で略Ｌ字状に延出されており、この一方のアーム部材３３７Ｌの延出端部に樹脂製の握り部３３９が外嵌装着されている。 One (left side) arm member 337L of the pair of left and right arm members 337R, 337L is longer than the other (right side) arm member 337R and extends in a substantially L shape in side view. A resin grip 339 is fitted on the extended end of the arm member 337L.
　又、図示はしないが、一対のアーム部材３３７Ｒ，３３７Ｌを支軸３３６の軸心Ｐ２周りで回動付勢するバネが備えられ、このバネの付勢力によって係止ロッド３３８が複数の係合溝３３４のいずれかに入り込んだ状態で位置保持される構成となっている。その結果、ルーフ支持部３１７が位置保持される。 In addition, although not shown, a spring is provided for rotating and biasing the pair of arm members 337R and 337L around the axis P2 of the support shaft 336, and the locking rod 338 has a plurality of engagement grooves by the biasing force of the spring. The position is held while entering any one of 334. As a result, the position of the roof support portion 317 is maintained.
　ルーフ支持部３１７の姿勢を変更するときは、握り部３３９をバネの付勢力に抗して操作して、係止ロッド３３８の係合溝３３４への係止を解除してルーフ支持部３１７の姿勢を変更させたのちに、握り部３３９の操作を停止して係止ロッド３３８を別の係合溝３３４に係止すると、その位置で保持されることになる。従って、４つの係合溝３３４のいずれかに選択的に係止ロッド３３８を係止させることで、ルーフ支持部３１７は４段階の揺動姿勢のいずれかに姿勢変更することができる。 When changing the posture of the roof support portion 317, the grip portion 339 is operated against the urging force of the spring to release the lock of the lock rod 338 to the engagement groove 334, and the roof support portion 317 is moved. After the posture is changed, when the operation of the grip portion 339 is stopped and the locking rod 338 is locked in another engagement groove 334, the gripping portion 339 is held at that position. Therefore, by selectively locking the locking rod 338 in any of the four engagement grooves 334, the roof support portion 317 can be changed in posture to any one of four swinging postures.
　次に、ルーフ部３１４を形成する柔軟性シート体３１５について説明する。
　図３７に示すように、柔軟性シート体３１５は、縦糸と横糸とを織って形成された布帛にて構成されるものであり、ルーフ部３１４の天井面を形成する上面部３４０と、その上面部３４０の外周部に連なる縦向きの側面部３４１とを備えて構成されている。そして、上面部３４０が平面視で矩形状であり、上面部３４０の全周にわたり側面部３４１を備える構成となっている。 Next, the flexible sheet | seat body 315 which forms the roof part 314 is demonstrated.
As shown in FIG. 37, the flexible sheet 315 is composed of a fabric formed by weaving warps and wefts, and includes an upper surface portion 340 that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion 314, and an upper surface thereof. And a vertical side surface portion 341 that is continuous with the outer peripheral portion of the portion 340. And the upper surface part 340 is a rectangular shape by planar view, and it has the structure provided with the side part 341 over the perimeter of the upper surface part 340.
　又、柔軟性シート体３１５は、フレーム体３１３におけるルーフフレーム３２３の機体前部側端部（Ｕ字状に折り曲げた部分）が差し込み装着される袋状部３４２を、上面部３４０における機体前端部に位置する状態で備えている。この袋状部３４２は、機体後方側に向けて開口する状態で設けられている。 Further, the flexible sheet body 315 includes a bag-like portion 342 into which the end portion of the roof frame 323 in the frame body 313 (a portion bent in a U shape) is inserted and attached, and a front end portion of the body portion in the upper surface portion 340. It is prepared in the state located in. The bag-like portion 342 is provided in a state of opening toward the rear side of the machine body.
　説明を加えると、図３１及び図３４に示すように、上面部３４０の機体前部側箇所において、上面部３４０の下側に重ねる状態で袋形成部３４３が備えられ、この袋形成部３４３は、前端側部分、及び、左右両側部分が上面部３４０に縫い付けた状態で取り付けられている。袋形成部３４３の後端側部分は自由状態であり、袋形成部３４３の後端側部分と上面部３４０との間において後方に向けて開口する状態となっている。従って、この袋形成部３４３とその上方に位置する上面部３４０とにより袋状部３４２が構成されている。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 34, a bag forming portion 343 is provided in a state of being overlapped below the upper surface portion 340 at the front side portion of the upper surface portion 340. The front end side portion and the left and right side portions are attached to the upper surface portion 340 in a sewn state. The rear end side portion of the bag forming portion 343 is in a free state, and is open rearward between the rear end side portion of the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340. Therefore, the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340 located above the bag forming portion 343 constitute a bag-like portion 342.
　上述したように、袋形成部３４３における前端側部分及び左右両側部分が上面部３４０に縫い付けた状態で取り付けられるので、袋状部３４２は、機体前部側箇所が閉塞された状態となっており、機体後方側に向けて開口する状態で設けられることになる。 As described above, since the front end side portion and the left and right side portions of the bag forming portion 343 are attached to the upper surface portion 340, the bag-like portion 342 is in a state where the front side portion of the machine body is closed. And provided in a state of opening toward the rear side of the aircraft.
　このように構成することで、機体が走行するときに、袋状部３４２の内部に風が入り込むことがなく、柔軟性シート体３１５により形成されるものでありながら、風により煽られる等の不利のない良好な状態で、運転部に搭乗している運転者に日差しが差し込んだり雨水が降りかかったりすることを防止できる。 With this configuration, the wind does not enter the bag-like portion 342 when the machine travels, and is formed by the flexible sheet 315, but is disadvantageous such as being blown by the wind. It is possible to prevent the driver who is in the driving section from being exposed to sunlight or rain water in a good state without any rain.
　袋状部３４２には、差し込み装着されているルーフフレーム３２３の一部を外側に露出させる切欠き３４４が形成されている。すなわち、図３４に示すように、袋状部３４２を構成する袋形成部３４３における機体前部側の左右両側箇所に切欠き３４４が形成されて、ルーフフレーム３２３の一部が外方（上面部３４０の下方側外方）に向けて露出するように構成されている。 The bag-like portion 342 is formed with a notch 344 that exposes a part of the roof frame 323 that is inserted and attached to the outside. That is, as shown in FIG. 34, notches 344 are formed at the left and right sides of the front side of the machine body in the bag forming portion 343 constituting the bag-shaped portion 342, and a part of the roof frame 323 is outward (upper surface portion). 340 is configured to be exposed toward the outer side of the lower side of 340.
　袋状部３４２における開口形成部分には、その開口を閉じる閉じ部材としての面状ファスナー３４５（例えばマジックテープ（Magic Tape）（登録商標））が備えられている。この面状ファスナー３４５は、袋形成部３４３とその上方に位置する上面部３４０の夫々に、面状接続部が張り合わせ接続並びに分離可能に設けられ、両側の面状接続部を張り合わせることにより、開口を閉じることができるように構成されている。図３４に示すように、面状ファスナー３４５は、横方向に複数（５個）並ぶ状態で備えられている。 The opening forming portion of the bag-like portion 342 is provided with a sheet-like fastener 345 (for example, Magic Tape (registered trademark)) as a closing member for closing the opening. The planar fastener 345 is provided with a planar connecting portion that can be connected to and separated from each other on the bag forming portion 343 and the upper surface portion 340 located above the bag forming portion 343, and by bonding the planar connecting portions on both sides, It is comprised so that opening can be closed. As shown in FIG. 34, a plurality of (five) planar fasteners 345 are provided in the lateral direction.
　袋状部３４２における開口を通してルーフフレーム３２３の前端部を袋状部３４２の最奥部まで差し込み挿入して、面状ファスナー３４５を接続して開口を閉じる。このように面状ファスナー３４５を閉じることにより、ルーフフレーム３２３が袋状部３４２から抜け外れるのを防止することができる。 The front end portion of the roof frame 323 is inserted and inserted through the opening in the bag-shaped portion 342 to the innermost portion of the bag-shaped portion 342, and the planar fastener 345 is connected to close the opening. By closing the planar fastener 345 in this manner, the roof frame 323 can be prevented from coming off from the bag-like portion 342.
　従って、面状ファスナー３４５は、開口を閉じる閉じ部材として機能することに加えて、袋状部３４２からフレーム体３１３が抜け外れるのを防止する抜け外れ防止手段Ｎとして機能することになる。 Therefore, in addition to functioning as a closing member that closes the opening, the planar fastener 345 functions as a detachment prevention means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-shaped portion 342.
　又、袋状部３４２にルーフフレーム３２３を差し込むときに、切欠き３４４を通して手でルーフフレーム３２３の先端側を持って十分に深く差し込むことができ、ルーフフレーム３２３が袋状部３４２に対する差し込み途中で停止した状態となる等の不利を回避できる。 Further, when the roof frame 323 is inserted into the bag-shaped portion 342, the roof frame 323 can be inserted deep enough by hand through the notch 344 and the roof frame 323 is inserted into the bag-shaped portion 342. Disadvantages such as stopping can be avoided.
　図３４に示すように、柔軟性シート体３１５とルーフ支持部３１７とを連結する連結部材３４７が、袋状部３４２よりもルーフ支持部の基端部側に位置する状態で柔軟性シート体３１５に備えられている。具体的には、上面部３４０における左右両側の２辺及び後部側の辺の夫々に位置する状態で、適宜間隔をあけて並ぶ状態で複数の連結部材３４７が備えられている。具体的には、上面部３４０における左右両側の２辺の夫々に、４個の連結部材３４７が備えられ、後部側の辺に４個の連結部材が備えられている。 As shown in FIG. 34, the flexible sheet body 315 is in a state in which the connecting member 347 that connects the flexible sheet body 315 and the roof support portion 317 is positioned closer to the base end portion side of the roof support portion than the bag-shaped portion 342. Is provided. Specifically, a plurality of connecting members 347 are provided in a state of being arranged on the upper surface portion 340 on both the left and right sides and the rear side, respectively, with appropriate intervals. Specifically, four connecting members 347 are provided on each of the left and right sides of the upper surface portion 340, and four connecting members are provided on the rear side.
　説明を加えると、図３５及び図３６に示すように、連結部材３４７は、柔軟性シート体３１５の上面部３４０の外周部に一端が縫い付けられた上下２枚の布製のベルト３４８，３４９と、一方のベルト３４８が巻き掛けられて状態で保持されている２つのリング状金具３５０とを備えて構成されている。そして、ルーフフレーム３２３を挟む状態で、他方のベルト３４９を２つのリング状金具３５０の内部を挿通させたのち、２つのリング状金具３５０の間を通して引っ張ることで締め付けてルーフフレーム３２３に連結する構成となっている。 35 and 36, the connecting member 347 includes two upper and lower cloth belts 348 and 349 each having one end sewn on the outer peripheral portion of the upper surface portion 340 of the flexible sheet body 315. , And one ring 348 is wound around and held in a state of being provided with two ring-shaped metal fittings 350. Then, after the other belt 349 is inserted through the two ring-shaped metal fittings 350 with the roof frame 323 sandwiched therebetween, the belt 349 is pulled through the two ring-shaped metal fittings 350 to be tightened and connected to the roof frame 323. It has become.
　上述したように、柔軟性シート体３１５は、前部側箇所が袋状部３４２にルーフフレーム３２３が差し込み装着されることにより連結され、後部側箇所が、適宜間隔をあけて備えられた複数の連結部材３４７によりルーフフレーム３２３に連結されている。このようにして、柔軟性シート体３１５がルーフ支持部３１７に連結されている。 As described above, the flexible sheet body 315 is connected to the front side portion by inserting and attaching the roof frame 323 to the bag-like portion 342, and the rear side portion is provided with a plurality of appropriate intervals. The connecting member 347 is connected to the roof frame 323. In this way, the flexible sheet body 315 is connected to the roof support portion 317.
　従って、連結部材３４７は、柔軟性シート体３１５とルーフ支持部３１７とを連結する機能を備えることから、袋状部３４２からフレーム体３１３が抜け外れるのを防止する抜け外れ防止手段Ｎとして機能することになる。 Therefore, since the connecting member 347 has a function of connecting the flexible sheet body 315 and the roof support portion 317, the connecting member 347 functions as a detachment prevention means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-like portion 342. It will be.
　柔軟性シート体３１５の外周部にフレーム体３１３の端部を貫通させるためのスリット３５１が形成されている。具体的には、図３３，図３４，図３７，図３８に示すように、柔軟性シート体３１５における上面部３４０の全周にわたって備えられている側面部３４１を後端側の左右両側部において、上下方向の全幅にわたり切り開いてスリット３５１を形成している。 The slit 351 for penetrating the edge part of the frame body 313 is formed in the outer peripheral part of the flexible sheet | seat body 315. As shown in FIG. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 33, 34, 37, and 38, side portions 341 provided over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion 340 in the flexible sheet body 315 are provided on the left and right side portions on the rear end side. The slit 351 is formed by cutting the entire width in the vertical direction.
　そして、図２９，図３１，図３８に示すように、略Ｕ字形に折り曲げて形成されたルーフフレーム３２３の左右両側の片持ち状に延びる後端延設部３２３Ｂ（フレーム体の端部の一例）が、スリット３５１を通して後方外方に向けて突出する状態で設けられている。 29, 31 and 38, a rear end extending portion 323B (an example of an end portion of the frame body) extending in a cantilever shape on both the left and right sides of the roof frame 323 formed by being bent into a substantially U shape. ) Is provided in a state of protruding rearward and outward through the slit 351.
　柔軟性シート体３１５は、ルーフフレーム３２３の左右両側の後端部３５２がスリット３５１を貫通している状態でスリット３５１を閉じる閉じ部材としての面状ファスナー３５３（例えばマジックテープ（Magic Tape）（登録商標））を備えている。すなわち、図３３に示すように、柔軟性シート体３１５の側面部３４１におけるスリット３５１形成箇所の両側部に夫々、面状接続部が張り合わせ接続並びに分離可能に設けられ、両側の面状接続部を張り合わせることにより、スリット３５１を閉じることができるように構成されている。又、面状ファスナー３５３はスリット３５１を閉じる閉じ部材として機能することに加えて、袋状部３４２からフレーム体３１３が抜け外れるのを防止する抜け外れ防止手段Ｎとして機能することになる。 The flexible sheet body 315 has a planar fastener 353 (for example, Magic Tape) (registered as a closing member) that closes the slit 351 while the rear end portions 352 of the left and right sides of the roof frame 323 pass through the slit 351. Trademark)). That is, as shown in FIG. 33, planar connection portions are provided on both side portions of the slit 351 formation portion in the side surface portion 341 of the flexible sheet body 315 so as to be bonded and separable, and the planar connection portions on both sides are provided. The slits 351 can be closed by bonding. Further, in addition to functioning as a closing member that closes the slit 351, the planar fastener 353 functions as a detachment preventing means N that prevents the frame body 313 from detaching from the bag-shaped portion 342.
〔別実施形態〕
（１）上記実施形態では、抜け外れ防止手段Ｎとして、面状ファスナー３４５、面状ファスナー３５３、連結部材３４７の夫々を備える構成としたが、それらのうちのいずれか１つを備える構成としてもよく、又、このような構成に代えて、例えば、袋状部３４２に対してフレーム体３１３が差し込まれる箇所が強い緊張状態で差し込まれて、その摩擦抵抗により抜け外れを防止する構成とする等、種々の形態で実施してもよい。 [Another embodiment]
(1) In the above embodiment, each of the sheet fastener 345, the sheet fastener 353, and the connecting member 347 is provided as the slip-off prevention means N. However, any one of them may be provided. In addition, instead of such a configuration, for example, a portion where the frame body 313 is inserted into the bag-like portion 342 is inserted in a strong tension state, and the configuration is configured such that the slippage is prevented by the frictional resistance. The present invention may be implemented in various forms.
（２）上記実施形態では、開口の閉じ部材としての面状ファスナー３４５が複数（５個）並ぶ状態で備える構成としたが、この面状ファスナー３４５は、４個より少ない個数であってもよく、１個だけ備える構成であってもよい。又、６個以上備えるものでもよい。 (2) In the above-described embodiment, a plurality of (five) planar fasteners 345 as opening closing members are arranged in a line, but the number of planar fasteners 345 may be less than four. Only one configuration may be provided. Moreover, you may provide six or more.
（３）上記実施形態では、連結部材３４７が、上面部３４０における左右両側の２辺の夫々に、４個の連結部材３４７が備えられ、後部側の辺に４個備えられる構成としたが、このような構成に限らず、各辺に３個より少ない個数であってもよく、１個だけ備える構成でもよい。又、５個以上備えるものでもよい。上記３つの辺に備えるものに限らず、いずれか１又は２つの辺に備える構成としてもよい。 (3) In the above embodiment, the connecting member 347 is configured such that four connecting members 347 are provided on each of the two sides on the left and right sides of the upper surface portion 340, and four are provided on the rear side. The configuration is not limited to this, and the number of each side may be less than three, or only one may be provided. Moreover, you may provide 5 or more. It is good also as a structure provided not only in what is provided in the said 3 edge | side but in any 1 or 2 edge | side.
（４）上記実施形態では、袋状部３４２の開口を閉じる閉じ部材、及び、スリット３５１を閉じる閉じ部材として、面状ファスナー３４５，３５３）を備える構成としたが、これに代えて、例えば、引掛け式のホック、弾性的に嵌り合い接合並びに分離自在なボタン式の接合部材、通常の衣服のボタン等、種々の形態の部材を用いることができる。 (4) In the above embodiment, as the closing member that closes the opening of the bag-like portion 342 and the closing member that closes the slit 351, the planar fasteners 345 and 353) are provided. Various types of members such as hook-type hooks, elastically fitting and separating button-type joining members, and buttons for ordinary clothes can be used.
（５）上記実施形態では、柔軟性シート体３１５が、上面部３４０と上面部３４０の全周にわたる側面部３４１とを備える構成としたが、上面部の一部においてのみ側面部を備える構成としたり、上面部だけを備え、側面部を備えない構成としもよい。 (5) In the above embodiment, the flexible sheet body 315 includes the upper surface portion 340 and the side surface portion 341 extending over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion 340. However, the flexible sheet body 315 includes the side surface portion only in a part of the upper surface portion. Or it is good also as a structure provided only with an upper surface part, and not provided with a side part.
（６）上記実施形態では、柔軟性シート体３１５が袋状部３４２を備える構成としたが、袋状部３４２を備えずに、平板状のシートにて形成されるものでもよい。 (6) In the said embodiment, although the flexible sheet body 315 was set as the structure provided with the bag-shaped part 342, it may not be provided with the bag-shaped part 342 but may be formed with a flat sheet.
（７）上記実施形態では、ルーフ支持部３１７として、中央部側が外周部側よりも膨出する形状に形成される構成したが、このような構成に代えて、ルーフ支持部３１７が平坦面に形成されるものでもよい。又、ルーフ支持部３１７が平面視矩形形状に構成されものに限らず、円形、楕円形、ひし形等、どのような形状であってもよい。 (7) In the above embodiment, the roof support portion 317 is formed to have a shape in which the central portion side bulges more than the outer peripheral portion side. However, instead of such a configuration, the roof support portion 317 has a flat surface. It may be formed. The roof support 317 is not limited to a rectangular shape in plan view, and may be any shape such as a circle, an ellipse, and a rhombus.
（８）上記実施形態では、柔軟性シート体３１５が布帛製であるものを示したが、このような構成に限らず、柔軟性シート体３１５としては、例えば、ビニールシート、樹脂コーティングした布帛、硬質材をメッシュ状に形成して柔軟性を持たせたシート等、種々の構成を用いることができる。 (8) In the above embodiment, the flexible sheet body 315 is made of a cloth. However, the flexible sheet body 315 is not limited to such a configuration, and examples of the flexible sheet body 315 include a vinyl sheet, a resin-coated cloth, Various configurations such as a sheet formed by forming a hard material in a mesh shape and having flexibility can be used.
（９）上記実施形態の作業機用キャノピーは、作業者が搭乗する運転部を備えた作業機に適用できる。作業機としては、普通型コンバインに限らず、本発明は、自脱型コンバイン、トラクタ、乗用田植機等、種々の作業機に適用することができる。 (9) The working machine canopy of the above-described embodiment can be applied to a working machine provided with a driving unit on which an operator rides. The working machine is not limited to a general combine machine, and the present invention can be applied to various working machines such as a self-removing combine machine, a tractor, and a riding rice transplanter.
　本発明に係る収穫機用の伝動装置等の作業機用の伝動装置は、たとえば、普通型コンバイン、自脱型コンバイン、ニンジン収穫機、トウモロコシ収穫機、などの収穫機、及び、運搬車、トラクタ、などに適用することができる。 A transmission device for a working machine such as a transmission device for a harvester according to the present invention includes, for example, a harvester such as a normal combine harvester, a self-removing combine harvester, a carrot harvester, a corn harvester, a transport vehicle, and a tractor. , Etc.
［第１実施形態］
　１　　　　　　　　　走行車体
　２　　　　　　　　　刈取搬送装置（収穫装置）
　７　　　　　　　　　クローラ（走行装置）
　８　　　　　　　　　搭乗運転部
　１２　　　　　　　　無段変速装置
　３０　　　　　　　　変速ケース
　３４　　　　　　　　出力軸
　４０　　　　　　　　変速操作軸（無段変速装置）
　４３　　　　　　　　伝動ケース
　４３Ａ　　　　　　　開口
　４３Ｃ　　　　　　　凹部
　４３Ｄ　　　　　　　オイル吸込口
　４３Ｅ　　　　　　　内部油路
　４３Ｆ　　　　　　　オイルガイド
　４３Ｇ　　　　　　　開口（入力用）
　４３Ｈ　　　　　　　開口（補助動力取り出し用）
　４４　　　　　　　　入力軸
　４５　　　　　　　　従動軸
　４５Ａ　　　　　　　第１スプライン軸部（スプライン軸部）
　４５Ｂ　　　　　　　第２スプライン軸部
　４６　　　　　　　　サイドクラッチ軸
　４７　　　　　　　　変速機
　４９　　　　　　　　伝動機構（減速機構）
　５０　　　　　　　　走行駆動軸
　５０Ａ　　　　　　　スプライン嵌合部
　５１　　　　　　　　駆動軸ケース
　５２　　　　　　　　主ケース部品
　５２Ａ　　　　　　　凹入部
　５３　　　　　　　　補助ケース部品
　５３Ａ　　　　　　　開口
　５３Ｂ　　　　　　　被連結部
　５４　　　　　　　　左ケース部材
　５４Ａ　　　　　　　合わせ面
　５５　　　　　　　　右ケース部材
　５５Ａ　　　　　　　合わせ面
　５６　　　　　　　　第１空間部
　５７　　　　　　　　補助空間部
　５８　　　　　　　　第２空間部
　６０　　　　　　　　低速駆動ギヤ
　６１　　　　　　　　低速従動ギヤ（使用頻度が低い従動ギヤ）
　６１Ａ　　　　　　　ギヤ部
　６１Ｂ　　　　　　　スプラインボス部
　６２　　　　　　　　中速駆動ギヤ
　６３　　　　　　　　中速従動ギヤ（使用頻度が高い従動ギヤ）
　６３Ａ　　　　　　　ギヤ部
　６３Ｂ　　　　　　　スプラインボス部
　６４　　　　　　　　高速駆動ギヤ
　６５　　　　　　　　高速従動ギヤ（使用頻度が高い従動ギヤ）
　６５Ａ　　　　　　　ギヤ部
　６５Ｂ　　　　　　　スプラインボス部
　６６　　　　　　　　シフト機構
　７３　　　　　　　　変速操作軸
　７４　　　　　　　　スプラインボス
　７４ａ　　　　　　　スプライン
　７７　　　　　　　　連係アーム
　８１　　　　　　　　出力回転体
　８２　　　　　　　　伝動回転体
　８３　　　　　　　　サイドクラッチ
　８４　　　　　　　　サイドブレーキ
　１０２　　　　　　　ケース部分
　１０２Ｂ　　　　　　接続部
　１０７　　　　　　　油圧機器（バルブユニット）
　１０７Ａ　　　　　　接続部
　１０７Ｂ　　　　　　接続部
　１１２　　　　　　　駐車ブレーキ
　１１６　　　　　　　制動操作軸
　１１９　　　　　　　中継軸
　１２０　　　　　　　第１軸支部
　１２１　　　　　　　第２軸支部
　１２２　　　　　　　第１伝動部
　１２３　　　　　　　第２伝動部
　１２５　　　　　　　駆動回転体（駆動ギヤ）
　１２６　　　　　　　従動回転体（従動ギヤ）
　１２６Ａ　　　　　　ボス部
　１２６Ｂ　　　　　　ボス部
　１２６Ｃ　　　　　　スプライン嵌合部
　１２７　　　　　　　支持部
　１２８　　　　　　　支持部
　１３０　　　　　　　オイルフィルタ
　１３０Ａ　　　　　　オイル流入口
　１３１　　　　　　　バルブ操作軸
　１３２　　　　　　　バルブケース
　１３４　　　　　　　油圧管
　１３５　　　　　　　油圧管
　１３７　　　　　　　油路
　１３９　　　　　　　蓋部材
　Ａ　　　　　　　　　外部機器 [First Embodiment]
1 traveling vehicle body 2 reaping and conveying device (harvesting device)
7 Crawler (traveling device)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 8 Boarding operation part 12 Continuously variable transmission 30 Shifting case 34 Output shaft 40 Shifting operation shaft (continuously variable transmission)
43 Transmission case 43A Opening 43C Recess 43D Oil suction port 43E Internal oil passage 43F Oil guide 43G Opening (input)
43H opening (for taking out auxiliary power)
44 Input shaft 45 Driven shaft 45A First spline shaft (spline shaft)
45B Second spline shaft portion 46 Side clutch shaft 47 Transmission 49 Transmission mechanism (deceleration mechanism)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 50 Travel drive shaft 50A Spline fitting part 51 Drive shaft case 52 Main case part 52A Recessed part 53 Auxiliary case part 53A Opening 53B Connected part 54 Left case member 54A Matching surface 55 Right case member 55A Matching surface 56 1st space part 57 Auxiliary space 58 Second space 60 Low-speed drive gear 61 Low-speed driven gear (driven gear with low frequency of use)
61A Gear part 61B Spline boss part 62 Medium-speed drive gear 63 Medium-speed driven gear (driven gear with high use frequency)
63A Gear part 63B Spline boss part 64 High-speed drive gear 65 High-speed driven gear (Frequently used driven gear)
65A Gear portion 65B Spline boss portion 66 Shift mechanism 73 Speed change operation shaft 74 Spline boss 74a Spline 77 Linking arm 81 Output rotating body 82 Transmission rotating body 83 Side clutch 84 Side brake 102 Case portion 102B Connecting portion 107 Hydraulic equipment (valve unit)
107A connection portion 107B connection portion 112 parking brake 116 braking operation shaft 119 relay shaft 120 first shaft support portion 121 second shaft support portion 122 first transmission portion 123 second transmission portion 125 drive rotating body (drive gear)
126 Driven rotator (driven gear)
126A Boss part 126B Boss part 126C Spline fitting part 127 Support part 128 Support part 130 Oil filter 130A Oil inflow port 131 Valve operation shaft 132 Valve case 134 Hydraulic pipe 135 Hydraulic pipe 137 Oil path 139 Lid member A External device
［第２実施形態］
　２０３，２０７　　　回転輪
　２０７ｂ，２２７　　回転部分
　２１０，２２８　　　支持ケース
　２１０ａ　　　　　　支持ケースの端部
　２１０ｃ　　　　　　支持ケースの端部の内周部の溝部
　２１１，２３０　　　支持軸
　２１２　　　　　　　ベアリング
　２１４　　　　　　　カラー部材
　２１７　　　　　　　シール部材
　２１７ａ　　　　　　シール部材の内側環状部材
　２１７ｂ　　　　　　シール部材の外側環状部材
　２１７ｃ　　　　　　シール部材のシールリップ部材
　２１７ｄ　　　　　　シール部材の隙間
　２１８　　　　　　　凸部
　２１９　　　　　　　凹部
　２２０　　　　　　　内側凹部
　２２２　　　　　　　収納溝部
　２２２ａ　　　　　　収納溝部の第１面部
　２２２ｂ　　　　　　収納溝部の第２面部
　２２５，２２６　　　壁部材
　２２５ｂ　　　　　　壁部材の外周部
　２２６ａ，２２６ｂ　壁部材のリング部分
　２２６ｄ　　　　　　壁部材のシール部分
　Ｐ１　　　　　　　　支持軸の軸心 [Second Embodiment]
203, 207 Rotating wheel 207b, 227 Rotating part 210, 228 Support case 210a End part of support case 210c Groove part 211 of support case end part 211, 230 Support shaft 212 Bearing 214 Color member 217 Seal member 217a Inner ring member 217b Outer ring member 217c Seal member seal lip member 217d Seal member gap 218 Convex part 219 Concave part 220 Inner concave part 222 Storage groove part 222a First surface part of storage groove part 222b Second surface part 225, 226 of storage groove part Wall member 225b Wall member outer periphery 226a, 226b Wall member ring portion 226d Wall member seal portion P1 Center axis of support shaft
［第３実施形態］
　３０２　　　　　　　機体
　３１３　　　　　　　フレーム体
　３１４　　　　　　　ルーフ部
　３１５　　　　　　　柔軟性シート体
　３１７　　　　　　　ルーフ支持部
　３２３Ａ　　　　　　支持杆
　３２３Ｂ　　　　　　フレーム体の端部
　３２７　　　　　　　上向き膨出体
　３４０　　　　　　　上面部
　３４１　　　　　　　側面部
　３４２　　　　　　　袋状部
　３４４　　　　　　　切欠き
　３４５　　　　　　　閉じ部材
　３４７　　　　　　　連結部材
　３５１　　　　　　　スリット
　３５３　　　　　　　閉じ部材
　Ｎ　　　　　　　　　抜け外れ防止手段
  [Third Embodiment]
302 Airframe 313 Frame body 314 Roof portion 315 Flexible sheet body 317 Roof support portion 323A Support rod 323B End portion of frame body 327 Upwardly bulging body 340 Upper surface portion 341 Side surface portion 342 Bag-shaped portion 344 Notch 345 Closing member 347 Connection member 351 Slit 353 Closing member N Removal prevention means

Claims (79)

  1. 　３段に変速可能に構成した選択歯車式の変速機を伝動ケースに内蔵し、
    　前記変速機は、低速伝動用の低速駆動ギヤと低速従動ギヤ、中速伝動用の中速駆動ギヤと中速従動ギヤ、高速伝動用の高速駆動ギヤと高速従動ギヤ、及び、３段のギヤ選択操作を可能にするシフト機構を備え、
    　前記伝動ケースの入力軸を、前記伝動ケースに連接する外部機器に備えた出力軸に、前記出力軸の軸心を中心にして前記出力軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
    　前記低速駆動ギヤと前記中速駆動ギヤと前記高速駆動ギヤとのそれぞれを、前記入力軸に、前記入力軸と一体回転する状態で装備し、
    　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤとのそれぞれを、前記入力軸に平行姿勢で隣接する従動軸に、前記シフト機構によるギヤ選択操作が可能な状態で装備し、
    　前記従動軸を前記入力軸よりも下方の位置に配備している収穫機用の伝動装置。     A transmission with a selection gear type that can be shifted in three stages is built in the transmission case.
    The transmission includes a low-speed driving gear and a low-speed driven gear for low-speed transmission, a medium-speed driving gear and a medium-speed driven gear for medium-speed transmission, a high-speed driving gear and a high-speed driven gear for high-speed transmission, and a three-stage gear. Equipped with a shift mechanism that enables selection operation,
    The input shaft of the transmission case is provided in an output shaft provided in an external device connected to the transmission case in a state of rotating integrally with the output shaft around the axis of the output shaft,
    Each of the low-speed drive gear, the medium-speed drive gear, and the high-speed drive gear is equipped on the input shaft in a state of rotating integrally with the input shaft,
    Each of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear are equipped on the driven shaft adjacent to the input shaft in a posture parallel to the input shaft in a state where the gear selection operation by the shift mechanism is possible,
    A transmission device for a harvesting machine in which the driven shaft is arranged at a position below the input shaft.
  2. 　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを前記従動軸の中央側に配備している請求項１に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 1, wherein a driven gear having a high use frequency among the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear is arranged on the center side of the driven shaft.
  3. 　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを前記従動軸の軸端側に配備している請求項１又は２に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission for the harvester according to claim 1 or 2, wherein a driven gear having a low usage frequency among the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear is arranged on the shaft end side of the driven shaft. apparatus.
  4. 　前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
    　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が高い従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置する状態で前記従動軸に装備している請求項１～３のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。     The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
    Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear having a high usage frequency is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the other end portion The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a spline boss portion for gear selection provided in the shaft is mounted on the driven shaft in a state of being positioned on the shaft end side of the driven shaft. .
  5. 　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの使用頻度が低い従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置する状態で、前記使用頻度が高い従動ギヤよりも前記従動軸の軸端側に、それらの従動ギヤの間に前記従動軸と一体回転するスプライン軸部を介在させた配置で装備している請求項４に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, the gear portion provided at one end of the driven gear is used on the shaft end side of the driven shaft, and the other end. The spline boss part for gear selection provided in the part is located on the center side of the driven shaft, and the shaft end side of the driven shaft is higher than the driven gear having a high frequency of use between the driven gears. The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 4, wherein the transmission device is provided with a spline shaft portion that rotates integrally with the driven shaft.
  6. 　前記変速機をコンスタントメッシュ式に構成し、
    　前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうち、前記入力軸の入力側端部から最も離れた位置に配置する従動ギヤを、その一端部に備えたギヤ部が前記従動軸の中央側に位置し、かつ、その他端部に備えたギヤ選択用のスプラインボス部が前記従動軸の軸端側に位置する状態で前記従動軸に装備している請求項１～５のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。     The transmission is configured in a constant mesh type,
    Of the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, a gear portion provided at one end portion of a driven gear that is disposed at a position farthest from the input side end portion of the input shaft is the driven shaft. 6. The driven shaft is equipped with a spline boss portion for gear selection provided at the other end portion and located at the shaft end side of the driven shaft. A transmission device for a harvesting machine according to claim 1.
  7. 　前記従動軸は、前記低速従動ギヤと前記中速従動ギヤと前記高速従動ギヤのうちの２つの従動ギヤを連係の対象とする第１スプライン軸部と、残りの１つの従動ギヤを連係の対象とする第２スプライン軸部とを、それらのスプライン軸部が前記従動軸と一体回転する状態で備え、
    　前記第２スプライン軸部を、前記従動軸に着脱可能で、かつ、その外周面の一端側のみに連係用の複数のスプラインを形成したスプラインボスにより構成している請求項４～６のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。     The driven shaft includes a first spline shaft portion that links two driven gears among the low-speed driven gear, the medium-speed driven gear, and the high-speed driven gear, and the remaining one driven gear. And a second spline shaft portion, with the spline shaft portion rotating integrally with the driven shaft,
    7. The spline boss according to claim 4, wherein the second spline shaft portion is constituted by a spline boss that can be attached to and detached from the driven shaft and has a plurality of linkage splines formed only on one end side of the outer peripheral surface thereof. The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to one item.
  8. 　前記従動軸と一体回転する前記変速機の出力回転体を前記従動軸の中央部に配備し、
    　前記出力回転体に連動する伝動回転体を、前記伝動ケースに左右向きに内蔵したサイドクラッチ軸の中央部に配備し、
    　前記伝動回転体から左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチを、前記伝動回転体を挟んだ状態で前記サイドクラッチ軸の軸上に装備している請求項１～７のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。     An output rotator of the transmission that rotates integrally with the driven shaft is disposed in a central portion of the driven shaft,
    A transmission rotating body that is linked to the output rotating body is arranged in the center of the side clutch shaft that is built in the transmission case in the left-right direction,
    The pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission from the transmission rotating body to the left and right traveling devices are mounted on the shaft of the side clutch shaft with the transmission rotating body interposed therebetween. The transmission device for a harvesting machine as described in any one of Claims.
  9. 　前記伝動ケースは、前記入力軸における入力側の端部とは反対側の端部を露出させる開口を備えている請求項１～８のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the transmission case includes an opening that exposes an end of the input shaft opposite to the input side.
  10. 　油圧機器から前記伝動ケースの内部に戻すオイルをそれぞれの前記従動ギヤに供給する油路を備えている請求項１～９のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a harvesting machine according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising an oil passage that supplies oil returned from the hydraulic device to the inside of the transmission case to each driven gear.
  11. 　伝動ケースから左右の対応する走行装置にわたる左右向きの左右の走行駆動軸と、前記左右の走行駆動軸への伝動を個別に断続する一対のサイドクラッチと、対応する前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に伝達する左右の伝動機構とを備え、
    　前記一対のサイドクラッチを支持する左右向きのサイドクラッチ軸と前記左右の走行駆動軸との間に左右向きの中継軸を備え、
    　前記左右の伝動機構は、それぞれ、前記伝動ケースの左右中央側において前記サイドクラッチ軸から前記中継軸にわたる第１伝動部と、前記伝動ケースの左右両端側において前記中継軸から前記走行駆動軸にわたる第２伝動部とを備え、
    　前記伝動ケースは、前記一対のサイドクラッチと左右の前記第１伝動部とを内蔵する第１空間部と、左右の前記第２伝動部を個別に内蔵する左右の第２空間部とを備え、
    　前記第１空間部は前記伝動ケースの主ケース部品により形成し、
    　前記左右の第２空間部は、前記主ケース部品における左右の側壁に凹入形成した凹入部と、前記凹入部を覆う状態で前記左右の側壁に着脱可能に連結した左右の補助ケース部品とから形成している作業機用の伝動装置。     The left and right travel drive shafts extending from the transmission case to the left and right corresponding travel devices, a pair of side clutches that individually connect and disconnect the transmission to the left and right travel drive shafts, and the power via the corresponding side clutches A left and right transmission mechanism for transmitting to the travel drive shaft,
    A left-right relay shaft is provided between the left-right side clutch shaft that supports the pair of side clutches and the left-right travel drive shaft,
    The left and right transmission mechanisms respectively include a first transmission portion extending from the side clutch shaft to the relay shaft on the left and right center side of the transmission case, and a first transmission portion extending from the relay shaft to the travel drive shaft on the left and right ends of the transmission case. With two transmission parts,
    The transmission case includes a first space portion including the pair of side clutches and the left and right first transmission portions, and left and right second space portions individually including the left and right second transmission portions,
    The first space is formed by a main case component of the transmission case;
    The left and right second space portions include a recessed portion that is recessedly formed in the left and right side walls of the main case component, and a left and right auxiliary case component that is detachably connected to the left and right side walls in a state of covering the recessed portion. Transmission device for the working machine that is forming.
  12. 　前記左右の伝動機構を、それぞれ、前記第１伝動部が前記第２伝動部よりも上方に位置する状態に構成し、
    　前記伝動ケースは、その底部における左右の前記第２伝動部の間に位置する左右中央側部位に、その左右中央側部位を前記左右の第１伝動部に近接させる凹部を備えて、前記底部を逆Ｕ字形に形成している請求項１１に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。     The left and right transmission mechanisms are configured such that the first transmission portion is positioned above the second transmission portion, respectively.
    The transmission case is provided with a concave portion that makes the left and right central side portions close to the left and right first transmission portions in a left and right central portion located between the left and right second transmission portions in the bottom portion, and the bottom portion The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 11, wherein the transmission device is formed in an inverted U shape.
  13. 　前記左右の側壁は、それぞれ、前記中継軸における前記伝動ケースの左右中央側に位置する部分を支持する第１軸支部を備え、
    　前記左右の補助ケース部品は、それぞれ、前記中継軸における前記伝動ケースの左右両端側に位置する部分を支持する第２軸支部を備えている請求項１１又は１２に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。     Each of the left and right side walls includes a first shaft support portion that supports a portion of the relay shaft that is located on the left and right center side of the transmission case,
    The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 11 or 12, wherein each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a second shaft support portion that supports portions of the relay shaft that are located on both left and right ends of the transmission case. .
  14. 　前記中継軸として、左側の前記伝動機構に備える左側の中継軸と、右側の前記伝動機構に備える右側の中継軸とを備え、
    　左右の前記中継軸を、それぞれ、前記伝動ケースに回転可能に装備している請求項１１～１３のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。     The relay shaft includes a left relay shaft provided in the left transmission mechanism, and a right relay shaft provided in the right transmission mechanism,
    The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the left and right relay shafts are rotatably mounted on the transmission case, respectively.
  15. 　左右の前記第２伝動部は、それぞれ、前記中継軸に備える駆動回転体を前記中継軸に一体形成している請求項１４に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 15. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 14, wherein each of the second transmission parts on the left and right sides is integrally formed with a drive rotating body provided on the relay shaft on the relay shaft.
  16. 　前記左右の側壁は、それぞれ、前記第２伝動部に備える従動回転体のボス部を回転可能に支持する支持部を備え、
    　前記左右の走行駆動軸及び左右の前記従動回転体は、それぞれ、前記走行駆動軸の一端部と前記従動回転体との連動連結を可能にするスプライン嵌合部を備えている請求項１１～１５のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。     Each of the left and right side walls includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotor provided in the second transmission portion,
    The left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right driven rotating bodies each include a spline fitting portion that enables interlocking connection between one end of the traveling drive shaft and the driven rotating body. A transmission device for a working machine according to any one of the above.
  17. 　前記左右の補助ケース部品は、それぞれ、前記第２伝動部に備えた従動回転体のボス部を回転可能に支持する支持部と、前記従動回転体に連動連結する前記走行駆動軸が通る開口と、前記走行駆動軸を外囲する左右向きの駆動軸ケースの一端部が着脱可能に連結される被連結部とを備えている請求項１６に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 Each of the left and right auxiliary case parts includes a support portion that rotatably supports a boss portion of a driven rotator provided in the second transmission portion, and an opening through which the travel drive shaft that is interlocked and connected to the driven rotator passes. The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 16, further comprising: a connected portion to which one end portion of a left-right drive shaft case surrounding the travel drive shaft is detachably connected.
  18. 　前記左右の補助ケース部品を左右兼用可能に構成している請求項１１～１７のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the left and right auxiliary case parts are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions.
  19. 　前記左右の伝動機構を左右対称に構成している請求項１１～１８のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the left and right transmission mechanisms are configured symmetrically.
  20. 　前記左右の走行駆動軸を個別に外囲する左右の駆動軸ケースを備え、
    　前記左右の走行駆動軸及び前記左右の駆動軸ケースを左右兼用可能に構成している請求項１１～１９のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。     Comprising left and right drive shaft cases individually enclosing the left and right travel drive shafts;
    The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein the left and right traveling drive shafts and the left and right drive shaft cases are configured so as to be used in the left and right directions.
  21. 　前記左右の伝動機構を、それぞれ、前記サイドクラッチを経由した動力を前記走行駆動軸に減速して伝達する減速機構に構成している請求項１１～２０のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The work machine according to any one of claims 11 to 20, wherein each of the left and right transmission mechanisms is configured as a speed reduction mechanism that decelerates and transmits power transmitted through the side clutch to the travel drive shaft. Transmission device.
  22. 　左右の前記第２伝動部を、それぞれ、前記中継軸に備えた駆動ギヤと前記走行駆動軸に備えた従動ギヤとが噛み合い連動するギヤ伝動式に構成している請求項１１～２１のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The left and right second transmission parts are each configured as a gear transmission type in which a drive gear provided on the relay shaft and a driven gear provided on the travel drive shaft are engaged with each other. The transmission device for a working machine according to one item.
  23. 　前記伝動ケースは、その上部に、作業装置用の補助伝動機構の内蔵を可能にする補助空間部と、前記補助伝動機構からの補助動力の取り出しを可能にする開口とを備え、かつ、補助動力取り出し用の前記開口を塞ぐ蓋部材を着脱可能に装備している請求項１１～２２のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The transmission case includes an auxiliary space portion that allows a built-in auxiliary transmission mechanism for a working device and an opening that enables extraction of auxiliary power from the auxiliary transmission mechanism at an upper portion thereof. The transmission device for a working machine according to any one of claims 11 to 22, further comprising a lid member that closes the opening for removal.
  24. 　前記伝動ケースは、その入力用の開口を備える側壁とは反対側の側壁に補助動力取り出し用の前記開口を備えている請求項２３に記載の作業機用の伝動装置。 The transmission device for a working machine according to claim 23, wherein the transmission case includes the opening for taking out auxiliary power on a side wall opposite to a side wall including the input opening.
  25. 　走行車体の前部中央側に配置する伝動ケースと、前記伝動ケースの前方を覆う作業位置と前記伝動ケースの前方を開放する非作業位置とに変位可能に構成した収穫装置とを備え、
    　前記伝動ケースは、その前壁に、ケース内に貯留したオイルを濾過するオイルフィルタを着脱可能に装備している収穫機。     A transmission case disposed on the front center side of the traveling vehicle body, and a harvesting device configured to be displaceable to a working position covering the front of the transmission case and a non-working position opening the front of the transmission case,
    The transmission case is a harvester equipped with a detachable oil filter for filtering the oil stored in the case on the front wall.
  26. 　前記オイルフィルタを前記前壁の上部側に配備している請求項２５に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 25, wherein the oil filter is arranged on an upper side of the front wall.
  27. 　前記伝動ケースを、前記前壁の上部側が下部側よりも後方に偏倚した形状に形成している請求項２６に記載の収穫機。 27. The harvester according to claim 26, wherein the transmission case is formed in a shape in which an upper side of the front wall is biased rearward from a lower side.
  28. 　前記オイルフィルタからのオイルを制御するバルブユニットを、前記前壁に着脱可能に装備している請求項２５～２７のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein a valve unit for controlling oil from the oil filter is detachably mounted on the front wall.
  29. 　前記バルブユニットのバルブ操作軸がバルブケースの前壁から前方に突出している請求項２８に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 28, wherein a valve operating shaft of the valve unit protrudes forward from a front wall of the valve case.
  30. 　前記バルブ操作軸を前記バルブユニットの上部側に配置している請求項２９に記載の収穫機。 30. The harvester according to claim 29, wherein the valve operating shaft is disposed on an upper side of the valve unit.
  31. 　前記オイルフィルタと前記バルブユニットとを左右に並べて配置している請求項２８～３０のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the oil filter and the valve unit are arranged side by side.
  32. 　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
    　前記バルブユニットを、前記伝動ケースの前記前壁における搭乗運転部側の位置に配置している請求項２８～３１のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein the valve unit is disposed at a position on the boarding operation unit side of the front wall of the transmission case.
  33. 　前記伝動ケースは、前記走行車体に備えた左右の走行装置への伝動を個別に断続する油圧式の左右のサイドクラッチを内蔵し、
    　前記バルブユニットを、前記左右のサイドクラッチに対するオイルの給排を制御するステアリング用に構成している請求項２８～３２のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The transmission case incorporates hydraulic left and right side clutches that individually connect and disconnect transmission to the left and right traveling devices provided in the traveling vehicle body,
    The harvester according to any one of claims 28 to 32, wherein the valve unit is configured for steering for controlling supply and discharge of oil to and from the left and right side clutches.
  34. 　前記伝動ケースは、前記バルブユニットよりも後方の位置に前記左右のサイドクラッチを備え、かつ、前記左右のサイドクラッチを覆う左右のケース部分に、前記左右のサイドクラッチに対する配管用の接続部を備え、
    　前記バルブユニットは、その上下左右の各側壁のいずれかに配管用の接続部を備え、
    　伝動ケース側の前記接続部とバルブユニット側の前記接続部とにわたる油圧管を、前記バルブユニットの前記前壁から前方に突出しない状態で配管している請求項３３に記載の収穫機。     The transmission case includes the left and right side clutches at a position rearward of the valve unit, and the right and left case portions covering the left and right side clutches include piping connection portions for the left and right side clutches. ,
    The valve unit includes a connecting portion for piping on any of the upper, lower, left and right side walls,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 33, wherein a hydraulic pipe extending between the connection part on the transmission case side and the connection part on the valve unit side is piped in a state in which the hydraulic pipe does not protrude forward from the front wall of the valve unit.
  35. 　前記オイルフィルタと前記バルブユニットとを左右に並べて配置し、
    　伝動ケース側の前記接続部を、前記伝動ケースにおける前記オイルフィルタよりも下方の位置に配備し、
    　オイルフィルタ側に位置する伝動ケース側の前記接続部に接続する前記油圧管を、前記オイルフィルタの下方を通して配管している請求項３４に記載の収穫機。     Arranging the oil filter and the valve unit side by side,
    The connection part on the transmission case side is arranged at a position below the oil filter in the transmission case,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 34, wherein the hydraulic pipe connected to the connection part on the transmission case side located on the oil filter side is piped through the lower side of the oil filter.
  36. 　前記伝動ケースは選択歯車式の変速機を内蔵し、
    　前記変速機の変速操作軸を前記伝動ケースの前記前壁から前方に突出させている請求項２５～３５のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The transmission case incorporates a selective gear type transmission,
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 25 to 35, wherein a transmission operation shaft of the transmission projects forward from the front wall of the transmission case.
  37. 　前記変速操作軸を、前記伝動ケースにおける前記オイルフィルタよりも上方の位置に配備している請求項３６に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 36, wherein the speed change operation shaft is arranged at a position above the oil filter in the transmission case.
  38. 　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
    　前記変速操作軸と一体で動く連係アームを前記変速操作軸の突出部から搭乗運転部側に延出させている請求項３６又は３７に記載の収穫機。     The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
    38. The harvester according to claim 36 or 37, wherein a linkage arm that moves integrally with the speed change operation shaft is extended from a protruding portion of the speed change operation shaft toward the boarding operation portion.
  39. 　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
    　前記伝動ケースは、その内部における搭乗運転部側の位置に駐車ブレーキを装備し、
    　前記駐車ブレーキの制動操作軸を、前記伝動ケースにおける搭乗運転部側の側壁から搭乗運転部側に突出させている請求項２５～３８のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
    The transmission case is equipped with a parking brake at a position on the boarding operation side inside the transmission case,
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 25 to 38, wherein a braking operation shaft of the parking brake projects from the side wall on the boarding operation part side in the transmission case to the boarding operation part side.
  40. 　左右の走行装置を個別に制動する左右のサイドブレーキを備え、
    　前記駐車ブレーキを、搭乗運転部側に配置する前記サイドブレーキにより構成している請求項３９に記載の収穫機。     With left and right side brakes that individually brake the left and right traveling devices,
    40. The harvester according to claim 39, wherein the parking brake is configured by the side brake disposed on a boarding operation unit side.
  41. 　前記走行車体は、車体上の左右いずれか一方に搭乗運転部を備え、
    　前記伝動ケースは、搭乗運転部側の側壁に無段変速装置を装備している請求項２５～４０のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The traveling vehicle body includes a boarding driving unit on either the left or right side of the vehicle body,
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 25 to 40, wherein the transmission case is equipped with a continuously variable transmission on a side wall on a boarding operation unit side.
  42. 　前記無段変速装置の変速操作軸を前記無段変速装置における変速ケースの前壁から前方に突出させている請求項４１に記載の収穫機。 42. The harvester according to claim 41, wherein a speed change operation shaft of the continuously variable transmission is caused to protrude forward from a front wall of a speed change case in the continuously variable transmission.
  43. 　前記伝動ケースは、その前記前壁における下部側の内面にオイル吸込口を形成し、かつ、その前記前壁に、前記オイル吸込口から前記オイルフィルタのオイル流入口にわたる内部油路を形成している請求項２５～４２のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The transmission case has an oil suction port formed on an inner surface of a lower side of the front wall, and an internal oil passage extending from the oil suction port to an oil inlet of the oil filter is formed on the front wall. The harvester according to any one of claims 25 to 42.
  44. 　前記伝動ケースを左ケース部材と右ケース部材とに分割可能に構成し、
    　前記オイル吸込口及び前記内部油路を、前記左ケース部材と前記右ケース部材との合わせ面に形成している請求項４３に記載の収穫機。     The transmission case is configured to be divided into a left case member and a right case member,
    44. The harvester according to claim 43, wherein the oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed on a mating surface between the left case member and the right case member.
  45. 　前記オイル吸込口及び前記内部油路を、前記左ケース部材と前記右ケース部材とのいずれか一方に形成している請求項４４に記載の収穫機。 45. The harvester according to claim 44, wherein the oil suction port and the internal oil passage are formed in one of the left case member and the right case member.
  46. 　前記伝動ケースは、そのケース内の下部側に、前記走行車体に備えた左右の走行装置に個別に伝動する左右の伝動機構を備え、
    　前記オイル吸込口を前記左右の伝動機構の間に形成している請求項４３～４５のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。     The transmission case includes, on the lower side in the case, left and right transmission mechanisms that individually transmit to the left and right traveling devices included in the traveling vehicle body,
    The harvester according to any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein the oil suction port is formed between the left and right transmission mechanisms.
  47. 　前記伝動ケースの前記前壁における前記オイルフィルタの下方箇所に、オイルを受け止めて所定箇所に案内するオイルガイドを形成している請求項２５～４６のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 25 to 46, wherein an oil guide that receives oil and guides it to a predetermined location is formed at a location below the oil filter on the front wall of the transmission case.
  48. 　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
    　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
    　前記支持ケースにおける前記回転輪側の端部及び前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分のうちの一方に、前記支持軸の軸心方向に突出する凸部を備え、前記支持ケースの端部及び前記回転部分のうちの他方に、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されると共に前記支持軸の軸心方向に開放された凹部を備えて、
    　前記凸部が前記凹部に入り込むように、前記凸部及び前記凹部の向きと位置とを設定しているクローラ走行装置。     A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
    A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A seal member,
    One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case, The other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft,
    A crawler traveling device that sets the direction and the position of the convex portion and the concave portion so that the convex portion enters the concave portion.
  49. 　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
    　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
    　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間で、且つ、前記シール部材よりも前記回転輪側に、リング状の壁部材を備えているクローラ走行装置。     A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
    A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A seal member,
    A crawler traveling device including a ring-shaped wall member between an inner peripheral portion of an end portion of the support case and an outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and closer to the rotating wheel than the seal member.
  50. 　走行用の回転輪と、前記回転輪を支持する支持軸と、前記支持軸の外側を覆う支持ケースとを備え、
    　前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間にベアリングを備えて、前記支持軸の外周部と前記支持ケースの内周部との間で前記ベアリングよりも前記回転輪側にシール部材を備え、
    　前記支持ケースにおける前記回転輪側の端部及び前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分のうちの一方に、前記支持軸の軸心方向に突出する凸部を備え、前記支持ケースの端部及び前記回転部分のうちの他方に、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されると共に前記支持軸の軸心方向に開放された凹部を備えて、
    　前記凸部が前記凹部に入り込むように、前記凸部及び前記凹部の向きと位置とを設定し、
    　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間で、且つ、前記凸部及び前記凹部と前記シール部材との間に、リング状の壁部材を備えているクローラ走行装置。     A rotating wheel for traveling, a support shaft that supports the rotating wheel, and a support case that covers the outside of the support shaft;
    A bearing is provided between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, and between the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and the inner peripheral portion of the support case, closer to the rotating wheel than the bearing. A seal member,
    One of the end portion on the rotating wheel side of the support case and the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel is provided with a convex portion protruding in the axial direction of the support shaft, and the end portion of the support case, The other of the rotating parts is provided with a recess formed in a ring shape centered on the axis of the support shaft and opened in the axial direction of the support shaft,
    Set the direction and position of the convex part and the concave part so that the convex part enters the concave part,
    A crawler running provided with a ring-shaped wall member between the inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft and between the convex portion and the concave portion and the seal member. apparatus.
  51. 　前記凸部は、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に形成されている請求項４８又は５０に記載のクローラ走行装置。 51. The crawler travel device according to claim 48 or 50, wherein the convex portion is formed in a ring shape centering on an axis of the support shaft.
  52. 　前記凸部を前記支持ケースの端部に前記回転部分に向くように備え、前記凹部を前記回転部分に前記支持ケースの端部に向くように備えている請求項４８、５０又は５１に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The said convex part is provided in the edge part of the said support case so that it may face the said rotation part, The said recessed part is provided in the said rotation part so that it may face in the edge part of the said support case. Crawler traveling device.
  53. 　前記壁部材の外周部が前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に接触している請求項４９又は５０に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The crawler traveling device according to claim 49 or 50, wherein an outer peripheral portion of the wall member is in contact with an inner peripheral portion of an end portion of the support case.
  54. 　前記壁部材の外周部が、前記支持軸の軸心方向に沿って所定の幅を備えて前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に接触している請求項５３に記載のクローラ走行装置。 54. The crawler travel device according to claim 53, wherein an outer peripheral portion of the wall member has a predetermined width along an axial direction of the support shaft and is in contact with an inner peripheral portion of an end portion of the support case.
  55. 　前記壁部材が可撓性部材によって構成されている請求項５３又は５４に記載のクローラ走行装置。 55. The crawler traveling device according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the wall member is constituted by a flexible member.
  56. 　前記支持ケースの端部の内周部に、前記壁部材の外周部が入り込む溝部を備えている請求項５５に記載のクローラ走行装置。 56. The crawler traveling device according to claim 55, further comprising a groove portion into which an outer peripheral portion of the wall member enters an inner peripheral portion of an end portion of the support case.
  57. 　前記壁部材が、前記支持ケースの端部に接触する可撓性のシール部分と、前記支持ケースの端部の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間に位置する非可撓性のリング部分とを備えて構成されている請求項５３又は５４に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The wall member is a non-flexible seal portion positioned between a flexible seal portion that contacts an end portion of the support case, and an inner peripheral portion of the end portion of the support case and an outer peripheral portion of the support shaft. 55. The crawler traveling device according to claim 53 or 54, comprising a ring portion.
  58. 　前記シール部材が、内側環状部材、外側環状部材、及び、前記内側環状部材と前記外側環状部材との間のシールリップ部材を備えて構成され、
    　前記内側環状部材と前記外側環状部材との間における前記凸部及び前記凹部側の隙間が、前記シール部材の半径方向において前記支持ケースの端部の内周部側に位置している請求項５３～５７のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。     The seal member includes an inner annular member, an outer annular member, and a seal lip member between the inner annular member and the outer annular member,
    54. The gap between the convex portion and the concave portion between the inner annular member and the outer annular member is located on the inner peripheral side of the end portion of the support case in the radial direction of the seal member. 58. A crawler traveling device according to any one of -57.
  59. 　前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分において前記凸部及び前記凹部と前記支持軸の外周部との間の部分に、前記シール部材に向けて開放された内側凹部を備えている請求項４８～５８のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。 An inner recess opened toward the seal member is provided in a portion between the convex portion and the concave portion and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft in a rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotary wheel. 58. The crawler traveling device according to any one of 58.
  60. 　前記内側凹部が前記支持軸の軸心を中心とするリング状に構成されている請求項５９に記載のクローラ走行装置。 60. The crawler traveling device according to claim 59, wherein the inner concave portion is formed in a ring shape centering on an axis of the support shaft.
  61. 　前記シール部材の内周部と前記支持軸の外周部との間に、前記回転輪と一体で回転する回転部分と接触することにより前記回転部分の位置を決めて前記シール部材が前記回転部分により押圧されることを防止するカラー部材を備え、
    　前記回転部分と前記カラー部材との接触部分において、前記回転部分の内周部における前記カラー部材側の端部、又は、前記カラー部材の内周部における前記回転部分側の端部に、Ｏリング収納用の収納溝部を備えて、
    　前記収納溝部を、前記支持軸の軸心を中心とする半径方向と平行なリング状の第１面部と、前記支持軸の軸心方向に沿ったリング状の第２面部とを備えて構成している請求項４８～６０のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。     The position of the rotating portion is determined by contacting the rotating portion that rotates integrally with the rotating wheel between the inner peripheral portion of the seal member and the outer peripheral portion of the support shaft, and the sealing member is moved by the rotating portion. It has a collar member that prevents being pressed,
    At the contact portion between the rotating portion and the collar member, an O-ring is provided at an end portion on the collar member side in an inner peripheral portion of the rotating portion or an end portion on the rotating portion side in an inner peripheral portion of the collar member. With a storage groove for storage,
    The storage groove portion includes a ring-shaped first surface portion parallel to a radial direction centered on the axis of the support shaft, and a ring-shaped second surface portion along the axis direction of the support shaft. The crawler traveling device according to any one of claims 48 to 60.
  62. 　作業機の機体に支持されるフレーム体と、そのフレーム体に張設されてルーフ部を形成するとともに、可撓性を有する柔軟性シート体とを備えて構成されている作業機用キャノピー。 A work machine canopy comprising a frame body supported by a machine body of a work machine, a flexible sheet body that is stretched over the frame body to form a roof portion and has flexibility.
  63. 　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記フレーム体に取り付けられた際に前記ルーフ部の天井面を形成する上面部と、その上面部の外周部に連なる縦向きの側面部とを備えて構成されている請求項６２に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion when attached to the frame body, and a vertical side surface portion that continues to an outer peripheral portion of the upper surface portion. 63. A working machine canopy according to claim 62.
  64. 　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記上面部の全周にわたり前記側面部を備えている請求項６３に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 64. The working machine canopy according to claim 63, wherein the flexible sheet body includes the side surface portion over the entire circumference of the upper surface portion.
  65. 　前記柔軟性シート体に、前記フレーム体が差し込み装着される袋状部が形成されている請求項６２～６４のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 62 to 64, wherein a bag-like portion into which the frame body is inserted and attached is formed on the flexible sheet body.
  66. 　前記袋状部から前記フレーム体が抜け外れるのを防止する抜け外れ防止手段が備えられている請求項６５に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 66. The working machine canopy according to claim 65, further comprising means for preventing the frame body from coming off from the bag-like portion.
  67. 　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記ルーフ部の天井面を形成する上面部を備えて構成され、
    　前記袋状部は、前記上面部に備えられている請求項６５又は６６に記載の作業機用キャノピー。     The flexible sheet body includes an upper surface portion that forms a ceiling surface of the roof portion,
    67. The working machine canopy according to claim 65 or 66, wherein the bag-like portion is provided on the upper surface portion.
  68. 　前記柔軟性シート体の外周部に前記フレーム体の端部を貫通させるためのスリットが形成されている請求項６７に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 68. A working machine canopy according to claim 67, wherein a slit for penetrating an end of the frame body is formed in an outer peripheral portion of the flexible sheet body.
  69. 　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記フレーム体の端部が貫通している状態で前記スリットを閉じる閉じ部材を備えている請求項６８に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 69. The working machine canopy according to claim 68, wherein the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes the slit in a state where an end portion of the frame body passes therethrough.
  70. 　前記袋状部に、差し込み装着されている前記フレーム体の一部を外側に露出させる切欠きが形成されている請求項６５～６９のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 70. The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 65 to 69, wherein the bag-like portion is formed with a notch that exposes a part of the frame body that is inserted and attached to the outside.
  71. 　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記袋状部における開口を閉じる閉じ部材を備えている請求項６５～７０のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 65 to 70, wherein the flexible sheet body includes a closing member that closes an opening in the bag-like portion.
  72. 　前記柔軟性シート体と前記フレーム体とを連結する連結部材が、前記柔軟性シート体又は前記フレーム体に備えられている請求項６５～７１のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 65 to 71, wherein a connecting member that connects the flexible sheet body and the frame body is provided in the flexible sheet body or the frame body.
  73. 　前記フレーム体が、作業機の機体に支持される支柱と、その支柱から片持ち状に延設されたルーフ支持部とを備えて構成され、
    　前記柔軟性シート体は、前記袋状部を前記ルーフ支持部の延設方向先端部に対応する位置に備えている請求項６５～７２のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。     The frame body includes a support column supported by the machine body of the work machine, and a roof support portion that is cantilevered from the support column.
    The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 65 to 72, wherein the flexible sheet body includes the bag-like portion at a position corresponding to a front end portion in the extending direction of the roof support portion.
  74. 　前記柔軟性シート体と前記ルーフ支持部とを連結する連結部材が、前記袋状部よりも前記ルーフ支持部の基端部側に位置する状態で、前記柔軟性シート体又は前記ルーフ支持部に備えられている請求項７３に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 In the state where the connecting member that connects the flexible sheet body and the roof support portion is located closer to the base end side of the roof support portion than the bag-like portion, the flexible sheet body or the roof support portion The working machine canopy according to claim 73, wherein the working machine canopy is provided.
  75. 　前記袋状部は、前記ルーフ支持部の基端部側に向けて開口している請求項７３又は７４に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The work bag canopy according to claim 73 or 74, wherein the bag-shaped portion is opened toward a base end portion side of the roof support portion.
  76. 　前記ルーフ支持部は、中央部側が外周部側よりも膨出する形状に形成されている請求項７３～７５のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The work machine canopy according to any one of claims 73 to 75, wherein the roof support portion is formed in a shape in which a central portion side bulges more than an outer peripheral portion side.
  77. 　前記ルーフ支持部は、平行に並ぶ一対の支持杆と、それら一対の支持杆にわたって架設された上向き膨出体とを備えて構成されている請求項７６に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 77. The work machine canopy according to claim 76, wherein the roof support portion includes a pair of support rods arranged in parallel and an upwardly bulging body constructed over the pair of support rods.
  78. 　前記柔軟性シート体が布帛製である請求項６２～７７のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピー。 The working machine canopy according to any one of claims 62 to 77, wherein the flexible sheet body is made of a fabric.
  79. 　請求項６２～７８のいずれか一項に記載の作業機用キャノピーを備えた作業機。
          A working machine comprising the working machine canopy according to any one of claims 62 to 78.
PCT/JP2014/054151 2013-06-14 2014-02-21 Power transmission device for work machine and work machine WO2014199663A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201490000805.XU CN205918846U (en) 2013-06-14 2014-02-21 Transmission , track driving device , driver's cabin, harvester and workover rig

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-125814 2013-06-14
JP2013125814A JP2015000641A (en) 2013-06-14 2013-06-14 Crawler traveling device
JP2013147819A JP2015019595A (en) 2013-07-16 2013-07-16 Canopy for working machine and working machine
JP2013-147819 2013-07-16
JP2013-189764 2013-09-12
JP2013-189766 2013-09-12
JP2013189764A JP2015055321A (en) 2013-09-12 2013-09-12 Transmission device of harvesting machine
JP2013189766A JP2015054638A (en) 2013-09-12 2013-09-12 Transmission device for work machine
JP2013189768A JP6095536B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2013-09-12 Harvesting machine
JP2013-189768 2013-09-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014199663A1 true WO2014199663A1 (en) 2014-12-18

Family

ID=52021971

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/054151 WO2014199663A1 (en) 2013-06-14 2014-02-21 Power transmission device for work machine and work machine

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (4) CN205918846U (en)
WO (1) WO2014199663A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115057226A (en) * 2022-06-24 2022-09-16 安费诺嘉力讯(海盐)连接技术有限公司 Multi-shaft synchronous rotation vacuum suction mechanism

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106741170B (en) * 2017-02-15 2017-10-27 湖南农业大学 A kind of crawler-type harvester speed changer
KR102625568B1 (en) * 2017-06-29 2024-01-17 가부시끼 가이샤 구보다 Combine
CN108612832B (en) * 2018-04-28 2019-12-03 湖南文理学院 A kind of handle structure of intelligence caterpillar tractor

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58121535U (en) * 1982-02-09 1983-08-18 株式会社クボタ Combine sunshade structure
JPS6064080A (en) * 1983-09-20 1985-04-12 Kamizaki Kokyu Koki Seisakusho Kk Steering device for crawler car
JPH0592061U (en) * 1992-05-20 1993-12-14 株式会社共立 Crawler traveling vehicle
JPH06262989A (en) * 1993-03-11 1994-09-20 Toyota Autom Loom Works Ltd Head guard seat of industrial vehicle
JPH09193677A (en) * 1996-01-23 1997-07-29 Iseki & Co Ltd Running transmission case for farm working vehicle
JP2001193835A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-07-17 Kubota Corp Gear change mechanism of agricultural machine
JP2003102232A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-08 Iseki & Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2003220966A (en) * 2002-01-29 2003-08-05 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle
JP2005343421A (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-15 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle
JP2008301715A (en) * 2007-06-05 2008-12-18 Kubota Corp Combine harvester
JP2009078699A (en) * 2007-09-26 2009-04-16 Kubota Corp Travel transmission structure of working vehicle
JP2010096217A (en) * 2008-10-14 2010-04-30 Jtekt Corp Rolling bearing device
JP2012166678A (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-09-06 Honda Motor Co Ltd Wheel support structure of vehicle
JP2012231707A (en) * 2011-04-28 2012-11-29 Yanmar Co Ltd Combine harvester

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58121535U (en) * 1982-02-09 1983-08-18 株式会社クボタ Combine sunshade structure
JPS6064080A (en) * 1983-09-20 1985-04-12 Kamizaki Kokyu Koki Seisakusho Kk Steering device for crawler car
JPH0592061U (en) * 1992-05-20 1993-12-14 株式会社共立 Crawler traveling vehicle
JPH06262989A (en) * 1993-03-11 1994-09-20 Toyota Autom Loom Works Ltd Head guard seat of industrial vehicle
JPH09193677A (en) * 1996-01-23 1997-07-29 Iseki & Co Ltd Running transmission case for farm working vehicle
JP2001193835A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-07-17 Kubota Corp Gear change mechanism of agricultural machine
JP2003102232A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-08 Iseki & Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2003220966A (en) * 2002-01-29 2003-08-05 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle
JP2005343421A (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-15 Kubota Corp Transmission device for travelling of working vehicle
JP2008301715A (en) * 2007-06-05 2008-12-18 Kubota Corp Combine harvester
JP2009078699A (en) * 2007-09-26 2009-04-16 Kubota Corp Travel transmission structure of working vehicle
JP2010096217A (en) * 2008-10-14 2010-04-30 Jtekt Corp Rolling bearing device
JP2012166678A (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-09-06 Honda Motor Co Ltd Wheel support structure of vehicle
JP2012231707A (en) * 2011-04-28 2012-11-29 Yanmar Co Ltd Combine harvester

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115057226A (en) * 2022-06-24 2022-09-16 安费诺嘉力讯(海盐)连接技术有限公司 Multi-shaft synchronous rotation vacuum suction mechanism
CN115057226B (en) * 2022-06-24 2023-08-15 安费诺嘉力讯(海盐)连接技术有限公司 Multi-shaft synchronous rotation vacuum suction mechanism

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN206585986U (en) 2017-10-27
CN206585985U (en) 2017-10-27
CN205918846U (en) 2017-02-01
CN206589682U (en) 2017-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014208117A1 (en) Transmission device for working machine, and harvester
WO2015045437A1 (en) Combine harvester
WO2014199663A1 (en) Power transmission device for work machine and work machine
WO2012140973A1 (en) Combine
JP2013190069A (en) Traveling transmission device of combine harvester
JP2012211672A (en) Speed change transmission device
JP2008261400A (en) Reinforcing structure of transmission case
JP6029556B2 (en) Transmission device for work equipment
JP2015055321A (en) Transmission device of harvesting machine
JP6095536B2 (en) Harvesting machine
JP6113040B2 (en) Combine
JP6104110B2 (en) Transmission device for harvester
JP2015054638A (en) Transmission device for work machine
JP6120635B2 (en) Rice transplanter
JP5437866B2 (en) Work vehicle
JP6242253B2 (en) Transmission device for work equipment
JP6573081B2 (en) Tractor
JP4585373B2 (en) Work vehicle travel transmission device
JP4475006B2 (en) Combine
JP2011179563A (en) Working vehicle
JP2004028136A (en) Parking brake device for running vehicle and the like
JP2018134948A5 (en)
WO2004023861A1 (en) Working truck
JP2013193584A (en) Traveling vehicle
JP2007117061A (en) Combine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14810423

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14810423

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1